SCPLC Half Year Results 2024 - Part 2

Standard Chartered PLC
30 July 2024
 

Standard Chartered PLC - Half Year Results 2024 - Part 2

Table of content

Risk review

2

Capital review

59

Financial statements

65

Other supplementary information

120

Glossary

133

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unless another currency is specified, the word 'dollar' or symbol '$' in this document means US dollar and the word 'cent' or symbol 'c' means one-hundredth of one US dollar.

The information within this report is unaudited.

Unless the context requires, within this document, 'China' refers to the People's Republic of China and, for the purposes of this document only, excludes Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (Hong Kong), Macau Special Administrative Region (Macau) and Taiwan. 'Korea' or 'South Korea' refers to the Republic of Korea.

Within the tables in this report, blank spaces indicate that the number is not disclosed, dashes indicate that the number is zero and nm stands for not meaningful. Standard Chartered PLC is incorporated in England and Wales with limited liability. Standard Chartered PLC is headquartered in London.

The Group's head office provides guidance on governance and regulatory standards. Standard Chartered PLC stock codes are: HKSE 02888 and LSE STAN.LN.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page 1


 

Risk review and Capital review

Risk Index


Risk profile

Credit risk

Basis of preparation

Credit risk overview

Impairment model

Staging of financial instruments

IFRS 9 expected credit loss principles and approaches

Summary of Credit Risk Performance

Maximum exposure to Credit risk

Analysis of financial instrument by stage

Credit quality analysis

•  Credit quality by client segment

•  Loans and advances by client segment credit quality analysis by key geography

Movement in gross exposures and credit impairment for loans and advances, debt securities, undrawn commitments and financial guarantees

Movement of debt securities, additional tier one and other eligible bills

Analysis of stage 2 balances

Credit impairment charge

Problem credit management and provisioning

•  Forborne and other modified loans by client segment

•  Forborne and other modified loans by country

Credit risk mitigation

•  Collateral held on loans and advances

•  Collateral - Corporate & Investment Banking

•  Collateral - Wealth & Retail Banking

•  Mortgage loan-to-value ratios by country

•  Collateral and other credit enhancements possessed or called upon

•  Other Credit risk mitigation

Other portfolio analysis

•  Credit quality by industry

•  Industry analysis of loans and advances by key geography

•  Vulnerable, cyclical and high carbon sectors

•  China commercial real estate

•  Debt securities and other eligible bills

IFRS 9 expected credit loss methodology

Traded risk

Market risk movements

Counterparty Credit risk

Derivative financial instruments Credit risk mitigation

Liquidity and Funding risk

Liquidity and Funding risk metrics

Liquidity analysis of the Group's balance sheet

Interest Rate risk in the Banking Book

Operational and Technology risk

Operational and Technology risk profile

Capital

Capital summary

•  Capital ratio

•  Capital base

•  Movement in total capital

Risk-weighted asset

Leverage ratio

Page 2


The following parts of the Risk review and Capital review form part of these financial statements and are reviewed by the external auditors:

a) Risk review: Disclosures marked as 'reviewed' from the start of Credit risk section to the end of Operational and Technology risk in the same section; and

b) Capital review: Tables marked as 'reviewed' from the start of 'Capital base' to the end of 'Movement in total capital', excluding 'Total risk-weighted assets'

Page 3

Risk review

Credit Risk (reviewed)

Basis of preparation

Unless otherwise stated the balance sheet and income statement information presented within this section is based on the Group's management view. This is principally the location from which a client relationship is managed, which may differ from where it is financially booked and may be shared between businesses and/or regions. This view reflects how the client segments and regions are managed internally.

Loans and advances to customers and banks held at amortised cost in this 'Risk profile' section include reverse repurchase agreement balances held at amortised cost, per Note 16 Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements including other similar secured lending and borrowing.

Credit Risk overview

Credit Risk is the potential for loss due to the failure of a counterparty to meet its contractual obligations to pay the Group. Credit exposures arise from both the banking and trading books.

Impairment model

IFRS 9 mandates an impairment model that requires the recognition of expected credit losses (ECL) on all financial debt instruments held at amortised cost, Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI), undrawn loan commitments and financial guarantees.

Staging of financial instruments

Financial instruments that are not already credit-impaired are originated into stage 1 and a 12-month expected credit loss provision is recognised.

Instruments will remain in stage 1 until they are repaid, unless they experience significant credit deterioration (stage 2) or they become credit-impaired (stage 3).

Instruments will transfer to stage 2 and a lifetime expected credit loss provision is recognised when there has been a significant change in the Credit Risk compared to what was expected at origination.

The framework used to determine a Significant increase in Credit Risk (SICR) is set out below.

Stage 1

12-month ECL

Performing

Stage 2

Lifetime expected credit loss

Performing but has exhibited significant increase in Credit Risk (SICR)

Stage 3

Credit-impaired

Non-performing



Page 4


 

IFRS 9 expected credit loss principles and approaches

The main methodology principles and approach adopted by the Group are set out in the following table.

Title

Supplementary Information

Approach for determining expected credit losses

IFRS 9 methodology

Determining lifetime expected credit loss for revolving products

Post model adjustments

Incorporation of forward-looking information

Incorporation of forward-looking information

Forecast of key macroeconomic variables underlying the expected
credit loss calculation and the impact of non-linearity

Judgemental adjustments and sensitivity to macroeconomic variables

SICR

Quantitative and qualitative criteria

Assessment of credit-impaired financial assets

Consumer and Business Banking clients

Corporate and Investment Banking (CIB) and Private Banking clients

Write-offs

Transfers between stages

Movement in loan exposures and expected credit losses

Modified financial assets

Forbearance and other modified loans

Governance and application of expert credit judgement in respect of expected credit losses


Summary of Credit Risk Performance

Maximum exposure

The Group's on-balance sheet maximum exposure to Credit Risk increased by $9.1 billion to $807 billion (31 December 2023: $798 billion). Cash and balances at Central bank decreased by $5.8 billion to $64 billion (31 December 2023: $70 billion) due to reduced placements with a Central Bank. Loans to banks held at amortised cost remained stable at $45 billion (31 December 2023: $45 billion). Fair Value through profit and loss increased by $32 billion to $176 billion (31 December 2023: $144 billion), largely due to an increase in debt securities and reverse repos. This was partly offset by a $11 billion decrease in loans and advances to customers to $276 billion (31 December 2023: $287 billion) of which $5 billion was due to a reduction in mortgages in Korea and Hong Kong due to low new business driven by the higher interest rate environment, as well as a $4.2 billion reduction in Central and other items mainly due to matured loan exposures. Debt securities decreased by $8.7 billion to $152 billion (31 December 2023: $160 billion). Off-balance sheet instruments increased by $7.9 billion to $265 billion (31 December 2023: $257 billion), due to an increase in financial guarantees and other equivalents, which were driven by new business.

Further details can be found in the 'Maximum exposure to Credit Risk' section.

Loans and Advances

94 per cent (31 December 2023: 94 per cent) of the Group's gross loans and advances to customers remain in stage 1 at $281 billion (31 December 2023: $292 billion), reflecting our continued focus on high-quality origination.

Stage 1 loans and advances decreased by $9.4 billion to $264 billion (31 December 2023: $274 billion). For Wealth and Retail Banking (WRB), stage 1 balances decreased by $5.4 billion to $118 billion (31 December 2023: $123 billion), of which $5 billion was mainly due to a decrease in mortgages. This was driven by a slowdown in sales in Korea and Hong Kong, due to the high interest rate environment. For Corporate and Investment Banking (CIB), stage 1 balances remained stable at $121 billion (31 December 2023: $121 billion). For Central and other items, stage 1 balances decreased by $4.5 billion to $24 billion (31 December 2023: $28 billion) due to a reduction in reverse repos. Stage 1 cover ratio remained stable at 0.2 per cent (31 December 2023: 0.2 per cent).

Stage 2 loans and advances to customers decreased by $1.2 billion to $10 billion (31 December 2023: $11.2 billion). For WRB, stage 2 balances decreased by $0.5 billion to $1.8 billion (31 December 2023: $2.3 billion). This was mainly driven by the lower new bookings of the mortgage portfolio in Korea and Hong Kong, due to the high interest rate environment. Higher risk exposure net decrease of $1 billion to $0.1 billion (31 December 2023: $1 billion) from Central and other items, was  due to the maturity of short-term loan exposures being replaced with debt securities in the Middle East. Total stage 2 cover ratio decreased by 0.1 per cent to 3.6 per cent (31 December 2023: 3.7 per cent). The decrease was driven by China commercial real estate (CRE) overlay releases in CIB largely due to repayments, which was partly offset by an increase in WRB due to exposure reductions. Ventures cover ratio increased by 7 per cent to 46 per cent (31 December 2023: 39 per cent) due to higher levels of delinquencies in Q1 2024, however this improved during Q2 2024 following credit measures being put in place in Q4 2023.



Page 5


 

Stage 3 loans and advances decreased by $0.6 billion to $6.6 billion (31 December 2023: $7.2 billion) due to repayments, debt sales and write-offs in CIB. The CIB stage 3 cover ratio increased by 4 per cent to 68 per cent (31 December 2023: 64 per cent) as a result of repayments and write-offs. The WRB stage 3 loans remains broadly stable at $1.5 billion (31 December 2023: $1.5 billion). The WRB stage 3 cover ratio decreased by 5 per cent to 46 per cent (31 December 2023: 51 per cent) driven by reduction in personal loan provisions in Malaysia due to unsecured assets reclassified as held for sale. Stage 3 Central and other items decreased by $160 million to $0.1 billion (31 December 2023: $0.2 billion) as funds were reinvested into debt securities for liquidity purposes. Total stage 3 cover ratio increased by 3 per cent to 63 per cent (31 December 2023: 60 per cent) due to a decrease in exposures. The cover ratio after collateral increased by 6 per cent to 82 per cent (31 December 2023: 76 per cent).

Further details can be found in the 'Analysis of financial instruments by stage' section in pages 42 and 43; 'Credit quality by client segment' section; and 'Credit quality by industry' section,

Analysis of stage 2

The key SICR driver which caused exposures to be classified as stage 2 remains an increase in probability of default (PD). The proportion of exposures in CIB in stage 2 decreased due to a reduction in clients placed on non-purely precautionary early alert that have not breached PD thresholds. In WRB, the proportion of loans in stage 2 from 30 days past due trigger remained stable. In Central and other items, the decrease in CG12 was due to the maturity of short-term loan exposures being replaced with debt securities in the Middle East.

Further details can be found in the 'Analysis of stage 2 balances' section.

Credit impairment charges

The Group's ongoing credit impairment was a net charge of $249 million (30 June 2023: $172 million).

For CIB, stage 1 and 2 impairment charges decreased by $71 million to a net release of $38 million (30 June 2023: $33 million), due to $55 million China CRE overlay releases driven by repayments, and sovereign upgrades. This was partly offset by portfolio movements.

CIB stage 3 impairment charges decreased by $33 million to $3 million (30 June 2023: $36 million) due to a number of recoveries, which was partly offset by additional impairments on the China CRE portfolio including one new downgrade.

For WRB, stage 1 and 2 impairment charges increased by $120 million to $135 million (30 June 2023: $15 million) mainly due to the release of COVID-19 overlays and other one-off releases present in 2023. Growth in the Digital Partnership portfolio has also resulted in an increase in ECL.

WRB stage 3 impairment charges increased by $54 million to $147 million (30 June 2023: $93 million). This was driven by gross charge-offs in credit cards and personal loans (mainly in China, Hong Kong, Singapore and Korea) on account of the higher interest rate environment impacting customer affordability, as well as maturation of digital partnerships (in China, Indonesia, and Vietnam).

For Ventures, total impairment charges increased by $20 million to $43 million (30 June 2023: $23 million). Of the $43 million charge, Mox Bank accounts for $33 million. Stage 1 and 2 impairment charges decreased by $5 million to $7 million (30 June 2023: $12 million). Out of the $7 million charge, $2 million was from Mox Bank and $5 million was from Trust Bank. Mox Bank's delinquency and flow rates have improved on both the new and legacy books as new credit control measures have taken effect over the course of 2024.

Ventures stage 3 impairment charges increased by $25 million to $36 million (30 June 2023: $11 million). Of the $36 million, $30 million was from Mox Bank due to gross charge-offs and bankruptcy-related charges. These charges declined as we progressed through H1 2024.

For Central and other items, stage 1 and 2 impairment charges decreased by $4 million to a net release of $31 million (30 June 2023: net release of $27 million) due to sovereign upgrades, driven by improvements in the macroeconomic environment. The charges also declined due to a portfolio of debt securities maturing, which were being held by Treasury and accounted for under FVOCI.

Central and other items stage 3 impairment charges decreased by $9 million to a net release of $10 million (30 June 2023: net release of $1 million) due to an upgrade in a sovereign's local currency position to CG12C (higher risk).

Further details can be found in the 'Credit impairment charge' section.



Page 6


 

Vulnerable and cyclical sectors

Total net on-balance sheet exposure to vulnerable and cyclical sectors increased by $4.8 billion to $33 billion (31 December 2023: $29 billion) largely due to increases in the Oil and Gas and Commodity Traders sectors in stage 1. Stage 2 vulnerable and cyclical sector loans decreased by $0.3 billion to $3.1 billion (31 December 2023: $3.4 billion) mainly due to CRE. Stage 3 vulnerable and cyclical sector loans decreased by $0.3 billion to $3.3 billion (31 December 2023: $3.6 billion) mainly due to a loan sales in the CRE sector, which was partly offset by one new downgrade.

The Group provides loans to CRE counterparties of which $8.9 billion is to counterparties in CIB where the source of repayment is substantially derived from rental or sale of real estate and is secured by real estate collateral. The remaining CRE loans comprise working capital loans to real estate corporates, loans with non-property collateral, unsecured loans and loans to real estate entities of diversified conglomerates. The average LTV ratio of the performing book CRE portfolio has increased to 53 per cent (31 December 2023: 52 per cent). The proportion of loans with an LTV greater than 80 per cent has increased to 4 per cent (31 December 2023: 3 per cent).

Further details can be found in the 'Vulnerable, cyclical and high carbon sectors' section.

China commercial real estate

Total exposure to China CRE decreased by $0.4 billion to $2.2 billion (31 December 2023: $2.6 billion) mainly from repayments. The proportion of credit impaired amortised cost loans to customers increased to 67 per cent (31 December 2023: 58 per cent) largely due to repayments in the performing portfolio and a downgrade. Stage 3 provision coverage increased to 77 per cent (31 December 2023: 72 per cent) reflecting increased provisions made during the period. The proportion of the loan book rated as higher risk was stable at 0.4 per cent (31 December 2023: 0.3 per cent).

The Group continues to hold a judgemental management overlay in respect of the performing portfolio, which decreased by $55 million to $86 million (31 December 2023: $141 million) due to repayments and a downgrade to stage 3.

The Group is further indirectly exposed to China CRE through its associate investment in China Bohai Bank.

Further details can be found in the 'China commercial real estate' section.



Page 7


 

Maximum exposure to Credit Risk (reviewed)

The table below presents the Group's maximum exposure to Credit Risk for its on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments as at 30 June 2024, before and after taking into account any collateral held or other Credit Risk mitigation.

Further details can be found in the 'Summary of Credit Risk performance' section.


30.06.24

31.12.23

Maximum exposure
$million

Credit risk management

Net exposure
$million

Maximum exposure
$million

Credit risk management

Net exposure
$million

Collateral8
$million

Master netting agreements
$million

Collateral8
$million

Master netting agreements
$million

On-balance sheet









Cash and balances at central banks

64,086



64,086

69,905



69,905

Loans and advances to banks1

45,231

3,991


41,240

44,977

1,738


43,239

of which - reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending7

3,991

3,991


-

1,738

1,738


-

Loans and advances to customers1

275,896

115, 872


160,024

286,975

118,492


168,483

of which - reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending7

7,788

7,788


-

13,996

13,996


-

Investment securities - Debt securities and other eligible bills2

151,580



151,580

160,263



160,263

Fair value through profit or loss3, 7

176,460

93,202

-

83,258

144,276

81,847

-

62,429

Loans and advances to banks

2,193



2,193

2,265



2,265

Loans and advances to customers

6,877



6,877

7,212



7,212

Reverse repurchase agreements and
other similar lending7

93,202

93,202


-

81,847

81,847


-

Investment securities - Debt securities
and other eligible bills2

74,188



74,188

52,952



52,952

Derivative financial instruments4, 7

48,647

11,285

34,398

2,964

50,434

8,440

39,293

2,701

Accrued income

2,786



2,786

2,673



2,673

Assets held for sale9

517



517

701



701

Other assets5

42,206



42,206

38,140



38,140

Total balance sheet

807,409

224,350

34,398

548,661

798,344

210,517

39,293

548,534

Off-balance sheet6









Undrawn Commitments

178,568

3,078


175,490

182,390

2,940


179,450

Financial Guarantees and other equivalents

86,094

2,351


83,743

74,414

2,590


71,824

Total off-balance sheet

264,662

5,429

-

259,233

256,804

5,530

-

251,274

Total

1,072,071

229,779

34,398

807,894

1,055,148

216,047

39,293

799,808

1. An analysis of credit quality is set out in the credit quality analysis section. Further details of collateral held by client segment and stage are set out in the collateral analysis section

2. Excludes equity and other investments of $823 million (31 December 2023: $992 million). Further details are set out in Note 13 financial instruments

3. Excludes equity and other investments of $5,264 million (31 December 2023: $2,940 million). Further details are set out in Note 13 financial instruments

4   The Group enters into master netting agreements, which in the event of default result in a single amount owed by or to the counterparty through netting the sum of the positive and negative mark-to-market values of applicable derivative transactions

5. Other assets include Hong Kong certificates of indebtedness, cash collateral, and acceptances, in addition to unsettled trades and other financial assets

6. Excludes ECL allowances which are reported under Provisions for liabilities and charges

7. Collateral capped at maximum exposure (over-collateralised)

8. Adjusted for over-collateralisation, which has been determined with reference to the drawn and undrawn component as this best reflects the effect on the amount arising from expected credit losses

9. The amount is after ECL. Further details are set out in Note 20 Assets held for sale and associated liabilities

Page 8




 

Analysis of financial instruments by stage (reviewed)

The table below presents the gross and credit impairment balances by stage for the Group's amortised cost and FVOCI financial instruments as at 30 June 2024.

Further details can be found in the 'Summary of Credit Risk performance' section.


30.06.24

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impairment
$million

Net carrying value
$million

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impairment
$million

Net carrying value
$million

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impairment
$million

Net carrying value
$million

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impairment
$million

Net carrying value
$million

Cash and balances at central banks

63,238

-

63,238

339

-

339

522

(13)

509

64,099

(13)

64,086

Loans and advances
to banks (amortised cost)

44,793

(4)

44,789

392

(3)

389

57

(4)

53

45,242

(11)

45,231

Loans and advances to customers (amortised cost)

264,249

(480)

263,769

10,005

(362)

9,643

6,639

(4,155)

2,484

280,893

(4,997)

275,896

Debt securities and other
eligible bills⁵

149,422

(23)


1,787

(10)


387

(16)


151,596

(49)


Amortised cost

55,961

(16)

55,945

396

-

396

62

-

62

56,419

(16)

56,403

FVOCI2

93,461

(7)


1,391

(10)


325

(16)


95,177

(33)


Accrued income (amortised cost)4

2,786


2,786



-



-

2,786

-

2,786

Assets held
for sale⁴

429

-

429

50

(1)

49

114

(75)

39

593

(76)

517

Other assets

42,209

(3)

42,206

-

-

-

3

(3)

-

42,212

(6)

42,206

Undrawn commitments3

173,625

(46)


4,935

(47)


8

-


178,568

(93)


Financial guarantees,
trade credits
and irrevocable letter of credits3

83,957

(12)


1,423

(6)


714

(142)


86,094

(160)


Total

824,708

(568)


18,931

(429)


8,444

(4,408)


852,083

(5,405)


1   Gross carrying amount for off-balance sheet refers to notional values

2   These instruments are held at fair value on the balance sheet. The ECL provision in respect of debt securities measured at FVOCI is held within the OCI reserve

3   These are off-balance sheet instruments. Only the ECL is recorded on-balance sheet as a financial liability and therefore there is no "net carrying amount". ECL allowances on off-balance sheet instruments are held as liability provisions to the extent that the drawn and undrawn components of loan exposures can be separately identified. Otherwise they will be reported against the drawn component

4   Stage 1 ECL is not material

5   Stage 3 gross includes $23 million (31 December 2023: $80 million) originated credit-impaired debt securities with impairment of $nil million (31 December 2023: $14 million)

Page 9




 


31.12.23

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impairment
$million

Net carrying value
$million

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impairment
$million

Net carrying value
$million

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impairment
$million

Net carrying value
$million

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impairment
$million

Net carrying value
$million

Cash and balances at central banks

69,313

-

69,313

207

(7)

200

404

(12)

392

69,924

(19)

69,905

Loans and advances
to banks (amortised cost)

44,384

(8)

44,376

540

(10)

530

77

(6)

71

45,001

(24)

44,977

Loans and advances to customers (amortised cost)

273,692

(430)

273,262

11,225

(420)

10,805

7,228

(4,320)

2,908

292,145

(5,170)

286,975

Debt securities and other
eligible bills5

158,314

(26)


1,860

(34)


164

(61)


160,338

(121)


Amortised cost

56,787

(16)

56,771

103

(2)

101

120

(57)

63

57,010

(75)

56,935

FVOCI2

101,527

(10)


1,757

(32)


44

(4)


103,328

(46)


Accrued income (amortised cost)4

2,673


2,673



-



-

2,673

-

2,673

Assets held
for sale4

661

(33)

628

76

(4)

72

1

-

1

738

(37)

701

Other assets

38,139

-

38,139

-

-

-

4

(3)

1

38,143

(3)

38,140

Undrawn commitments3

176,654

(52)


5,733

(39)


3

-


182,390

(91)


Financial guarantees,
trade credits
and irrevocable letter of credits3

70,832

(10)


2,910

(14)


672

(112)


74,414

(136)


Total

834,662

(559)


22,551

(528)


8,553

(4,514)


865,766

(5,601)


1   Gross carrying amount for off-balance sheet refers to notional values

2   These instruments are held at fair value on the balance sheet. The ECL provision in respect of debt securities measured at FVOCI is held within the OCI reserve

3   These are off-balance sheet instruments. Only the ECL is recorded on-balance sheet as a financial liability and therefore there is no "net carrying amount". ECL allowances on off-balance sheet instruments are held as liability provisions to the extent that the drawn and undrawn components of loan exposures can be separately identified. Otherwise they will be reported against the drawn component

4   Stage 1 ECL is not material

5   Stage 3 gross includes $80 million originated credit-impaired debt securities with impairment of $14 million


Page 10


Credit quality analysis

Credit quality by client segment (reviewed)

For CIB, exposures are analysed by credit grade (CG), which plays a central role in the quality assessment and monitoring of risk. All loans are assigned a CG, which is reviewed periodically and amended in light of changes in the borrower's circumstances or behaviour. CGs 1 to 12 are assigned to stage 1 and stage 2 (performing) clients or accounts, while CGs 13 and 14 are assigned to stage 3 (credit-impaired) clients. Consumer and Business Banking portfolios are analysed by days past due and Private Banking by the type of collateral held.

Mapping of credit quality

The Group uses the following internal risk mapping to determine the credit quality for loans.

Credit quality description

Corporate & Investment Banking

Private Banking1

Wealth & Retail Banking5

Internal grade mapping

S&P external ratings equivalent

Regulatory PD range (%)

Internal ratings

Internal grade mapping

Strong

1A to 5B

AAA/AA+ to BBB-/BB+²

0 to 0.425

Class I and Class IV

Current loans (no past dues nor impaired)

Satisfactory

6A to 11C

BB+/BB to B-/CCC+³

0.426 to 15.75

Class II and Class III

Loans past due till 29 days

Higher risk

Grade 12

CCC+ to C⁴

15.751 to 99.999

Stressed Assets Group (SAG) managed

Past due loans 30 days and over till 90 days

1   For Private Banking, classes of risk represent the type of collateral held. Class I represents facilities with liquid collateral, such as cash and marketable securities. Class II represents unsecured/partially secured facilities and those with illiquid collateral, such as equity in private enterprises. Class III represents facilities with residential or commercial real estate collateral. Class IV covers margin trading facilities

2   Banks' rating: AAA/AA+ to BB+. Sovereigns' rating: AAA to BB+

3   Banks' rating: BB to "CCC+ to C". Sovereigns' rating: BB+/BB to B-/CCC+

4   Banks' rating: CCC+ to C. Sovereigns' rating: CCC+ to "CCC+ to C"

5   Wealth & Retail Banking excludes Private Banking. Medium enterprise clients within Business Banking are managed using the same internal credit grades as CIB

The table below sets out the gross loans and advances held at amortised cost, expected credit loss provisions and
expected credit loss coverage by business segment and stage. Expected credit loss coverage represents the expected
credit loss reported for each segment and stage as a proportion of the gross loan balance for each segment and stage.

Further details can be found in the 'Summary of Credit Risk performance' section.


Page 11


Loans and advances by client segment (reviewed)

Amortised cost

30.06.24

Banks
$million

Customers

Undrawn commitments
$million

Financial Guarantees
$million

Corporate & Investment Banking
$million

Wealth & Retail Banking
$million

Ventures
$million

Central & other items
$million

Customer Total
$million

Stage 1

44,793

121,272

118,064

1,103

23,810

264,249

173,625

83,957

- Strong

35,029

83,625

112,547

1,088

23,424

220,684

158,620

56,826

- Satisfactory

9,764

37,647

5,517

15

386

43,565

15,005

27,131

Stage 2

392

7,980

1,848

48

129

10,005

4,935

1,423

- Strong

173

1,129

1,333

32

-

2,494

1,768

303

- Satisfactory

161

6,074

172

5

-

6,251

2,953

912

- Higher risk

58

777

343

11

129

1,260

214

208

Of which (stage 2):









- Less than 30 days past due

-

228

172

5

-

405

-

-

- More than 30 days past due

3

7

343

11

-

361

-

-

Stage 3, credit-impaired financial assets

57

5,048

1,518

9

64

6,639

8

714

Gross balance¹

45,242

134,300

121,430

1,160

24,003

280,893

178,568

86,094

Stage 1

(4)

(110)

(350)

(20)

-

(480)

(46)

(12)

- Strong

(2)

(70)

(274)

(19)

-

(363)

(30)

(3)

- Satisfactory

(2)

(40)

(76)

(1)

-

(117)

(16)

(9)

Stage 2

(3)

(206)

(134)

(22)

-

(362)

(47)

(6)

- Strong

(2)

(15)

(49)

(16)

-

(80)

(9)

(1)

- Satisfactory

(1)

(144)

(27)

(3)

-

(174)

(26)

(2)

- Higher risk

-

(47)

(58)

(3)

-

(108)

(12)

(3)

Of which (stage 2):









- Less than 30 days past due

-

(15)

(27)

(3)

-

(45)

-

-

- More than 30 days past due

-

-

(58)

(3)

-

(61)

-

-

Stage 3, credit-impaired financial assets

(4)

(3,449)

(697)

(9)

-

(4,155)

-

(142)

Total credit impairment

(11)

(3,765)

(1,181)

(51)

-

(4,997)

(93)

(160)

Net carrying value

45,231

130,535

120,249

1,109

24,003

275,896



Stage 1

0.0%

0.1%

0.3%

1.8%

0.0%

0.2%

0.0%

0.0%

- Strong

0.0%

0.1%

0.2%

1.7%

0.0%

0.2%

0.0%

0.0%

- Satisfactory

0.0%

0.1%

1.4%

6.7%

0.0%

0.3%

0.1%

0.0%

Stage 2

0.8%

2.6%

7.3%

45.8%

0.0%

3.6%

1.0%

0.4%

- Strong

1.2%

1.3%

3.7%

50.0%

0.0%

3.2%

0.5%

0.3%

- Satisfactory

0.6%

2.4%

15.7%

60.0%

0.0%

2.8%

0.9%

0.2%

- Higher risk

0.0%

6.0%

16.9%

27.3%

0.0%

8.6%

5.6%

1.4%

Of which (stage 2):









- Less than 30 days past due

0.0%

6.6%

15.7%

60.0%

0.0%

11.1%

0.0%

0.0%

- More than 30 days past due

0.0%

0.0%

16.9%

27.3%

0.0%

16.9%

0.0%

0.0%

Stage 3, credit-impaired financial
assets (S3)

7.0%

68.3%

45.9%

100.0%

0.0%

62.6%

0.0%

19.9%

- Stage 3 Collateral

2

635

664

-

-

1,299

-

47

- Stage 3 Cover ratio (after collateral)

10.5%

80.9%

89.7%

100.0%

0.0%

82.2%

0.0%

26.5%

Cover ratio

0.0%

2.8%

1.0%

4.4%

0.0%

1.8%

0.1%

0.2%

Fair value through profit or loss









Performing

42,461

59,769

9

-

-

59,778

-

-

- Strong

37,129

40,917

6

-

-

40,923

-

-

- Satisfactory

5,332

18,801

3

-

-

18,804

-

-

- Higher risk

-

51

-

-

-

51

-

-

Defaulted (CG13-14)

-

33

-

-

-

33

-

-

Gross balance (FVTPL)2

42,461

59,802

9

-

-

59,811

-

-

Net carrying value (incl FVTPL)

87,692

190,337

120,258

1,109

24,003

335,707

-

-

1   Loans and advances includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $7,788 million under Customers and of $3,991 million under Banks, held at amortised cost

2   Loans and advances includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $52,934 million under Customers and of $40,268 million under Banks, held at fair value through profit or loss


Page 12


 

Amortised cost

31.12.23

Banks
$million

Customers

Undrawn commitments
$million

Financial Guarantees
$million

Corporate & Investment Banking
$million

Wealth & Retail Banking
$million

Ventures
$million

Central & other items
$million

Customer Total
$million

Stage 1

44,384

120,886

123,486

1,015

28,305

273,692

176,654

70,832

- Strong

35,284

84,248

118,193

1,000

27,967

231,408

162,643

47,885

- Satisfactory

9,100

36,638

5,293

15

338

42,284

14,011

22,947

Stage 2

540

7,902

2,304

54

965

11,225

5,733

2,910

- Strong

55

1,145

1,761

34

-

2,940

1,090

830

- Satisfactory

212

5,840

206

7

-

6,053

4,169

1,823

- Higher risk

273

917

337

13

965

2,232

474

257

Of which (stage 2):









- Less than 30 days past due

-

78

206

7

-

291

-

-

- More than 30 days past due

-

10

337

13

-

360

-

-

Stage 3, credit-impaired financial assets

77

5,508

1,484

12

224

7,228

3

672

Gross balance1

45,001

134,296

127,274

1,081

29,494

292,145

182,390

74,414

Stage 1

(8)

(101)

(314)

(15)

-

(430)

(52)

(10)

- Strong

(3)

(34)

(234)

(14)

-

(282)

(31)

(2)

- Satisfactory

(5)

(67)

(80)

(1)

-

(148)

(21)

(8)

Stage 2

(10)

(257)

(141)

(21)

(1)

(420)

(39)

(14)

- Strong

(1)

(18)

(65)

(14)

-

(97)

(5)

-

- Satisfactory

(2)

(179)

(22)

(3)

-

(204)

(23)

(7)

- Higher risk

(7)

(60)

(54)

(4)

(1)

(119)

(11)

(7)

Of which (stage 2):









- Less than 30 days past due

-

(2)

(22)

(3)

-

(27)

-

-

- More than 30 days past due

-

(1)

(54)

(4)

-

(59)

-

-

Stage 3, credit-impaired financial assets

(6)

(3,533)

(760)

(12)

(15)

(4,320)

-

(112)

Total credit impairment

(24)

(3,891)

(1,215)

(48)

(16)

(5,170)

(91)

(136)

Net carrying value

44,977

130,405

126,059

1,033

29,478

286,975

-

-

Stage 1

0.0%

0.1%

0.3%

1.5%

0.0%

0.2%

0.0%

0.0%

- Strong

0.0%

0.0%

0.2%

1.4%

0.0%

0.1%

0.0%

0.0%

- Satisfactory

0.1%

0.2%

1.5%

6.7%

0.0%

0.4%

0.1%

0.0%

Stage 2

1.9%

3.3%

6.1%

38.9%

0.1%

3.7%

0.7%

0.5%

- Strong

1.8%

1.6%

3.7%

41.2%

0.0%

3.3%

0.5%

(0.0)%

- Satisfactory

0.9%

3.1%

10.7%

42.9%

0.0%

3.4%

0.6%

0.4%

- Higher risk

2.6%

6.5%

16.0%

30.8%

0.1%

5.3%

2.3%

2.7%

Of which (stage 2):









- Less than 30 days past due

0.0%

2.6%

10.7%

42.9%

0.0%

9.3%

0.0%

0.0%

- More than 30 days past due

0.0%

10.0%

16.0%

30.8%

0.0%

16.4%

0.0%

0.0%

Stage 3, credit-impaired financial
assets (S3)

7.8%

64.1%

51.2%

100.0%

6.7%

59.8%

0.0%

16.7%

- Stage 3 Collateral

2

621

554

-

-

1,175

-

34

- Stage 3 Cover ratio (after collateral)

10.4%

75.4%

88.5%

100.0%

6.7%

76.0%

0.0%

21.7%

Cover ratio

0.1%

2.9%

1.0%

4.4%

0.1%

1.8%

0.0%

0.2%

Fair value through profit or loss









Performing

32,813

58,465

13

-

-

58,478

-

-

- Strong

28,402

38,014

13

-

-

38,027

-

-

- Satisfactory

4,411

20,388

-

-

-

20,388

-

-

- Higher risk

-

63

-

-

-

63

-

-

Defaulted (CG13-14)

-

33

-

-

-

33

-

-

Gross balance (FVTPL)2

32,813

58,498

13

-

-

58,511

-

-

Net carrying value (incl FVTPL)

77,790

188,903

126,072

1,033

29,478

345,486

-

-

 

1   Loans and advances includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $13,996 million under Customers and of $1,738 million under Banks, held at amortised cost

2   Loans and advances includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $51,299 million under Customers and of $30,548 million under Banks, held at fair value through profit or loss



Page 13


 

Loans and advances by client segment credit quality analysis

Credit grade

Regulatory 1 year PD range (%)

S&P external ratings equivalent

Corporate & Investment Banking

30.06.24

Gross

Credit impairment

Stage 1 $million

Stage 2 $million

Stage 3 $million

Total $million

Stage 1 $million

Stage 2 $million

Stage 3 $million

Total $million

Total Coverage %

Strong



83,625

 1,129

-

 84,754

 (70)

 (15)

-

 (85)

0.1%

1A-2B

0 - 0.045

A+ and Above

 11,929

 28

-

 11,957

 (2)

-

-

 (2)

0.0%

3A-4A

0.046 - 0.110

A/A- to BBB+/BBB

 33,470

 559

-

 34,029

 (7)

 (3)

-

 (10)

0.0%

4B-5B

0.111 - 0.425

BBB to BBB-/BB+

 38,226

 542

-

 38,768

 (61)

 (12)

-

 (73)

0.2%

Satisfactory



 37,647

 6,074

-

 43,721

 (40)

 (144)

-

 (184)

0.4%

6A-7B

0.426 - 1.350

BB+/BB to BB-

 24,516

 2,010

-

 26,526

 (19)

 (80)

-

 (99)

0.4%

8A-9B

1.351 - 4.000

BB-/B+ to B

 8,614

 2,557

-

 11,171

 (12)

 (49)

-

 (61)

0.5%

10A-11C

4.001 - 15.75

B/B- to B-/CCC+

 4,517

 1,507

-

 6,024

 (9)

 (15)

-

 (24)

0.4%

Higher risk



-

 777

-

 777

-

 (47)

-

 (47)

6.0%

12

15.751 - 99.999

CCC+/C

-

 777

-

 777

-

 (47)

-

 (47)

6.0%

Credit-impaired



-

-

 5,048

 5,048

-

-

 (3,449)

 (3,449)

68.3%

13-14

100

Defaulted

-

-

 5,048

 5,048

-

-

 (3,449)

 (3,449)

68.3%

Total



121,272

7,980

5,048

134,300

(110)

(206)

(3,449)

(3,765)

2.8%

 

Credit grade

Regulatory 1 year PD range (%)

S&P external ratings equivalent

Corporate & Investment Banking

31.12.23

Gross

Credit impairment

Stage 1 $million

Stage 2 $million

Stage 3 $million

Total $million

Stage 1 $million

Stage 2 $million

Stage 3 $million

Total $million

Total Coverage %

Strong



84,248

1,145

-

85,393

(34)

(18)

-

(52)

0.1%

1A-2B

0 - 0.045

A+ and Above

10,891

81

-

10,972

(1)

-

-

(1)

0.0%

3A-4A

0.046 - 0.110

A/A- to BBB+/BBB

31,974

558

-

32,532

(3)

-

-

(3)

0.0%

4B-5B

0.111 - 0.425

BBB to BBB-/BB+

41,383

506

-

41,889

(30)

(18)

-

(48)

0.1%

Satisfactory



36,638

5,840

-

42,478

(67)

(179)

-

(246)

0.6%

6A-7B

0.426 - 1.350

BB+/BB to BB-

24,296

1,873

-

26,169

(38)

(77)

-

(115)

0.4%

8A-9B

1.351 - 4.000

BB-/B+ to B

8,196

2,273

-

10,469

(13)

(90)

-

(103)

1.0%

10A-11C

4.001 - 15.75

B/B- to B-/CCC+

4,146

1,694

-

5,840

(16)

(12)

-

(28)

0.5%

Higher risk



-

917

-

917

-

(60)

-

(60)

6.5%

12

15.751 - 99.999

CCC+/C

-

917

-

917

-

(60)

-

(60)

6.5%

Credit-impaired



-

-

5,508

5,508

-

-

(3,533)

(3,533)

64.1%

13-14

100

Defaulted

-

-

5,508

5,508

-

-

(3,533)

(3,533)

64.1%

Total



120,886

7,902

5,508

134,296

(101)

(257)

(3,533)

(3,891)

2.9%

 



Page 14


 

Loans and advances by client segment credit quality analysis by key geography

Corporate & Investment Banking


Corporate & Investment Banking

30.06.24

Gross

Credit impairment

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Coverage

Strong $million

Satis-factory $million

Total $million

Strong $million

Satis-factory $million

Higher Risk $million

Total $million

De-faulted $million

Total $million

Strong $million

Satis-factory $million

Total $million

Strong $million

Satis-factory $million

Higher Risk $million

Total $million

De-faulted $million

Total $million

%

Hong Kong

31,685

10,144

41,829

199

1,065

27

1,291

1,371

44,491

(36)

(7)

(43)

(2)

(70)

(3)

(75)

(1,111)

(1,229)

2.8%

Corporate Lending

14,459

6,614

21,073

162

853

27

1,042

1,361

23,476

(36)

(4)

(40)

(1)

(70)

(3)

(74)

(1,111)

(1,225)

5.2%

Non Corporate Lending¹

2,848

1,685

4,533

-

212

-

212

10

4,755

-

(2)

(2)

-

-

-

-

-

(2)

0.0%

Banks

14,378

1,845

16,223

37

-

-

37

-

16,260

-

(1)

(1)

(1)

-

-

(1)

-

(2)

0.0%

Singapore

15,821

7,122

22,943

352

665

9

1,026

283

24,252

(5)

(5)

(10)

-

(18)

(3)

(21)

(90)

(121)

0.5%

Corporate Lending

8,421

3,348

11,769

319

515

9

843

236

12,848

(5)

(4)

(9)

-

(13)

(3)

(16)

(90)

(115)

0.9%

Non Corporate Lending¹

1,395

572

1,967

30

144

-

174

-

2,141

-

(1)

(1)

-

(5)

-

(5)

-

(6)

0.3%

Banks

6,005

3,202

9,207

3

6

-

9

47

9,263

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.0%

UK

16,196

3,489

19,685

189

2,085

117

2,391

349

22,425

(7)

-

(7)

(7)

(34)

-

(41)

(198)

(246)

1.1%

Corporate Lending

6,957

835

7,792

188

1,670

-

1,858

224

9,874

(7)

-

(7)

(7)

(31)

-

(38)

(173)

(218)

2.2%

Non Corporate Lending¹

7,096

1,023

8,119

1

353

110

464

121

8,704

-

-

-

-

(3)

-

(3)

(21)

(24)

0.3%

Banks

2,143

1,631

3,774

-

62

7

69

4

3,847

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

(4)

0.1%

US

14,367

4,151

18,518

104

269

13

386

4

18,908

(4)

(2)

(6)

-

-

-

-

(4)

(10)

0.1%

Corporate Lending

5,706

2,056

7,762

-

264

-

264

1

8,027

(3)

(2)

(5)

-

-

-

-

(1)

(6)

0.1%

Non Corporate Lending¹

7,640

441

8,081

18

5

-

23

3

8,107

(1)

-

(1)

-

-

-

-

(3)

(4)

0.0%

Banks

1,021

1,654

2,675

86

-

13

99

-

2,774

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.0%

China

11,005

2,641

13,646

-

174

21

195

249

14,090

(3)

(1)

(4)

-

-

(2)

(2)

(131)

(137)

1.0%

Corporate Lending

4,976

2,069

7,045

-

174

21

195

246

7,486

(1)

(1)

(2)

-

-

(2)

(2)

(131)

(135)

1.8%

Non Corporate Lending¹

3,515

309

3,824

-

-

-

-

-

3,824

(1)

-

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

(1)

0.0%

Banks

2,514

263

2,777

-

-

-

-

3

2,780

(1)

-

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

(1)

0.0%

Other

29,580

19,864

49,444

458

1,977

648

3,083

2,849

55,376

(17)

(27)

(44)

(8)

(23)

(39)

(70)

(1,919)

(2,033)

3.7%

Corporate Lending

16,478

15,285

31,763

394

1,160

610

2,164

2,740

36,667

(9)

(21)

(30)

(7)

(22)

(39)

(68)

(1,813)

(1,911)

5.2%

Non Corporate Lending¹

4,134

3,410

7,544

17

724

-

741

106

8,391

(7)

(5)

(12)

-

-

-

-

(106)

(118)

1.4%

Banks

8,968

1,169

10,137

47

93

38

178

3

10,318

(1)

(1)

(2)

(1)

(1)

-

(2)

-

(4)

0.0%

Total

118,654

47,411

166,065

1,302

6,235

835

8,372

5,105

179,542

(72)

(42)

(114)

(17)

(145)

(47)

(209)

(3,453)

(3,776)

2.1%

1   Include financing, insurance and non-banking corporations and governments



Page 15


 


Corporate & Investment Banking

31.12.23

Gross

Credit impairment

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Coverage

Strong $million

Satis-factory $million

Total $million

Strong $million

Satis-factory $million

Higher Risk $million

Total $million

De-faulted $million

Total $million

Strong $million

Satis-factory $million

Total $million

Strong $million

Satis-factory $million

Higher Risk $million

Total $million

De-faulted $million

Total $million

%

Hong Kong

32,997

10,151

43,148

167

937

30

1,134

1,284

45,566

(7)

(23)

(30)

(4)

(118)

(3)

(125)

(1,025)

(1,180)

2.6%

Corporate Lending

14,401

6,289

20,690

165

855

30

1,050

1,219

22,959

(5)

(20)

(25)

(3)

(118)

(3)

(124)

(1,024)

(1,173)

5.1%

Non Corporate Lending¹

2,544

2,458

5,002

1

81

-

82

65

5,149

(1)

(2)

(3)

-

-

-

-

(1)

(4)

0.1%

Banks

16,052

1,404

17,456

1

1

-

2

-

17,458

(1)

(1)

(2)

(1)

-

-

(1)

-

(3)

0.0%

Singapore

13,180

6,046

19,226

361

509

36

906

285

20,417

(4)

(4)

(8)

(11)

(14)

(4)

(29)

(75)

(112)

0.5%

Corporate Lending

5,766

2,334

8,100

304

504

36

844

221

9,165

(4)

(3)

(7)

(11)

(13)

(4)

(28)

(74)

(109)

1.2%

Non Corporate Lending¹

1,687

510

2,197

57

2

-

59

-

2,256

-

(1)

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

(1)

0.0%

Banks

5,727

3,202

8,929

-

3

-

3

64

8,996

-

-

-

-

(1)

-

(1)

(1)

(2)

0.0%

UK

8,364

4,171

12,535

56

785

83

924

257

13,716

(5)

(5)

(10)

-

(14)

(7)

(21)

(209)

(240)

1.7%

Corporate Lending

5,407

1,559

6,966

52

539

71

662

250

7,878

(4)

(5)

(9)

-

(13)

(7)

(20)

(202)

(231)

2.9%

Non Corporate Lending¹

558

1,244

1,802

-

160

-

160

3

1,965

(1)

-

(1)

-

(1)

-

(1)

(3)

(5)

0.3%

Banks

2,399

1,368

3,767

4

86

12

102

4

3,873

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

(4)

0.1%

US

14,550

4,742

19,292

219

176

19

414

5

19,711

(2)

(2)

(4)

-

-

-

-

(5)

(9)

0.0%

Corporate Lending

7,487

2,765

10,252

146

130

-

276

1

10,529

(1)

(2)

(3)

-

-

-

-

(1)

(4)

0.0%

Non Corporate Lending¹

6,181

425

6,606

25

4

-

29

4

6,639

(1)

-

(1)

-

-

-

-

(4)

(5)

0.1%

Banks

882

1,552

2,434

48

42

19

109

-

2,543

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.0%

China

9,737

2,733

12,470

31

298

8

337

262

13,069

(3)

(4)

(7)

-

-

-

-

(125)

(132)

1.0%

Corporate Lending

4,723

2,179

6,902

31

297

8

336

259

7,497

(2)

(1)

(3)

-

-

-

-

(125)

(128)

1.7%

Non Corporate Lending¹

3,254

318

3,572

-

-

-

-

-

3,572

(1)

-

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

(1)

0.0%

Banks

1,760

236

1,996

-

1

-

1

3

2,000

-

(3)

(3)

-

-

-

-

-

(3)

0.2%

Other

40,704

17,895

58,599

366

3,347

1,014

4,727

3,492

66,818

(16)

(34)

(50)

(4)

(35)

(53)

(92)

(2,100)

(2,242)

3.4%

Corporate Lending

16,189

15,034

31,223

345

2,322

678

3,345

3,335

37,903

(8)

(27)

(35)

(3)

(28)

(46)

(77)

(2,012)

(2,124)

5.6%

Non Corporate Lending¹

16,051

1,523

17,574

19

946

94

1,059

151

18,784

(6)

(6)

(12)

(1)

(6)

-

(7)

(87)

(106)

0.6%

Banks

8,464

1,338

9,802

2

79

242

323

6

10,131

(2)

(1)

(3)

-

(1)

(7)

(8)

(1)

(12)

0.1%

Total

119,532

45,738

165,270

1,200

6,052

1,190

8,442

5,585

179,297

(37)

(72)

(109)

(19)

(181)

(67)

(267)

(3,539)

(3,915)

2.2%

1   Include financing, insurance and non-banking corporations and governments



Page 16


 

Wealth & Retail Banking


Wealth & Retail Banking

30.06.24

Gross

Credit impairment

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Coverage

Strong $million

Satis-factory $million

Total $million

Strong $million

Satis-factory $million

Higher Risk $million

Total $million

De-faulted $million

Total $million

Strong $million

Satis-factory $million

Total $million

Strong $million

Satis-factory $million

Higher Risk $million

Total $million

De-faulted $million

Total $million

%

Hong Kong

41,284

196

41,480

351

44

36

431

189

42,100

(28)

(29)

(57)

(12)

(10)

(10)

(32)

(49)

(138)

0.3%

Mortgages

31,424

151

31,575

142

30

13

185

65

31,825

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

(4)

0.0%

Credit cards

3,300

28

3,328

43

10

14

67

9

3,404

(14)

(28)

(42)

(4)

(9)

(5)

(18)

(9)

(69)

2.0%

Others

6,560

17

6,577

166

4

9

179

115

6,871

(14)

(1)

(15)

(8)

(1)

(5)

(14)

(36)

(65)

0.9%

Singapore

26,551

73

26,624

207

39

36

282

301

27,207

(14)

(15)

(29)

-

(5)

(5)

(10)

(249)

(288)

1.1%

Mortgages

14,287

21

14,308

161

31

15

207

20

14,535

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

(4)

0.0%

Credit cards

1,617

21

1,638

10

5

16

31

10

1,679

(4)

(15)

(19)

-

(5)

(4)

(9)

(8)

(36)

2.1%

Others

10,647

31

10,678

36

3

5

44

271

10,993

(10)

-

(10)

-

-

(1)

(1)

(237)

(248)

2.3%

Korea

18,532

180

18,712

368

10

21

399

105

19,216

(26)

(2)

(28)

(11)

(2)

(2)

(15)

(29)

(72)

0.4%

Mortgages

13,230

133

13,363

280

8

17

305

57

13,725

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(1)

(1)

0.0%

Credit cards

64

1

65

1

-

-

1

-

66

(1)

-

(1)

-

-

-

-

-

(1)

1.5%

Others

5,238

46

5,284

87

2

4

93

48

5,425

(25)

(2)

(27)

(11)

(2)

(2)

(15)

(28)

(70)

1.3%

Others

26,180

5,068

31,248

407

79

250

736

923

32,907

(206)

(30)

(236)

(26)

(10)

(41)

(77)

(370)

(683)

2.1%

Mortgages

14,589

2,249

16,838

137

38

136

311

444

17,593

(5)

(4)

(9)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(3)

(123)

(135)

0.8%

Credit cards

1,400

88

1,488

74

1

17

92

47

1,627

(23)

(8)

(31)

(7)

-

(11)

(18)

(21)

(70)

4.3%

Others

10,191

2,731

12,922

196

40

97

333

432

13,687

(178)

(18)

(196)

(18)

(9)

(29)

(56)

(226)

(478)

3.5%

Total

112,547

5,517

118,064

1,333

172

343

1,848

1,518

121,430

(274)

(76)

(350)

(49)

(27)

(58)

(134)

(697)

(1,181)

1.0%

 


Wealth & Retail Banking

31.12.23

Gross

Credit impairment

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Coverage

Strong $million

Satis-factory $million

Total $million

Strong $million

Satis-factory $million

Higher Risk $million

Total $million

De-faulted $million

Total $million

Strong $million

Satis-factory $million

Total $million

Strong $million

Satis-factory $million

Higher Risk $million

Total $million

De-faulted $million

Total $million

%

Hong Kong

42,161

230

42,391

480

66

40

586

164

43,141

(17)

(33)

(50)

(14)

(10)

(9)

(33)

(39)

(122)

0.3%

Mortgages

32,374

152

32,526

282

53

13

348

63

32,937

-

-

-

(1)

-

-

(1)

(1)

(2)

0.0%

Credit cards

3,278

32

3,310

46

9

13

68

8

3,386

(2)

(32)

(34)

(5)

(9)

(5)

(19)

(8)

(61)

1.8%

Others

6,509

46

6,555

152

4

14

170

93

6,818

(15)

(1)

(16)

(8)

(1)

(4)

(13)

(30)

(59)

0.9%

Singapore

26,412

64

26,476

379

41

32

452

280

27,208

(8)

(18)

(26)

(2)

(5)

(4)

(11)

(245)

(282)

1.0%

Mortgages

14,992

16

15,008

230

34

11

275

13

15,296

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

(4)

0.0%

Credit cards

1,679

21

1,700

11

5

14

30

8

1,738

-

(17)

(17)

-

(5)

(3)

(8)

(8)

(33)

1.9%

Others

9,741

27

9,768

138

2

7

147

259

10,174

(8)

(1)

(9)

(2)

-

(1)

(3)

(233)

(245)

2.4%

Korea

22,965

211

23,176

462

20

9

491

93

23,760

(40)

-

(40)

(18)

-

-

(18)

(19)

(77)

0.3%

Mortgages

16,534

164

16,698

364

18

8

390

69

17,157

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.0%

Credit cards

113

2

115

3

-

-

3

-

118

(4)

-

(4)

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

3.4%

Others

6,318

45

6,363

95

2

1

98

24

6,485

(36)

-

(36)

(18)

-

-

(18)

(19)

(73)

1.1%

Others

26,655

4,788

31,443

440

79

256

775

947

33,165

(169)

(29)

(198)

(31)

(7)

(41)

(79)

(457)

(734)

2.2%

Mortgages

14,681

2,297

16,978

155

48

134

337

374

17,689

(5)

(2)

(7)

(2)

(1)

(1)

(4)

(118)

(129)

0.7%

Credit cards

1,420

68

1,488

73

1

15

89

40

1,617

(26)

(9)

(35)

(7)

-

(10)

(17)

(16)

(68)

4.2%

Others

10,554

2,423

12,977

212

30

107

349

533

13,859

(138)

(18)

(156)

(22)

(6)

(30)

(58)

(323)

(537)

3.9%

Total

118,193

5,293

123,486

1,761

206

337

2,304

1,484

127,274

(234)

(80)

(314)

(65)

(22)

(54)

(141)

(760)

(1,215)

1.0%

Movement in gross exposures and credit impairment for loans and advances, debt securities, undrawn commitments and financial guarantees (reviewed)

The tables overleaf set out the movement in gross exposures and credit impairment by stage in respect of amortised cost loans to banks and customers, undrawn commitments, financial guarantees and debt securities classified at amortised cost and FVOCI. The tables are presented for the Group, debt securities and other eligible bills.

Methodology

The movement lines within the tables are an aggregation of monthly movements over the year and will therefore reflect the accumulation of multiple trades during the year. The credit impairment charge in the income statement comprises the amounts within the boxes in the table below, less recoveries of amounts previously written off. Discount unwind is reported in net interest income and related to stage 3 financial instruments only.



Page 17


 

The approach for determining the key line items in the tables is set out below.

Transfers - transfers between stages are deemed to occur at the beginning of a month based on prior month closing balances.

Net remeasurement from stage changes - the remeasurement of credit impairment provisions arising from a change in stage is reported within the stage that the assets are transferred to. For example, assets transferred into stage 2 are remeasured from a 12-month to a lifetime expected credit loss, with the effect of remeasurement reported in stage 2. For stage 3, this represents the initial remeasurement from specific provisions recognised on individual assets transferred into stage 3 in the year.

Net changes in exposures - new business written less repayments in the year. Within stage 1, new business written will attract up to 12 months of expected credit loss charges. Repayments of non-amortising loans (primarily within CIB) will have low amounts of expected credit loss provisions attributed to them, due to the release of provisions over the term to maturity. In stages 2 and 3, the net change in exposures reflect repayments although stage 2 may include new facilities where clients are on non-purely precautionary early alert, are CG 12, or when non-investment grade debt securities are acquired.

Changes in risk parameters - for stages 1 and 2, this reflects changes in the probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and exposure at default (EAD) of assets during the year, which includes the impact of releasing provisions over the term to maturity. It also includes the effect of changes in forecasts of macroeconomic variables during the year. In stage 3, this line represents additional specific provisions recognised on exposures held within stage 3.

Interest due but not paid - change in contractual amount of interest due in stage 3 financial instruments but not paid, being the net of accruals, repayments and write-offs, together with the corresponding change in credit impairment.

Changes to ECL models, which incorporate changes to model approaches and methodologies, are not reported as a separate line item as these have an impact over a number of lines and stages.

Movements during the year

Stage 1 gross exposures decreased by $7.8 billion to $716 billion (31 December 2023: $724 billion). CIB increased by $20.5 billion to $358 billion (31 December 2023: $337 billion) largely due to higher amounts of financial guarantees. WRB decreased by $15.6 billion to $175 billion (31 December 2023: $191 billion), largely due to the mortgage portfolio in Korea and Hong Kong, as well as off balance sheet commitments. Stage 1 debt securities decreased by $8.9 billion to $149 billion (31 December 2023: $158 billion).

Total stage 1 provisions increased by $39 million to $565 million (31 December 2023: $526 million). CIB provisions decreased by $7 million to $144 million (31 December 2023: $151 million), due to China CRE overlay releases driven by repayments. This was partly offset by increases due to portfolio movements. WRB provisions increased by $33 million to $358 million (31 December 2023: $325 million), due to delinquencies in personal loans and unsecured lending portfolio. There was also $10 million overlay charges on Hong Kong and Singapore credit cards due to an increase in industry bankruptcy trends.

Stage 2 gross exposures decreased by $3.7 billion to $19 billion (31 December 2023: $22 billion), primarily driven by a net reduction in CIB exposures from off-balance sheet instruments, and in Central and other items where a portfolio of debt securities were maturing, which were being held by Treasury and accounted for under FVOCI. WRB exposures decreased by $0.5 billion to $2 billion (31 December 2023: $2.5 billion). Debt securities remained broadly stable at $1.8 billion (31 December 2023: $1.9 billion).

Stage 2 provisions decreased by $89 million to $428 million (31 December 2023: $517 million). CIB provisions decreased by $59 million to $259 million (31 December 2023: $318 million) from China CRE overlay releases largely due to repayments, and releases due to a sovereign upgrade. This was partly offset by portfolio movements. Debt securities provisions decreased by $24 million to $10 million (31 December 2023: $34 million) mainly due to a sovereign upgrade, which was driven by an improvement in the macroeconomic environment. The decrease was also due to the maturity of a portfolio of debt securities, which were being held by Treasury and accounted for under FVOCI.

The impact of model and methodology updates in H1 2024 reduced modelled provisions by $13 million across stages 1, 2 and 3 in WRB.



Page 18


 

Stage 3 gross loans for CIB decreased by $0.4 billion to $5.8 billion (31 December 2023: $6.3 billion) due to repayments and write-offs, which were partly offset by new inflows. CIB provisions decreased by $58 million to $3.6 billion (31 December 2023: $3.7 billion), due to releases from repayments and write-offs, which was offset by charges from new downgrades. WRB stage 3 loans was stable at $1.5 billion (31 December 2023: $1.5 billion) but provisions decreased by $61 million to $0.7 billion (31 December 2023: $0.8 billion) due to the unsecured portfolio being classified as held for sale in Malaysia. Debt securities increased by $223 million to $387 million (31 December 2023: $164 million) due to sovereign client positions.

All segments (reviewed)


Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 35

Total

Gross balance3
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

Gross balance3
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

Gross balance3
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

Gross balance3
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

As at 1 January 2023

720,112

(645)

719,467

27,479

(618)

26,861

8,841

(4,724)

4,117

756,432

(5,987)

750,445

Transfers to stage 1

19,594

(661)

18,933

(19,583)

661

(18,922)

(11)

-

(11)

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 2

(42,628)

174

(42,454)

42,793

(182)

42,611

(165)

8

(157)

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 3

(96)

6

(90)

(2,329)

326

(2,003)

2,425

(332)

2,093

-

-

-

Net change in exposures

23,717

(185)

23,532

(22,727)

22

(22,705)

(1,708)

624

(1,084)

(718)

461

(257)

Net remeasurement from stage changes

-

52

52

-

(199)

(199)

-

(163)

(163)

-

(310)

(310)

Changes in risk parameters

-

202

202

-

(32)

(32)

-

(1,100)

(1,100)

-

(930)

(930)

Write-offs

-

-

-

-

-

-

(1,027)

1,027

-

(1,027)

1,027

-

Interest due but unpaid

-

-

-

-

-

-

(83)

83

-

(83)

83

-

Discount unwind

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

180

180

-

180

180

Exchange translation differences and
other movements¹

3,177

531

3,708

(3,365)

(495)

(3,860)

(128)

(102)

(230)

(316)

(66)

(382)

As at 31 December 2023²

723,876

(526)

723,350

22,268

(517)

21,751

8,144

(4,499)

3,645

754,288

(5,542)

748,746

Income statement ECL (charge)/release


69



(209)



(639)



(779)


Recoveries of amounts previously written off


-



-



271



271


Total credit impairment (charge)/release


69



(209)



(368)



(508)


As at 1 January 2024

723,876

(526)

723,350

22,268

(517)

21,751

8,144

(4,499)

3,645

754,288

(5,542)

748,746

Transfers to stage 1

8,877

(299)

8,578

(8,862)

299

(8,563)

(15)

-

(15)

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 2

(18,521)

121

(18,400)

18,617

(122)

18,495

(96)

1

(95)

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 3

(347)

16

(331)

(576)

108

(468)

923

(124)

799

-

-

-

Net change in exposures

13,748

(72)

13,676

(11,669)

27

(11,642)

(563)

165

(398)

1,516

120

1,636

Net remeasurement from stage changes

-

44

44

-

(117)

(117)

-

(145)

(145)

-

(218)

(218)

Changes in risk parameters

-

68

68

-

(25)

(25)

-

(314)

(314)

-

(271)

(271)

Write-offs

-

-

-

-

-

-

(578)

578

-

(578)

578

-

Interest due but unpaid

-

-

-

-

-

-

13

(13)

-

13

(13)

-

Discount unwind

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

69

69

-

69

69

Exchange translation differences and
other movements¹

(11,587)

83

(11,504)

(1,236)

(81)

(1,317)

(23)

(35)

(58)

(12,846)

(33)

(12,879)

As at 30 June 2024²

716,046

(565)

715,481

18,542

(428)

18,114

7,805

(4,317)

3,488

742,393

(5,310)

737,083

Income statement ECL (charge)/release⁶


40



(115)



(294)



(369)


Recoveries of amounts previously written off


-



-



130



130


Total credit impairment (charge)/release4


40



(115)



(164)



(239)


1   Includes fair value adjustments and amortisation on debt securities

2   Excludes Cash and balances at central banks, Accrued income, Assets held for sale and Other assets gross balances of $109,690 million (2023: $111,478 million) and Total credit impairment of $95 million (2023: $59 million)

3   Does not include $1 million (2023: Nil) release relating to Other assets

4   Reported basis

5   Stage 3 gross includes $23 million (2023: $80 million) originated credit-impaired debt securities with impairment of Nil (2023: $14 million)

6   The gross balance includes the notional amount of off balance sheet instruments

Page 19


Of which - movement of debt securities, additional tier one and other eligible bills (reviewed)

Amortised cost and FVOCI

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 32

Total

Gross balance
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

Gross balance
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

Gross balance
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

Gross balance
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net3
$million

As at 1 January 2023

166,103

(25)

166,078

5,455

(90)

5,365

144

(106)

38

171,702

(221)

171,481

Transfers to stage 1

371

(65)

306

(371)

65

(306)

-

-

-

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 2

(884)

14

(870)

884

(14)

870

-

-

-

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 3

-

-

-

(16)

-

(16)

16

-

16

-

-

-

Net change in exposures

(11,583)

(28)

(11,611)

(1,899)

(44)

(1,943)

7

-

7

(13,475)

(72)

(13,547)

Net remeasurement from stage changes

-

7

7

-

(18)

(18)

-

-

-

-

(11)

(11)

Changes in risk parameters

-

32

32

-

105

105

-

(4)

(4)

-

133

133

Write-offs

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Interest due but unpaid

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Exchange translation differences and
other movements1

4,307

39

4,346

(2,193)

(38)

(2,231)

(3)

49

46

2,111

50

2,161

As at 31 December 2023

158,314

(26)

158,288

1,860

(34)

1,826

164

(61)

103

160,338

(121)

160,217

Income statement ECL (charge)/release


11



43



(4)



50


Recoveries of amounts previously written off


-



-



-



-


Total credit impairment (charge)/release


11



43



(4)



50


As at 1 January 2024

158,314

(26)

158,288

1,860

(34)

1,826

164

(61)

103

160,338

(121)

160,217

Transfers to stage 1

125

-

125

(125)

-

(125)

-

-

-

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 2

(555)

42

(513)

555

(42)

513

-

-

-

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 3

(131)

-

(131)

131

-

131

-

-

-

-

-

-

Net change in exposures

(5,162)

(4)

(5,166)

2

(9)

(7)

272

22

294

(4,888)

9

(4,879)

Net remeasurement from stage changes

-

-

-

-

2

2

-

-

-

-

2

2

Changes in risk parameters

-

4

4

-

26

26

-

-

-

-

30

30

Write-offs

-

-

-

-

-

-

(51)

51

-

(51)

51

-

Interest due but unpaid

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Exchange translation differences and
other movements1

(3,169)

(39)

(3,208)

(636)

47

(589)

2

(28)

(26)

(3,803)

(20)

(3,823)

As at 30 June 2024

149,422

(23)

149,399

1,787

(10)

1,777

387

(16)

371

151,596

(49)

151,547

Income statement ECL (charge)/release


-



19



22



41


Recoveries of amounts previously written off


-



-



-



-


Total credit impairment (charge)/release


-



19



22



41


1   Includes fair value adjustments and amortisation on debt securities

2   Stage 3 includes gross of $23 million (31 December 2023: $80 million) and ECL Nil (31 December 2023: $14 million) originated credit-impaired debt securities

3   FVOCI instruments are not presented net of ECL. While the presentation is on a net basis for the table, the total net on-balance sheet amount to $151,580 million (31 December 2023: $160,263 million). Refer to the Analysis of financial instrument by stage table



Page 20


 

Corporate & Investment Banking (reviewed)

Amortised cost and FVOCI

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

As at 1 January 2023

315,437

(194)

315,243

20,148

(411)

19,737

6,994

(3,822)

3,172

342,579

(4,427)

338,152

Transfers to stage 1

14,948

(347)

14,601

(14,948)

347

(14,601)

-

-

-

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 2

(34,133)

80

(34,053)

34,175

(88)

34,087

(42)

8

(34)

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 3

(17)

-

(17)

(1,270)

141

(1,129)

1,287

(141)

1,146

-

-

-

Net change in exposures

41,314

(73)

41,241

(20,084)

89

(19,995)

(1,335)

623

(712)

19,895

639

20,534

Net remeasurement from stage changes

-

15

15

-

(45)

(45)

-

(82)

(82)

-

(112)

(112)

Changes in risk parameters

-

60

60

-

(68)

(68)

-

(668)

(668)

-

(676)

(676)

Write-offs

-

-

-

-

-

-

(340)

340

-

(340)

340

-

Interest due but unpaid

-

-

-

-

-

-

(120)

120

-

(120)

120

-

Discount unwind

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

155

155

-

155

155

Exchange translation differences and
other movements

(360)

308

(52)

(1,148)

(283)

(1,431)

(188)

(184)

(372)

(1,696)

(159)

(1,855)

As at 31 December 2023

337,189

(151)

337,038

16,873

(318)

16,555

6,256

(3,651)

2,605

360,318

(4,120)

356,198

Income statement ECL (charge)/release2


2



(24)



(127)



(149)


Recoveries of amounts previously written off


-



-



31



31


Total credit impairment (charge)/release


2



(24)



(96)



(118)


As at 1 January 2024

337,189

(151)

337,038

16,873

(318)

16,555

6,256

(3,651)

2,605

360,318

(4,120)

356,198

Transfers to stage 1

5,730

(144)

5,586

(5,730)

144

(5,586)

-

-

-

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 2

(14,220)

41

(14,179)

14,245

(42)

14,203

(25)

1

(24)

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 3

(118)

13

(105)

(147)

(3)

(150)

265

(10)

255

-

-

-

Net change in exposures

32,957

(23)

32,934

(10,137)

39

(10,098)

(479)

127

(352)

22,341

143

22,484

Net remeasurement from stage changes

-

12

12

(1)

(32)

(33)

-

(83)

(83)

(1)

(103)

(104)

Changes in risk parameters

-

38

38

-

3

3

-

(69)

(69)

-

(28)

(28)

Write-offs

-

-

-

-

-

-

(107)

107

-

(107)

107

-

Interest due but unpaid

-

-

-

-

-

-

16

(16)

-

16

(16)

-

Discount unwind

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

54

54

-

54

54

Exchange translation differences and
other movements

(3,878)

70

(3,808)

(538)

(50)

(588)

(102)

(53)

(155)

(4,518)

(33)

(4,551)

As at 30 June 2024

357,660

(144)

357,516

14,565

(259)

14,306

5,824

(3,593)

2,231

378,049

(3,996)

374,053

Income statement ECL (charge)/release²


27



10



(25)



12


Recoveries of amounts previously written off


-



-



5



5


Total credit impairment (charge)/release


27



10



(20)



17


1   The gross balance includes the notional amount of off balance sheet instruments

2   Does not include release relating to Other assets



Page 21


 

Wealth & Retail Banking (reviewed)

Amortised cost and FVOCI

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

As at 1 January 2023

193,239

(413)

192,826

1,821

(118)

1,703

1,454

(776)

678

196,514

(1,307)

195,207

Transfers to stage 1

4,265

(246)

4,019

(4,254)

246

(4,008)

(11)

-

(11)

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 2

(7,544)

73

(7,471)

7,667

(73)

7,594

(123)

-

(123)

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 3

(64)

1

(63)

(1,049)

187

(862)

1,113

(188)

925

-

-

-

Net change in exposures

1,965

(78)

1,887

(1,713)

14

(1,699)

(395)

-

(395)

(143)

(64)

(207)

Net remeasurement from stage changes

-

31

31

-

(137)

(137)

-

(38)

(38)

-

(144)

(144)

Changes in risk parameters

-

110

110

-

(69)

(69)

-

(426)

(426)

-

(385)

(385)

Write-offs

-

-

-

-

-

-

(649)

649

-

(649)

649

-

Interest due but unpaid

-

-

-

-

-

-

37

(37)

-

37

(37)

-

Discount unwind

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

24

24

-

24

24

Exchange translation differences and
other movements

(862)

197

(665)

-

(190)

(190)

59

33

92

(803)

40

(763)

As at 31 December 2023

190,999

(325)

190,674

2,472

(140)

2,332

1,485

(759)

726

194,956

(1,224)

193,732

Income statement ECL (charge)/release


63



(192)



(464)



(593)


Recoveries of amounts previously written off


-



-



239



239


Total credit impairment (charge)/release


63



(192)



(225)



(354)


As at 1 January 2024

190,999

(325)

190,674

2,472

(140)

2,332

1,485

(759)

726

194,956

(1,224)

193,732

Transfers to stage 1

2,963

(146)

2,817

(2,948)

146

(2,802)

(15)

-

(15)

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 2

(3,684)

36

(3,648)

3,755

(36)

3,719

(71)

-

(71)

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 3

(57)

-

(57)

(568)

112

(456)

625

(112)

513

-

-

-

Net change in exposures

(11,173)

(27)

(11,200)

(668)

(3)

(671)

(196)

-

(196)

(12,037)

(30)

(12,067)

Net remeasurement from stage changes

-

16

16

-

(82)

(82)

-

(26)

(26)

-

(92)

(92)

Changes in risk parameters

-

15

15

-

(54)

(54)

-

(245)

(245)

-

(284)

(284)

Write-offs

-

-

-

-

-

-

(382)

382

-

(382)

382

-

Interest due but unpaid

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3)

3

-

(3)

3

-

Discount unwind

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

15

15

-

15

15

Exchange translation differences and
other movements

(3,604)

73

(3,531)

(38)

(81)

(119)

79

44

123

(3,563)

36

(3,527)

As at 30 June 2024

175,444

(358)

175,086

2,005

(138)

1,867

1,522

(698)

824

178,971

(1,194)

177,777

Income statement ECL (charge)/release


4



(139)



(271)



(406)


Recoveries of amounts previously written off


-



-



124



124


Total credit impairment (charge)/release


4



(139)



(147)



(282)


1   The gross balance includes the notional amount of off-balance sheet instruments



Page 22

Wealth & Retail Banking - Secured (reviewed)

Amortised cost and FVOCI

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

As at 1 January 2023

135,362

(60)

135,302

1,413

(17)

1,396

1,028

(552)

476

137,803

(629)

137,174

Transfers to stage 1

3,311

(20)

3,291

(3,302)

20

(3,282)

(9)

-

(9)

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 2

(5,340)

11

(5,329)

5,436

(9)

5,427

(96)

(2)

(98)

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 3

(28)

1

(27)

(463)

1

(462)

491

(2)

489

-

-

-

Net change in exposures

(3,138)

(16)

(3,154)

(1,250)

3

(1,247)

(216)

-

(216)

(4,604)

(13)

(4,617)

Net remeasurement from stage changes

-

4

4

-

(16)

(16)

-

(3)

(3)

-

(15)

(15)

Changes in risk parameters

-

22

22

-

24

24

-

(110)

(110)

-

(64)

(64)

Write-offs

-

-

-

-

-

-

(109)

109

-

(109)

109

-

Interest due but unpaid

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3)

3

-

(3)

3

-

Discount unwind

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

12

12

-

12

12

Exchange translation differences and
other movements

(369)

25

(344)

(7)

(22)

(29)

(24)

20

(4)

(400)

23

(377)

As at 31 December 2023

129,798

(33)

129,765

1,827

(16)

1,811

1,062

(525)

537

132,687

(574)

132,113

Income statement ECL (charge)/release


10



11



(113)



(92)


Recoveries of amounts previously written off


-



-



68



68


Total credit impairment (charge)/release


10



11



(45)



(24)


As at 1 January 2024

129,798

(33)

129,765

1,827

(16)

1,811

1,062

(525)

537

132,687

(574)

132,113

Transfers to stage 1

2,353

(13)

2,340

(2,342)

13

(2,329)

(11)

-

(11)

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 2

(2,542)

3

(2,539)

2,591

(3)

2,588

(49)

-

(49)

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 3

(16)

-

(16)

(234)

2

(232)

250

(2)

248

-

-

-

Net change in exposures

(6,534)

(4)

(6,538)

(431)

2

(429)

(113)

-

(113)

(7,078)

(2)

(7,080)

Net remeasurement from stage changes

-

4

4

-

(10)

(10)

-

(1)

(1)

-

(7)

(7)

Changes in risk parameters

-

(9)

(9)

-

17

17

-

(62)

(62)

-

(54)

(54)

Write-offs

-

-

-

-

-

-

(63)

63

-

(63)

63

-

Interest due but unpaid

-

-

-

-

-

-

23

(23)

-

23

(23)

-

Discount unwind

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

8

8

-

8

8

Exchange translation differences and
other movements

(2,768)

13

(2,755)

(26)

(17)

(43)

37

24

61

(2,757)

20

(2,737)

As at 30 June 2024

120,291

(39)

120,252

1,385

(12)

1,373

1,136

(518)

618

122,812

(569)

122,243

Income statement ECL (charge)/release


(9)



9



(63)



(63)


Recoveries of amounts previously written off


-



-



43



43


Total credit impairment (charge)/release


(9)



9



(20)



(20)


1   The gross balance includes the notional amount of off balance sheet instruments



Page 23

Wealth & Retail Banking - Unsecured (reviewed)

Amortised cost and FVOCI

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

Gross balance1
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net
$million

As at 1 January 2023

57,877

(353)

57,524

408

(101)

307

426

(224)

202

58,711

(678)

58,033

Transfers to stage 1

954

(226)

728

(952)

226

(726)

(2)

-

(2)

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 2

(2,204)

62

(2,142)

2,231

(64)

2,167

(27)

2

(25)

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 3

(36)

-

(36)

(586)

186

(400)

622

(186)

436

-

-

-

Net change in exposures

5,103

(62)

5,041

(463)

11

(452)

(179)

-

(179)

4,461

(51)

4,410

Net remeasurement from stage changes

-

27

27

-

(121)

(121)

-

(35)

(35)

-

(129)

(129)

Changes in risk parameters

-

88

88

-

(93)

(93)

-

(316)

(316)

-

(321)

(321)

Write-offs

-

-

-

-

-

-

(540)

540

-

(540)

540

-

Interest due but unpaid

-

-

-

-

-

-

40

(40)

-

40

(40)

-

Discount unwind

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

12

12

-

12

12

Exchange translation differences and
other movements

(493)

172

(321)

7

(168)

(161)

83

13

96

(403)

17

(386)

As at 31 December 2023

61,201

(292)

60,909

645

(124)

521

423

(234)

189

62,269

(650)

61,619

Income statement ECL (charge)/release


53



(203)



(351)



(501)


Recoveries of amounts previously written off


-



-



171



171


Total credit impairment (charge)/release


53



(203)



(180)



(330)


As at 1 January 2024

61,201

(292)

60,909

645

(124)

521

423

(234)

189

62,269

(650)

61,619

Transfers to stage 1

610

(133)

477

(606)

133

(473)

(4)

-

(4)

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 2

(1,142)

33

(1,109)

1,164

(33)

1,131

(22)

-

(22)

-

-

-

Transfers to stage 3

(41)

-

(41)

(334)

110

(224)

375

(110)

265

-

-

-

Net change in exposures

(4,639)

(23)

(4,662)

(237)

(5)

(242)

(83)

-

(83)

(4,959)

(28)

(4,987)

Net remeasurement from stage changes

-

12

12

-

(72)

(72)

-

(25)

(25)

-

(85)

(85)

Changes in risk parameters

-

24

24

-

(71)

(71)

-

(183)

(183)

-

(230)

(230)

Write-offs

-

-

-

-

-

-

(319)

319

-

(319)

319

-

Interest due but unpaid

-

-

-

-

-

-

(26)

26

-

(26)

26

-

Discount unwind

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

7

7

-

7

7

Exchange translation differences and
other movements

(836)

60

(776)

(12)

(64)

(76)

42

20

62

(806)

16

(790)

As at 30 June 2024

55,153

(319)

54,834

620

(126)

494

386

(180)

206

56,159

(625)

55,534

Income statement ECL (charge)/release


13



(148)



(208)



(343)


Recoveries of amounts previously written off


-



-



81



81


Total credit impairment (charge)/release


13



(148)



(127)



(262)


1   The gross balance includes the notional amount of off balance sheet instruments



Page 24

Analysis of stage 2 balances

The table below analyses total stage 2 gross on-and off-balance sheet exposures and associated expected credit provisions by the key SICR driver that caused the exposures to be classified as stage 2 as at 30 June 2024 and 31 December 2023 for each segment.

Where multiple drivers apply, the exposure is allocated based on the table order. For example, a loan may have breached the PD thresholds and could also be on non-purely precautionary early alert; in this instance, the exposure is reported under 'Increase in PD'.

Further details can be found in the 'Summary of Credit Risk performance' section.


30.06.24

Corporate &
Investment Banking

Wealth & Retail Banking

Ventures

Central & other items1

Total

Gross
$million

ECL
$million

Cove-rage
%

Gross
$million

ECL
$million

Cove-rage
%

Gross
$million

ECL
$million

Cove-rage
%

Gross
$million

ECL
$million

Cove-rage
%

Gross
$million

ECL
$million

Cove-rage
%

Increase in PD

7,885

115

1.5%

1,626

125

7.7%

51

25

49.0%

452

4

0.9%

10,014

269

2.7%

Non-purely precautionary
early alert

4,019

35

0.9%

30

-

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

4,049

35

0.9%

Higher risk (CG12)

674

22

3.3%

17

-

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

1,427

3

0.2%

2,118

25

1.2%

Sub-investment grade

-

-

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

Top up/Sell down (Private Banking)

-

-

0.0%

39

-

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

39

-

0.0%

Others

1,987

1

0.1%

147

4

2.7%

-

-

0.0%

426

-

0.0%

2,560

5

0.2%

30 days past due

-

-

0.0%

146

9

6.2%

5

-

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

151

9

6.0%

Management overlay

-

86

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

-

86

0.0%

Total stage 2

14,565

259

1.8%

2,005

138

6.9%

56

25

44.6%

2,305

7

0.3%

18,931

429

2.3%

 


31.12.23

Corporate &
Investment Banking

Wealth & Retail Banking

Ventures

Central & other items1

Total

Gross
$million

ECL
$million

Cove-rage
%

Gross
$million

ECL
$million

Cove-rage
%

Gross
$million

ECL
$million

Cove-rage
%

Gross
$million

ECL
$million

Cove-rage
%

Gross
$million

ECL
$million

Cove-rage
%

Increase in PD

8,262

75

0.9%

1,962

109

5.6%

96

23

24.0%

599

13

2.2%

10,919

220

2.0%

Non-purely precautionary
early alert

5,136

26

0.5%

37

-

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

5,173

26

0.5%

Higher risk (CG12)

1,008

56

5.6%

26

1

3.8%

-

-

0.0%

2,020

17

0.8%

3,054

74

2.4%

Sub-investment grade

-

-

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

Top up/Sell down (Private Banking)

-

-

0.0%

148

2

1.4%

-

-

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

148

2

1.4%

Others

2,467

37

1.5%

151

16

10.6%

-

-

0.0%

489

-

0.0%

3,107

53

1.7%

30 days past due

-

-

0.0%

148

12

8.1%

2

-

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

150

12

8.0%

Management overlay

-

124

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

-

-

0.0%

-

17

0.0%

-

141

0.0%

Total stage 2

16,873

318

1.9%

2,472

140

5.7%

98

23

23.5%

3,108

47

1.5%

22,551

528

2.3%

1   Includes Gross and ECL for Cash and balances at central banks and Assets held for sale



Page 25

Credit impairment charge (reviewed)

The table below analyses credit impairment charges or releases of the ongoing business portfolio and restructuring business portfolio for the half year ended 30 June 2024.

Further details can be found in the 'Summary of Credit Risk performance' section.


30.06.24

30.06.23

Stage 1 & 2
$million

Stage 1 & 2
$million

Stage 3
$million

Total
$million

Ongoing business portfolio







Corporate & Investment Banking

(38)

3

(35)

33

36

69

Wealth & Retail Banking

135

147

282

15

93

108

Ventures

7

36

43

12

11

23

Central & other items

(31)

(10)

(41)

(27)

(1)

(28)

Credit impairment charge/(release)

73

176

249

33

139

172

Restructuring business portfolio







Others

2

(11)

(9)

(2)

(9)

(11)

Credit impairment charge/(release)

2

(11)

(9)

(2)

(9)

(11)

Total credit impairment charge/ (release)

75

165

240

31

130

161

Problem credit management and provisioning

Forborne and other modified loans by client segment (reviewed)

A forborne loan arises when a concession has been made to the contractual terms of a loan in response to a customer's financial difficulties.

Net forborne loans decreased by $139 million to $866 million (31 December 2023: $1,005 million), largely on the non-performing forborne loans stock. The net non-performing forborne loans decreased by $136 million to $831 million (31 December 2023: $967 million) largely due to write-offs and repayments.

Amortised cost

30.06.24

31.12.23

Corporate & Investment Banking
$million

Wealth & Retail Banking
$million

Ventures
$million

Total
$million

Corporate & Investment Banking
$million

Wealth & Retail Banking
$million

Ventures
$million

Total
$million

All loans with forbearance measures

2,139

299

-

2,438

2,340

314

-

2,654

Credit impairment (stage 1 and 2)

-

(2)

-

(2)

-

(2)

-

(2)

Credit impairment (stage 3)

(1,450)

(120)

-

(1,570)

(1,529)

(118)

-

(1,647)

Net carrying value

689

177

-

866

811

194

-

1,005

Included within the above table









Gross performing forborne loans

4

33

-

37

-

40

-

40

Modification of terms and conditions1

4

33

-

37

-

40

-

40

Refinancing2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Impairment provisions

-

(2)

-

(2)

-

(2)

-

(2)

Modification of terms and conditions1

-

(2)

-

(2)

-

(2)

-

(2)

Refinancing2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Net performing forborne loans

4

31

-

35

-

38

-

38

Collateral

-

22

-

22

-

31

-

31

Gross non-performing forborne loans

2,135

266

-

2,401

2,340

274

-

2,614

Modification of terms and conditions1

1,906

266

-

2,172

2,113

274

-

2,387

Refinancing2

229

-

-

229

227

-

-

227

Impairment provisions

(1,450)

(120)

-

(1,570)

(1,529)

(118)

-

(1,647)

Modification of terms and conditions1

(1,240)

(120)

-

(1,360)

(1,337)

(118)

-

(1,455)

Refinancing2

(210)

-

-

(210)

(192)

-

-

(192)

Net non-performing forborne loans

685

146

-

831

811

156

-

967

Collateral

296

49

-

345

341

49

-

390

1   Modification of terms is any contractual change apart from refinancing, as a result of credit stress of the counterparty, i.e. interest reductions, loan covenant waivers

2   Refinancing is a new contract to a borrower in credit stress, such that they are refinanced and can pay other debt contracts that they were unable to honour



Page 26

Forborne and other modified loans by country

Net forborne loans decreased by $139 million to $866 million (31 December 2023: $1,005 million), mainly on the non-performing forborne loans stock. Stage 3 forborne loans reductions in the 'Other' category, were largely in CIB and driven by UAE ($53 million) and Bahrain ($30 million).

Amortised cost

30.06.24

31.12.23

Hong Kong
$million

Korea
$million

China
$million

Singa-pore
$million

UK
$million

US
$million

Other
$million

Total
$million

Hong Kong
$million

Korea
$million

China
$million

Singa-pore
$million

UK
$million

US
$million

Other
$million

Total
$million

Performing forborne loans

2

6

-

3

-

-

24

35

-

6

-

3

-

-

29

38

Stage 3 forborne loans

135

20

91

34

49

1

501

831

104

22

114

37

46

1

643

967

Net forborne loans

137

26

91

37

49

1

525

866

104

28

114

40

46

1

672

1,005

Credit Risk mitigation

Potential credit losses from any given account, customer or portfolio are mitigated using a range of tools such as collateral, netting arrangements, credit insurance and credit derivatives, taking into account expected volatility and guarantees.

The reliance that can be placed on these mitigants is carefully assessed in light of issues such as legal certainty and enforceability, market valuation correlation and counterparty risk of the guarantor.

The unadjusted market value of collateral across all asset types, in respect of CIB, without adjusting for over-collateralisation, increased to $343 billion (31 December 2023: $290 billion) predominantly due to an increase in reverse repos.

Collateral held on loans and advances

The table below details collateral held against exposures, separately disclosing stage 2 and stage 3 exposure and corresponding collateral.

Amortised cost

30.06.24

Net amount outstanding

Collateral

Net exposure

Total
$million

Stage 2 financial
assets
$million

Credit-impaired financial
assets (S3)
$million

Total2
$million

Stage 2 financial
assets
$million

Credit-impaired financial
assets (S3)
$million

Total
$million

Stage 2 financial
assets
$million

Credit-impaired financial
assets (S3)
$million

Corporate & Investment Banking1

175,766

8,163

1,652

32,993

2,797

638

142,773

5,366

1,014

Wealth & Retail Banking

120,249

1,714

821

85,192

810

664

35,057

904

157

Ventures

1,109

26

-

-

-

-

1,109

26

-

Central & other items

24,003

129

64

1,678

128

-

22,325

1

64

Total

321,127

10,032

2,537

119,863

3,735

1,302

201,264

6,297

1,235

 

Amortised cost

31.12.23

Net amount outstanding

Collateral

Net exposure

Total
$million

Stage 2 financial
assets
$million

Credit-impaired financial
assets (S3)
$million

Total2
$million

Stage 2 financial
assets
$million

Credit-impaired financial
assets (S3)
$million

Total
$million

Stage 2 financial
assets
$million

Credit-impaired financial
assets (S3)
$million

Corporate & Investment Banking1

175,382

8,175

2,046

36,458

2,972

623

138,924

5,203

1,423

Wealth & Retail Banking

126,059

2,163

724

86,827

1,136

554

39,232

1,027

170

Ventures

1,033

33

-

-

-

-

1,033

33

-

Central & other items

29,478

964

209

2,475

964

-

27,003

-

209

Total

331,952

11,335

2,979

125,760

5,072

1,177

206,192

6,263

1,802

1   Includes loans and advances to banks

2   Adjusted for over-collateralisation based on the drawn and undrawn components of exposures



Page 27

Collateral - Corporate & Investment Banking (reviewed)

Collateral taken for longer-term and sub-investment grade corporate loans was stable at 40 per cent (31 December 2023: 41 per cent).

Our underwriting standards encourage taking specific charges on assets and we consistently seek high-quality, investment-grade collateral.

84 per cent (31 December 2023: 83 per cent) of tangible collateral excluding reverse repurchase agreements and financial guarantees held comprises physical assets or is property based, with the remainder held in cash. Overall collateral decreased by $3.5 billion to $33 billion (31 December 2023: $36 billion) mainly due to a decrease in reverse repos.

Non-tangible collateral, such as guarantees and standby letters of credit, is also held against corporate exposures,
although the financial effect of this type of collateral is less significant in terms of recoveries. However, this is considered when determining the loss given default and other credit-related factors. Collateral is also held against off balance sheet exposures, including undrawn commitments and trade-related instruments.

Corporate & Investment Banking

Amortised cost

30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

Maximum exposure

175,766

175,382

Property

8,634

9,339

Plant, machinery and other stock

947

933

Cash

2,782

2,985

Reverse repos

10,303

13,826

AAA

616

-

AA- to AA+

383

1,036

A- to A+

5,378

10,606

BBB- to BBB+

758

855

Lower than BBB-

35

169

Unrated

3,133

1,160

Financial guarantees and insurance

5,274

5,057

Commodities

14

5

Ships and aircraft

5,039

4,313

Total value of collateral1

32,993

36,458

Net exposure

142,773

138,924

1   Adjusted for over-collateralisation based on the drawn and undrawn components of exposures

Collateral - Wealth & Retail Banking (reviewed)

In WRB, fully secured products remain stable at 85 per cent of the total portfolio (31 December 2023: 85 per cent).

The following table presents an analysis of loans to individuals by product; split between fully secured, partially secured and unsecured.

Amortised cost

30.06.24

31.12.23

Fully secured
$million

Partially secured
$million

Unsecured
$million

Total
$million

Fully secured
$million

Partially secured
$million

Unsecured
$million

Total
$million

Maximum exposure

101,615

522

18,112

120,249

106,914

505

18,640

126,059

Loans to individuals









Mortgages

77,535

-

-

77,535

82,943

-

-

82,943

Credit Cards & Personal Loans

423

-

16,850

17,273

375

-

17,395

17,770

Auto

224

-

-

224

312

-

-

312

Secured wealth products

21,197

-

-

21,197

20,303

-

-

20,303

Other

2,236

522

1,262

4,020

2,981

505

1,245

4,731

Total collateral1




85,192




86,827

Net exposure2




35,057




39,232

Percentage of total loans

85%

0%

15%


85%

0%

15%


1   Collateral values are adjusted where appropriate in accordance with our risk mitigation policy and for the effect of over-collateralisation

2   Amounts net of ECL



Page 28

Mortgage loan-to-value ratios by country (reviewed)

Loan-to-value (LTV) ratios measure the ratio of the current mortgage outstanding to the current fair value of the properties on which they are secured.

In a majority of mortgages, the value of property held as security significantly exceeds principal outstanding of the mortgage loans. The average LTV of the overall mortgage portfolio remains broadly stable at 47.9 per cent (31 December 2023: 47.1 per cent). The top three markets (Hong Kong, Singapore and Korea) which represents 79 per cent of the mortgage portfolio continue to have low portfolio LTVs (Hong Kong, Singapore and Korea at 56.8 per cent, 43.0 per cent and 40.6 per cent respectively).

An analysis of LTV ratios by geography for the mortgage portfolio is presented in the table below.

For the Hong Kong residential mortgage portfolio, 8.1 per cent of the portfolio was in negative equity, representing approximately 4,000 accounts that exceeded their property values by a total of $196 million. Of these, 13 accounts with a total loan balance of $9.4 million were more than 90 days past due. Under local regulations, mortgages with LTV exceeding 70 per cent (including those in negative equity) are generally required to be insured by the Mortgage Insurance Program (MIP).

Amortised cost

30.06.24

Hong Kong
%
Gross

Less than 50 per cent

43.3

53.5

68.2

51.7

53.8

50 per cent to 59 per cent

18.8

23.5

11.6

15.7

16.9

60 per cent to 69 per cent

10.6

14.4

10.9

16.6

12.6

70 per cent to 79 per cent

4.8

8.2

8.4

11.3

7.7

80 per cent to 89 per cent

6.3

0.3

0.7

4.1

3.3

90 per cent to 99 per cent

8.1

0.0

0.1

0.4

2.9

100 per cent and greater

8.1

0.0

0.1

0.2

2.8

Average portfolio loan-to-value

56.8

43.0

40.6

47.6

47.9

Loans to individuals - mortgages ($million)

31,821

14,531

13,724

17,458

77,534

 

Amortised cost

31.12.23

Hong Kong
%
Gross

Less than 50 per cent

44.9

50.9

69.5

51.0

54.9

50 per cent to 59 per cent

19.5

24.7

11.0

16.7

17.1

60 per cent to 69 per cent

9.7

15.2

9.7

16.3

11.9

70 per cent to 79 per cent

4.3

8.7

8.9

11.6

7.9

80 per cent to 89 per cent

7.3

0.5

0.6

3.6

3.3

90 per cent to 99 per cent

7.4

-

0.1

0.4

2.5

100 per cent and greater

7.0

-

0.1

0.4

2.4

Average portfolio loan-to-value

55.7

43.4

40.4

47.8

47.1

Loans to individuals - mortgages ($million)

32,935

15,292

17,157

17,559

82,943

 



Page 29

Collateral and other credit enhancements possessed or called upon (reviewed)

The Group obtains assets by taking possession of collateral or calling upon other credit enhancements (such as guarantees). Repossessed properties are sold in an orderly fashion. Where the proceeds are in excess of the outstanding loan balance the excess is returned to the borrower.

Certain equity securities acquired may be held by the Group for investment purposes and are classified as fair value through profit or loss, and the related loan written off. The carrying value of collateral possessed and held by the Group is $11.9 million (31 December 2023: $16.5 million).


30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

Property, plant and equipment

9.0

10.5

Guarantees

2.9

6.0

Total

11.9

16.5

Other Credit risk mitigation (reviewed)

Other forms of credit risk mitigation are set out below.

Credit default swaps

The Group has entered into credit default swaps for portfolio management purposes, referencing loan assets with a notional value of $3.5 billion (31 December 2023: $3.5 billion). These credit default swaps are accounted for as financial guarantees as per IFRS 9 as they will only reimburse the holder for an incurred loss on an underlying debt instrument.

The Group continues to hold the underlying assets referenced in the credit default swaps and it continues to be exposed to related Credit Risk and Foreign Exchange Rate Risk on these assets.

Credit linked notes

The Group has issued credit linked notes for portfolio management purposes, referencing loan assets with a notional value of $29.0 billion (31 December 2023: $22.5 billion). The Group continues to hold the underlying assets for which the credit linked notes provide mitigation. The credit linked notes are recognised as a financial liability at amortised cost on the balance sheet.

Derivative financial instruments

The Group enters into master netting agreements which, in the event of default, result in a single amount owed by or to the counterparty through netting the sum of the positive and negative mark-to-market values of applicable derivative transactions. Credit Risk mitigation for derivative financial instruments is set out below.

Off-balance sheet exposures

For certain types of exposures, such as letters of credit and guarantees, the Group obtains collateral such as cash depending on internal Credit Risk assessments, as well as in the case of letters of credit holding legal title to the underlying assets should a default take place.

Other portfolio analysis

This section provides analysis of Credit quality by industry and Industry analysis of loans and advances by key geography.



Page 30

Credit quality by industry

Loans and advances

This section provides an analysis of the Group's amortised cost portfolio by industry on a gross, total credit impairment and net basis.

Further details can be found in the 'Summary of Credit Risk performance' section.

Amortised cost

30.06.24

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Gross balance
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net carrying amount

Gross balance
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net carrying amount

Gross balance
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net carrying amount

Gross balance
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net carrying amount

Industry:













Energy

11,879

(15)

11,864

554

(19)

535

894

(570)

324

13,327

(604)

12,723

Manufacturing

19,050

(9)

19,041

712

(14)

698

500

(383)

117

20,262

(406)

19,856

Financing, insurance
and non-banking

30,566

(9)

30,557

666

(5)

661

107

(103)

4

31,339

(117)

31,222

Transport, telecom
and utilities

15,188

(10)

15,178

2,178

(48)

2,130

431

(152)

279

17,797

(210)

17,587

Food and household products

8,335

(6)

8,329

356

(8)

348

290

(226)

64

8,981

(240)

8,741

Commercial real estate

12,650

(45)

12,605

1,769

(73)

1,696

1,606

(1,194)

412

16,025

(1,312)

14,713

Mining and quarrying

5,622

(2)

5,620

219

(9)

210

101

(59)

42

5,942

(70)

5,872

Consumer durables

6,166

(3)

6,163

249

(18)

231

311

(277)

34

6,726

(298)

6,428

Construction

2,415

(2)

2,413

466

(3)

463

368

(325)

43

3,249

(330)

2,919

Trading companies & distributors

623

-

623

36

-

36

86

(53)

33

745

(53)

692

Government

27,566

(4)

27,562

771

(3)

768

197

(19)

178

28,534

(26)

28,508

Other

5,022

(5)

5,017

133

(6)

127

221

(88)

133

5,376

(99)

5,277

Total

145,082

(110)

144,972

8,109

(206)

7,903

5,112

(3,449)

1,663

158,303

(3,765)

154,538

Retail Products:













Mortgage

76,084

(8)

76,076

1,008

(4)

1,004

586

(132)

454

77,678

(144)

77,534

Credit Cards

7,628

(112)

7,516

240

(67)

173

74

(53)

21

7,942

(232)

7,710

Personal loans and other unsecured lending

10,488

(215)

10,273

331

(75)

256

243

(100)

143

11,062

(390)

10,672

Auto

223

-

223

1

-

1

-

-

-

224

-

224

Secured wealth products

20,888

(28)

20,860

183

(8)

175

488

(328)

160

21,559

(364)

21,195

Other

3,856

(7)

3,849

133

(2)

131

136

(93)

43

4,125

(102)

4,023

Total

119,167

(370)

118,797

1,896

(156)

1,740

1,527

(706)

821

122,590

(1,232)

121,358

Net carrying value (customers)¹

264,249

(480)

263,769

10,005

(362)

9,643

6,639

(4,155)

2,484

280,893

(4,997)

275,896

Net carrying value (Banks)¹

44,793

(4)

44,789

392

(3)

389

57

(4)

53

45,242

(11)

45,231

1   Includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending held at amortised cost of $3,991 million (Loans to Banks) and $7,788 million
(Loans to customers)



Page 31

Amortised cost

31.12.23

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Gross balance
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net carrying amount

Gross balance
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net carrying amount

Gross balance
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net carrying amount

Gross balance
$million

Total credit impair-ment
$million

Net carrying amount

Industry:













Energy

9,397

(8)

9,389

672

(22)

650

949

(535)

414

11,018

(565)

10,453

Manufacturing

21,239

(8)

21,231

708

(16)

692

656

(436)

220

22,603

(460)

22,143

Financing, insurance
and non-banking

31,633

(13)

31,620

571

(1)

570

80

(77)

3

32,284

(91)

32,193

Transport, telecom
and utilities

14,710

(8)

14,702

1,722

(36)

1,686

481

(178)

303

16,913

(222)

16,691

Food and household products

7,668

(15)

7,653

323

(7)

316

355

(262)

93

8,346

(284)

8,062

Commercial real estate

12,261

(30)

12,231

1,848

(129)

1,719

1,712

(1,191)

521

15,821

(1,350)

14,471

Mining and quarrying

5,995

(4)

5,991

220

(10)

210

151

(84)

67

6,366

(98)

6,268

Consumer durables

5,815

(3)

5,812

300

(21)

279

329

(298)

31

6,444

(322)

6,122

Construction

2,230

(2)

2,228

502

(8)

494

358

(326)

32

3,090

(336)

2,754

Trading companies & distributors

581

-

581

57

-

57

107

(58)

49

745

(58)

687

Government

33,400

(6)

33,394

1,783

(5)

1,778

367

(33)

334

35,550

(44)

35,506

Other

4,262

(4)

4,258

161

(3)

158

187

(70)

117

4,610

(77)

4,533

Total

149,191

(101)

149,090

8,867

(258)

8,609

5,732

(3,548)

2,184

163,790

(3,907)

159,883

Retail Products:













Mortgage

81,210

(8)

81,202

1,350

(5)

1,345

519

(123)

396

83,079

(136)

82,943

Credit Cards

7,633

(104)

7,529

244

(65)

179

69

(50)

19

7,946

(219)

7,727

Personal loans and other unsecured lending

10,867

(188)

10,679

324

(77)

247

315

(165)

150

11,506

(430)

11,076

Auto

310

-

310

1

-

1

1

-

1

312

-

312

Secured wealth products

19,923

(22)

19,901

278

(10)

268

474

(340)

134

20,675

(372)

20,303

Other

4,558

(7)

4,551

161

(5)

156

118

(94)

24

4,837

(106)

4,731

Total

124,501

(329)

124,172

2,358

(162)

2,196

1,496

(772)

724

128,355

(1,263)

127,092

Net carrying value (customers)¹

273,692

(430)

273,262

11,225

(420)

10,805

7,228

(4,320)

2,908

292,145

(5,170)

286,975

Net carrying value (Banks)¹

44,384

(8)

44,376

540

(10)

530

77

(6)

71

45,001

(24)

44,977

1   Includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending held at amortised cost of $1,738 million (Loans to Banks) and $13,996 million (Loans to customers)

Industry analysis of loans and advances by key geography

This section provides an analysis of the Group's amortised cost loan portfolio, net of provisions, by industry and geography.

The Manufacturing sector group is spread across a diverse range of industries, including automobiles and components, capital goods, pharmaceuticals, biotech and life sciences, technology hardware and equipment, chemicals, paper products and packaging, with lending spread over 3269 clients.



Page 32

Corporate & Investment Banking

Amortised cost

30.06.24

31.12.23

Hong Kong
$million

China
$million

Singa-pore
$million

UK
$million

US
$million

Other
$million

Total
$million

Hong Kong
$million

China
$million

Singa-pore
$million

UK
$million

US
$million

Other
$million

Total
$million

Industry:















Energy

2,840

56

3,014

3,646

1,594

1,560

12,710

3,118

42

1,162

1,341

3,638

1,130

10,431

Manufacturing

3,299

4,353

1,302

436

2,111

8,333

19,834

3,570

4,309

1,666

694

2,921

8,982

22,142

Financing, insurance
and non-banking

3,505

3,823

2,031

8,535

8,098

3,943

29,935

3,700

3,570

1,708

1,724

6,627

14,864

32,193

Transport, telecom
and utilities

5,140

410

3,022

1,336

595

7,078

17,581

4,634

429

2,499

1,030

630

7,470

16,692

Food and household products

359

467

1,746

1,004

626

4,539

8,741

541

519

911

816

664

4,611

8,062

Commercial real estate

4,030

411

1,549

1,100

1,823

5,800

14,713

3,895

588

1,125

1,436

1,236

6,192

14,472

Mining and quarrying

955

691

506

1,520

195

2,005

5,872

1,028

735

427

1,729

279

2,071

6,269

Consumer durables

3,028

310

282

114

487

2,207

6,428

3,030

244

180

177

483

2,008

6,122

Construction

233

146

525

119

385

1,511

2,919

176

163

319

137

389

1,569

2,753

Trading companies
and distributors

119

185

125

31

37

195

692

119

75

121

31

20

321

687

Government

1,248

-

103

145

5

4,332

5,833

1,445

1

547

236

6

3,814

6,049

Other

2,247

321

661

349

167

1,532

5,277

1,676

265

646

257

264

1,425

4,533

Net loans and advances
to customers - CIB

27,003

11,173

14,866

18,335

16,123

43,035

130,535

26,932

10,940

11,311

9,608

17,157

54,457

130,405

Net loans and advances
to banks

16,258

2,779

9,263

3,843

2,774

10,314

45,231

17,457

1,996

8,994

3,868

2,544

10,119

44,978

Wealth & Retail Banking

Amortised cost

30.06.24

31.12.23

Hong Kong
$million

Korea
$million

Singapore
$million

Other
$million

Total
$million

Hong Kong
$million

Korea
$million

Singapore
$million

Other
$million

Total
$million

Retail Products:











Mortgages

31,821

13,724

14,531

17,458

77,534

32,935

17,157

15,292

17,559

82,943

Credit Cards

3,335

65

1,643

1,558

6,601

3,325

114

1,705

1,549

6,693

Personal Loans and other unsecured lending

1,015

2,907

255

6,495

10,672

950

3,230

220

6,676

11,076

Auto

-

-

171

53

224

-

-

240

72

312

Secured wealth products

5,199

25

10,229

5,742

21,195

5,164

33

9,388

5,718

20,303

Other

592

2,423

90

918

4,023

644

3,149

82

856

4,731

Net loans and advances to customers - WRB

41,962

19,144

26,919

32,224

120,249

43,018

23,683

26,927

32,430

126,058

Vulnerable, cyclical and high carbon sectors

Vulnerable and cyclical sectors are those that the Group considers to be most at risk from current economic stresses, including volatile energy and commodity prices, and we continue to monitor exposures to these sectors particularly carefully.

Sectors are identified and grouped as per the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) system and exposure numbers have been updated to include all in-scope ISIC codes used for target setting among the high carbon sectors.

The maximum exposures shown in the table include Loans and Advances to Customers at Amortised cost, Fair Value through profit or loss, and committed facilities available as per IFRS 9 - Financial Instruments in $million.

Further details can be found in the 'Summary of Credit Risk performance' section.



Page 33

Maximum exposure


30.06.24

Maximum on Balance Sheet Exposure
(net of credit impairment)
$million

Collateral
$million

Net On Balance Sheet Exposure
$million

Undrawn Commitments (net of credit impairment)
$million

Financial Guarantees
(net of credit impairment)
$million

Net Off Balance Sheet Exposure
$million

Total On & Off Balance Sheet
Net Exposure
$million

Industry:








Automotive manufacturers1

3,120

61

3,059

3,350

290

3,640

6,699

Aviation1,2

1,751

935

816

1,964

676

2,640

3,456

Of which: High Carbon Sector

1,395

970

425

1,202

632

1,834

2,259

Commodity Traders2

8,429

324

8,105

2,213

6,539

8,752

16,857

Metals & Mining1,2

4,651

325

4,326

3,653

1,632

5,285

9,611

Of which: Steel1

2,068

216

1,852

692

376

1,068

2,920

Of which: Coal Mining1

13

5

8

50

101

151

159

Of which: Aluminium1

535

33

502

388

118

506

1,008

Shipping1

7,285

4,621

2,664

2,851

433

3,284

5,948

Construction2

3,013

351

2,662

2,577

5,910

8,487

11,149

Of which: Cement1

949

55

894

621

277

898

1,792

Commercial Real Estate2

15,127

5,964

9,163

5,042

802

5,844

15,007

Of which: High Carbon Sector

8,511

3,460

5,051

2,421

659

3,080

8,131

Hotels & Tourism2

1,950

689

1,261

1,290

360

1,650

2,911

Oil & Gas1,2

8,100

1,026

7,074

8,543

7,070

15,613

22,687

Power1

5,356

1,103

4,253

3,516

918

4,434

8,687

Total3

58,782

15,399

43,383

34,999

24,630

59,629

103,012

Of which: Vulnerable and cyclical sectors

43,021

9,614

33,407

25,282

22,989

48,271

81,678

Of which: High carbon sectors

37,332

11,550

25,782

23,634

10,874

34,508

60,290

Total Corporate & Investment Banking4

190,337

27,434

162,903

110,067

74,551

184,618

347,521

Total Group5

423,399

119,863

303,536

178,475

85,934

264,409

567,945

1   High-carbon sectors

2   Vulnerable and cyclical sectors

3   Maximum On Balance sheet exposure include FVTPL portion of $2,254 million, of which Vulnerable sector is $1,650 million and High Carbon sector is $1,186 million

4   Include On Balance sheet FVTPL amount of $59,802 million for Corporate & Investment Banking loans to customers

5   Total Group includes net loans and advances to banks and net loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost of $45,231 million and $275,896 million

       respectively and loans to banks and loans and advances to customers held at FVTPL of $42,461 million and $59,811 million respectively. Refer to credit quality table

Page 34


31.12.23

Maximum On Balance Sheet Exposure
(net of credit impairment)
Million

Collateral
Million

Net On Balance Sheet Exposure
Million

Undrawn Commitments (net of credit impairment)
Million

Financial Guarantees
(net of credit impairment)
Million

Net Off Balance Sheet Exposure
Million

Total On & Off Balance Sheet
Net Exposure
Million

Industry:








Automotive manufacturers1

3,564

65

3,499

3,791

538

4,329

7,828

Aviation1,2

1,775

974

801

1,794

668

2,462

3,263

Of which: High Carbon Sector

1,330

974

356

944

615

1,559

1,915

Commodity Traders2

7,406

303

7,103

2,591

6,281

8,872

15,975

Metals & Mining1,2,4

4,136

354

3,782

3,862

1,153

5,015

8,797

Of which: Steel1

1,596

193

1,403

601

358

959

2,362

Of which: Coal Mining1

29

9

20

51

99

150

170

Of which: Aluminium1

526

9

517

338

188

526

1,043

Shipping1

5,964

3,557

2,407

2,261

291

2,552

4,959

Construction2

2,853

448

2,405

2,753

5,927

8,680

11,085

Of which: Cement1,4

671

47

624

769

259

1,028

1,652

Commercial Real Estate2

14,533

6,363

8,170

4,658

311

4,969

13,139

Of which: High Carbon Sector

7,498

3,383

4,115

1,587

112

1,699

5,814

Hotels & Tourism2

1,680

715

965

1,339

227

1,566

2,531

Oil & Gas1,2

6,278

894

5,384

7,845

6,944

14,789

20,173

Power1

5,411

1,231

4,180

3,982

732

4,714

8,894

Total3

53,600

14,904

38,696

34,876

23,072

57,948

96,644

Of which: Vulnerable and cyclical sectors

38,661

10,051

28,610

24,842

21,511

46,353

74,963

Of which: High carbon sectors

32,867

10,362

22,505

22,169

10,136

32,305

54,810

Total Corporate & Investment Banking5

188,903

32,744

156,159

104,437

63,183

167,620

323,779

Total Group6

423,276

125,760

297,516

182,299

74,278

256,577

554,093

1   High-carbon sectors

2   Vulnerable and cyclical sectors

3   Maximum On Balance sheet exposure include FVTPL portion of $640 million, of which Vulnerable sector is $602 million and High Carbon sector is $125 million

4   Restated Metals & Mining to align the vulnerable and cyclical sector definition to that used for climate reporting. Other Metals and Mining has been removed from
high carbon sectors and Cement added to provide consistency with climate reporting and individual high carbon sectors

5   Represented to include On Balance sheet FVTPL amount of $58,498 million for Corporate & Investment Banking loans to customers

6   Represented to include On Balance sheet FVTPL amount. In 2023, total Group includes net loans and advances to banks and net loans and advances to customers

       held at amortised cost of $44,977 million and $286,975 million respectively and loans to banks and loans and advances to customers held at FVTPL of $32,813 million

       and $58,511 million respectively. Refer to credit quality table



Page 35

Loans and advances by stage

Amortised Cost

30.06.24

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Gross Balance
$million

Total Credit Impair-ment
$million

Net Carrying Amount
$million

Gross Balance
$million

Total Credit Impair-ment
$million

Net Carrying Amount
$million

Gross Balance
$million

Total Credit Impair-ment
$million

Net Carrying Amount
$million

Gross Balance
$million

Total Credit Impair-ment
$million

Net Carrying Amount
$million

Industry:













Aviation

1,605

(1)

1,604

77

-

77

63

(12)

51

1,745

(13)

1,732

Commodity Traders

7,838

(2)

7,836

31

(1)

30

503

(491)

12

8,372

(494)

7,878

Metals & Mining

3,889

(2)

3,887

188

(8)

180

110

(66)

44

4,187

(76)

4,111

Construction

2,415

(2)

2,413

466

(3)

463

368

(325)

43

3,249

(330)

2,919

Commercial Real Estate

12,650

(45)

12,605

1,769

(73)

1,696

1,606

(1,194)

412

16,025

(1,312)

14,713

Hotels & Tourism

1,789

(2)

1,787

35

-

35

125

(28)

97

1,949

(30)

1,919

Oil & Gas

7,211

(6)

7,205

530

(11)

519

524

(149)

375

8,265

(166)

8,099

Total

37,397

(60)

37,337

3,096

(96)

3,000

3,299

(2,265)

1,034

43,792

(2,421)

41,371

Total CIB

121,272

(110)

121,162

7,980

(206)

7,774

5,048

(3,449)

1,599

134,300

(3,765)

130,535

Total Group

309,042

(482)

308,560

10,397

(367)

10,030

6,696

(4,159)

2,537

326,135

(5,008)

321,127

 

Amortised Cost

31.12.23

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Gross Balance
$million

Total Credit Impair-ment
$million

Net Carrying Amount
$million

Gross Balance
$million

Total Credit Impair-ment
$million

Net Carrying Amount
$million

Gross Balance
$million

Total Credit Impair-ment
$million

Net Carrying Amount
$million

Gross Balance
$million

Total Credit Impair-ment
$million

Net Carrying Amount
$million

Industry:













Aviation

1,619

-

1,619

55

(1)

54

74

(15)

59

1,748

(16)

1,732

Commodity Traders

6,912

(2)

6,910

129

(1)

128

555

(504)

51

7,596

(507)

7,089

Metals & Mining

3,934

(1)

3,933

140

(8)

132

154

(88)

66

4,228

(97)

4,131

Construction

2,230

(2)

2,228

502

(8)

494

358

(326)

32

3,090

(336)

2,754

Commercial Real Estate

12,261

(30)

12,231

1,848

(129)

1,719

1,712

(1,191)

521

15,821

(1,350)

14,471

Hotels & Tourism

1,468

(2)

1,466

61

-

61

126

(25)

101

1,655

(27)

1,628

Oil & Gas

5,234

(4)

5,230

615

(15)

600

571

(147)

424

6,420

(166)

6,254

Total

33,658

(41)

33,617

3,350

(162)

3,188

3,550

(2,296)

1,254

40,558

(2,499)

38,059

Total CIB

120,886

(101)

120,785

7,902

(257)

7,645

5,508

(3,533)

1,975

134,296

(3,891)

130,405

Total Group

318,076

(438)

317,638

11,765

(430)

11,335

7,305

(4,326)

2,979

337,146

(5,194)

331,952

Loans and advances by geography (net of credit impairment)


30.06.24

31.12.23

Hong Kong
$million

China
$million

Singa-pore
$million

UK
$million

US
$million

Other
$million

Total
$million

Hong Kong
$million

China
$million

Singa-pore
$million

UK
$million

US
$million

Other
$million

Total
$million

Industry:















Aviation1,2

232

32

473

628

198

169

1,732

238

5

480

447

201

361

1,732

Commodity Traders

1,020

673

1,948

1,943

674

1,620

7,878

1,313

493

1,560

2,294

312

1,117

7,089

Metals & Mining

313

404

357

458

98

2,481

4,111

346

430

115

773

209

2,258

4,131

Construction

233

146

525

119

385

1,511

2,919

176

163

319

137

389

1,570

2,754

Commercial Real Estate

4,030

411

1,549

1,100

1,823

5,800

14,713

3,895

588

1,125

1,436

1,236

6,192

14,472

Hotel & Tourism

693

95

238

357

90

446

1,919

355

85

123

289

163

613

1,628

Oil & Gas

2,127

-

885

598

3,840

649

8,099

1,410

4

694

554

2,073

1,518

6,253

Total

8,648

1,761

5,975

5,203

7,108

12,676

41,371

7,733

1,768

4,416

5,930

4,583

13,629

38,059

 

Page 36

Credit quality - loans and advances

Amortised Cost

Credit Grade

30.06.24

Aviation
Gross
$million

Commodity Traders
Gross
$million

Construction
Gross
$million

Metals & Mining
Gross
$million

Commercial Real Estate
Gross
$million

Hotel & Tourism
Gross
$million

Oil & Gas
Gross
$million

Total
Gross
$million

Strong

1,430

5,171

962

3,011

8,344

1,464

4,693

25,075

Satisfactory

252

2,696

1,904

1,015

6,067

354

3,033

15,321

Higher risk

-

2

15

51

8

5

15

96

Credit impaired (stage 3)

63

503

368

110

1,606

126

524

3,300

Total Gross Balance

1,745

8,372

3,249

4,187

16,025

1,949

8,265

43,792

Strong

-

(1)

-

(1)

(43)

(1)

(1)

(47)

Satisfactory

(1)

(2)

(5)

(4)

(75)

(1)

(16)

(104)

Higher risk

-

-

-

(6)

-

-

-

(6)

Credit impaired (stage 3)

(12)

(491)

(325)

(65)

(1,194)

(28)

(149)

(2,264)

Total Credit Impairment

(13)

(494)

(330)

(76)

(1,312)

(30)

(166)

(2,421)

Strong

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.5%

0.1%

0.0%

0.2%

Satisfactory

0.4%

0.1%

0.3%

0.4%

1.2%

0.3%

0.5%

0.7%

Higher risk

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

11.8%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

6.3%

Credit impaired (stage 3)

19.0%

97.6%

88.3%

59.1%

74.3%

22.2%

28.4%

68.6%

Cover Ratio

0.7%

5.9%

10.2%

1.8%

8.2%

1.5%

2.0%

5.5%

 

Credit Grade

31.12.23

Aviation
Gross
$million

Commodity Traders
Gross
$million

Construction
Gross
$million

Metals & Mining
Gross
$million

Commercial Real Estate
Gross
$million

Hotel & Tourism
Gross
$million

Oil & Gas
Gross
$million

Total
Gross
$million

Strong

1,452

4,444

1,012

3,213

7,326

1,090

4,024

22,561

Satisfactory

222

2,592

1,702

788

6,751

439

1,726

14,220

Higher risk

-

5

18

73

32

-

101

229

Credit impaired (stage 3)

74

555

358

154

1,712

126

569

3,548

Total Gross Balance

1,748

7,596

3,090

4,228

15,821

1,655

6,420

40,558

Strong

-

(1)

(1)

-

(20)

(1)

(3)

(26)

Satisfactory

(1)

(2)

(6)

(1)

(139)

(1)

(12)

(162)

Higher risk

-

-

(4)

(8)

-

-

(4)

(16)

Credit impaired (stage 3)

(15)

(504)

(325)

(88)

(1,191)

(25)

(147)

(2,295)

Total Credit Impairment

(16)

(507)

(336)

(97)

(1,350)

(27)

(166)

(2,499)

Strong

0.0%

0.0%

0.1%

0.0%

0.3%

0.1%

0.1%

0.1%

Satisfactory

0.5%

0.1%

0.4%

0.1%

2.1%

0.2%

0.7%

1.1%

Higher risk

0.0%

0.0%

22.2%

11.0%

0.0%

0.0%

4.0%

7.0%

Credit impaired (stage 3)

20.3%

90.8%

90.8%

57.1%

69.6%

19.8%

25.8%

64.7%

Cover Ratio

0.9%

6.7%

10.9%

2.3%

8.5%

1.6%

2.6%

6.2%

 



Page 37

Maturity and expected credit loss for high-carbon sectors

Sector

30.06.24

Maturity Buckets1

Expected
Credit Loss
$million

Loans and advances (Drawn funding)
$million

Less than
1 year
$million

More than
1 to 5 years
$million

More than
5 years
$million

Automotive Manufacturers

3,121

2,615

506

-

1

Aviation

1,403

181

133

1,089

8

Cement

984

586

398

-

35

Coal Mining

24

-

24

-

11

Steel

2,122

1,535

228

359

54

Aluminium

544

439

83

22

9

Oil & Gas

8,265

3,962

1,612

2,691

165

Power

5,453

1,753

1,083

2,617

97

Shipping

7,298

1,241

2,505

3,552

13

Commercial Real Estate

8,640

4,584

3,758

298

129

Total balance2,3

37,854

16,896

10,330

10,628

522

1   Maturity bucketing of gross balances

2   Other metals and mining sector excluded to align with climate reporting

3   Includes FVTPL

Sector

31.12.23

Maturity Buckets1

Expected
Credit Loss
$million

Loans and advances (Drawn funding)
$million

Less than
1 year
$million

More than
1 to 5 years
$million

More than
5 years
$million

Automotive Manufacturers

3,566

3,106

460

-

2

Aviation

1,339

149

145

1,045

9

Cement

719

512

189

18

48

Coal Mining

42

9

33

-

13

Steel

1,649

1,258

185

206

53

Aluminium

537

442

63

32

11

Oil & Gas

6,444

2,980

1,576

1,888

166

Power

5,516

1,933

1,533

2,050

105

Shipping

5,971

1,051

2,568

2,352

7

Commercial Real Estate

7,664

3,722

3,935

7

166

Total balance2,3

33,447

15,162

10,687

7,598

580

1   Maturity bucketing of gross balances

2   Other metals and mining sector excluded to align with climate reporting

3   Include FVTPL

China commercial real estate

The table below represents the on and off-balance sheet items that are exposed to China CRE by credit quality.

Further details can be found in the 'Summary of Credit Risk performance' section.

Amortised cost

30.06.2024

China
$million

Loans to customers

398

1,696

37

2,131

Off balance sheet

6

38

-

44

Total as at 30 June 2024

404

1,734

37

2,175






Loans to customers - By Credit quality





Gross





Strong

9

11

-

20

Satisfactory

214

422

37

673

Higher risk

8

-

-

8

Credit impaired (stage 3)

167

1,263

-

1,430

Total as at 30 June 2024

398

1,696

37

2,131






Loans to customers - ECL





Strong

-

-

-

-

Satisfactory

(3)

(79)

(12)

(94)

Higher risk

-

-

-

-

Credit impaired (stage 3)

(61)

(1,035)

-

(1,096)

Total as at 30 June 2024

(64)

(1,114)

(12)

(1,190)

1   Rest of Group mainly includes Singapore



Page 38

Amortised cost

31.12.2023

China
$million

Loans to customers

584

1,821

39

2,444

Off balance sheet

42

82

-

124

Total as at 31 December 2023

626

1,903

39

2,568






Loans to customers - By Credit quality





Gross





Strong

33

-

-

33

Satisfactory

339

619

39

997

Higher risk

8

-

-

8

Credit impaired (stage 3)

204

1,202

-

1,406

Total as at 31 December 2023

584

1,821

39

2,444






Loans to customers - ECL





Strong

-

-

-

-

Satisfactory

(3)

(134)

(12)

(149)

Higher risk

-

-

-

-

Credit impaired (stage 3)

(70)

(941)

-

(1,011)

Total as at 31 December 2023

(73)

(1,075)

(12)

(1,160)

1   Rest of Group mainly includes Singapore

Debt securities and other eligible bills (reviewed)

This section provides further detail on gross debt securities and treasury bills.

The standard credit ratings used by the Group are those used by Standard & Poor's or its equivalent. Debt securities held that have a short-term rating are reported against the long-term rating of the issuer. For securities that are unrated, the Group applies an internal credit rating, as described under the credit rating and measurement section on page 321 of the 2023 Annual Report.

Total gross debt securities and other eligible bills decreased by $8.7 billion to $152 billion (31 December 2023: $160 billion) due to capital efficiency, primarily in stage 1.

Stage 1 gross balance decreased by $8.9 billion to $149 billion (31 December 2023: $158 billion) of which $5.1 billion of the decrease was from A- to A+ rating, mainly in Hong Kong.

Stage 2 gross balance remained stable at $1.8 billion (31 December 2023: $1.9 billion).

Stage 3 gross balance increased by $0.2 billion to $0.4 billion (31 December 2023: $0.2 billion) due to an increase in Sri Lanka so as to rebuild the liquidity portfolio.



Page 39

Amortised cost and FVOCI

30.06.24

31.12.23

Gross
$million

Gross
$million

ECL
$million

Net2
$million

Stage 1

149,422

(23)

149,399

158,314

(26)

158,288

AAA

62,664

(9)

62,655

61,920

(5)

61,915

AA- to AA+

32,206

(2)

32,204

34,244

(2)

34,242

A- to A+

33,759

(3)

33,756

38,891

(2)

38,889

BBB- to BBB+

10,980

(4)

10,976

13,098

(7)

13,091

Lower than BBB-

2,766

(2)

2,764

1,611

(2)

1,609

Unrated

7,047

(3)

7,044

8,550

(8)

8,542

- Strong

6,107

(2)

6,105

7,415

(7)

7,408

- Satisfactory

940

(1)

939

1,135

(1)

1,134

Stage 2

1,787

(10)

1,777

1,860

(34)

1,826

AAA

11

(1)

10

98

-

98

AA- to AA+

21

-

21

22

-

22

A- to A+

344

-

344

81

-

81

BBB- to BBB+

541

(4)

537

499

(3)

496

Lower than BBB-

826

(4)

822

893

(30)

863

Unrated

44

(1)

43

267

(1)

266

- Strong

1

-

1

217

-

217

- Satisfactory

43

(1)

42

50

(1)

49

- High Risk

-

-

-

-

-

-

Stage 3

387

(16)

371

164

(61)

103

Lower than BBB-

346

(10)

336

72

(4)

68

Defaulted

41

(6)

35

92

(57)

35

Gross balance¹

151,596

(49)

151,547

160,338

(121)

160,217

1   Stage 3 gross includes $23 million (31 December 2023: $80 million) originated credit-impaired debt securities with impairment of Nil (31 December 2023: $14 million)

2   FVOCI instrument are not presented net of ECL. While the presentation is on a net basis for the table, the total net on-balance sheet amount is $151,580 million (31 December 2023: $160,263 million). Refer to the Analysis of financial instrument by stage table

IFRS 9 expected credit loss methodology (reviewed)

Refer to page 273 in the 2023 Annual Report for the 'Approach for determining expected credit losses', 'Application of lifetime' and pages 282 to 285 for 'SICR', 'Assessment of credit-impaired financial assets' and 'Governance and application of expert credit judgement in respect of expected credit losses'. There have been no changes to the Group's approach in determining SICR compared to 31 December 2023.

Composition of credit impairment provisions

The table below summarises the key components of the Group's credit impairment provision balances at 30 June 2024 and 31 December 2023.

30 June 2024

Corporate & Investment Banking
$ million

Wealth &
Retail Banking
$ million

Ventures
$ million

Central &
other items4
$ million

Total
$ million

Modelled ECL provisions (base forecast)

342

595

41

80

1,058

Modelled Impact of multiple economic scenarios

48

14¹

-

-

62

Total ECL provisions before management judgements

390

609

41

80

1,120

Includes: Model performance post model adjustments


(23)

-

-

(23)

Judgemental post model adjustments

-

(21)2

10

-

(11)

Judgemental management adjustments3






- China commercial real estate

86

-

-

-

86

- Other

-

13

-

-

13

Total modelled provisions

476

601

51

80

1,208

Of which:   Stage 1

144

358

20

46

568

                         Stage 2

259

138

22

10

429

                         Stage 3

73

105

9

24

211

Stage 3 non-modelled provisions

3,521

593

-

83

4,197

Total credit impairment provisions

3,997

1,194

51

163

5,405

 

Page 40



 

31 December 2023

Corporate & Investment Banking
$ million

Wealth &
Retail Banking
$ million

Ventures
$ million

Central &
other items4
$ million

Total
$ million

Modelled ECL provisions (base forecast)

372

553

48

98

1,071

Modelled impact of multiple economic scenarios

20

18

-

6

44

Total ECL provisions before management judgements

392

571

48

104

1,115

Includes: Model performance post model adjustments

(3)

(28)

-

-

(31)

Judgemental post model adjustments

-

4

-

-

4

Judgemental management adjustments3






- China commercial real estate

141

-

-

-

141

- Other

-

3

-

17

20

Total modelled provisions

533

578

48

121

1,280

Of which: Stage 1

151

325

15

68

559

                         Stage 2

318

140

21

49

528

                         Stage 3

64

113

12

4

193

Stage 3 non-modelled provisions

3,587

646

-

88

4,321

Total credit impairment provisions

4,120

1,224

48

209

5,601

1   Net of a judgemental post model adjustment to reduce ECL by $4 million (31 December 2023: $nil)

2   Excludes $4 million (31 December 2023: $nil) reduction in ECL which is reported within the 'Modelled impact of multiple economic scenarios'

3   $13 million (31 December 2023: $27 million) is in stage 1, $86 million (31 December 2023: $138 million) in stage 2

4   Includes ECL on cash and balances at central banks, accrued income, assets held for sale and other assets

Model performance post model adjustments (PMA)

As part of normal model monitoring and validation operational processes, where a model's performance breaches the monitoring thresholds or validation standards, an assessment is performed to determine whether a model performance post model adjustment is required to correct for the identified model issue. Model performance post model adjustments are approved by the Group Credit Model Assessment Committee and will be removed when the models are enhanced to correct for the identified model issue or the model estimates return to being within the monitoring thresholds or validation standards.

As at 30 June 2024, model performance post model adjustments have been applied for five models out of the total of 167 models. In aggregate, these post model adjustments reduce the Group's impairment provisions by $23 million (2 per cent of modelled provisions) compared with a $31 million decrease at 31 December 2023. The most significant of these relates to an adjustment to decrease ECL for Korea personal loans as the IFRS 9 PD model is sensitive to the higher range of interest rates.

In addition to these model performance post model adjustments, separate judgemental post model and management adjustments have also been applied as set out below.


30.06.24
$ million

31.12.23
$ million

Model performance PMAs



Corporate & Investment Banking

-

(3)

Wealth & Retail Banking

(23)

(28)

Total model performance PMAs

(23)

(31)

Key assumptions and judgements in determining expected credit loss

Incorporation of forward-looking information

The evolving economic environment is a key determinant of the ability of a bank's clients to meet their obligations as they fall due. It is a fundamental principle of IFRS 9 that the provisions banks hold against potential future Credit Risk losses should depend, not just on the health of the economy today, but should also take into account potential changes to the economic environment. For example, if a bank were to anticipate a sharp slowdown in the world economy over the coming year, it should hold more provisions today to absorb the credit losses likely to occur in the near future.

To capture the effect of changes to the economic environment, the PDs and LGDs used to calculate ECL incorporate forward-looking information in the form of forecasts of the values of economic variables and asset prices that are likely to have an effect on the repayment ability of the Group's clients.

Page 41

The 'base forecast' of the economic variables and asset prices is based on management's view of the five-year outlook, supported by projections from the Group's in-house research team and outputs from a third-party model that project specific economic variables and asset prices. The research team takes consensus views into consideration, and senior management review projections for some core country variables against consensus when forming their view of the outlook. For the period beyond five years, management utilises the in-house research view and third-party model outputs, which allow for a reversion to long-term growth rates or norms. All projections are updated on a quarterly basis.

Forecast of key macroeconomic variables underlying the expected credit loss calculation and the impact on non-linearity

In the Base Forecast - management's view of the most likely outcome - the world economy is expected grow by 3.1 per cent in 2024 and 3.2 per cent in 2025 with Asia set to remain the primary engine of global growth. This compares to the average of 3.7 per cent for the 10 years prior to COVID-19 (between 2010 and 2019). Growth was over 3 per cent in both 2022 and 2023 at 3.4 per cent and 3.1 per cent, respectively.

Significant uncertainties remain around the outlook. High geopolitical tensions remain a significant near-term adverse risk, particularly if the evolving conflicts in the Middle East were to intensify and disrupt energy and financial markets. Key elections in multiple countries this year may temporarily weigh on investment activity. The US election in particular could have consequences for global trade in 2025. Major central banks are likely to start their rate-cutting cycles in the coming months, opening doors for Asian countries to ease monetary policy.

While the quarterly Base Forecasts inform the Group's strategic plan, one key requirement of IFRS 9 is that the assessment of provisions should consider multiple future economic environments. For example, the global economy may grow more quickly or more slowly than the Base Forecast, and these variations would have different implications for the provisions that the Group should hold today. As the negative impact of an economic downturn on credit losses tends to be greater than the positive impact of an economic upturn, if the Group sets provisions only on the ECL under the Base Forecast it might maintain a level of provisions that does not appropriately capture the range of potential outcomes. To address the inherent uncertainty in economic forecast, and the property of skewness (or non-linearity), IFRS 9 requires reported ECL to be a probability-weighted ECL, calculated over a range of possible outcomes.

To assess the range of possible outcomes the Group simulates a set of 50 scenarios around the Base Forecast, calculates the ECL under each of them and assigns an equal weight of 2 per cent to each scenario outcome. These scenarios are generated by a Monte Carlo simulation, which addresses the challenges of crafting many realistic alternative scenarios in the many countries in which the Group operates by means of a model, which produces these alternative scenarios while considering the degree of historical uncertainty (or volatility) observed from Q1 1990 to Q1 2024 around economic outcomes, the trends in each macroeconomic variable modelled and the correlation in the unexplained movements around these trends. This naturally means that each of the 50 scenarios do not have a specific narrative, although collectively they explore a range of hypothetical alternative outcomes for the global economy, including scenarios that turn out better than expected and scenarios that amplify anticipated stresses.

The GDP graphs below illustrate the shape of the Base Forecast for key footprint markets in relation to prior periods' actuals. The long-term growth rates are based on the pace of economic expansion expected for 2030. The tables below provide a summary of the Group's Base Forecast for these markets. The peak/trough amount show the highest and lowest points within the Base Forecast.

China's GDP growth is expected to ease to 4.8 per cent in 2024 and then to 4.5 per cent in 2025. This follows growth of 5.2 per cent in 2023. Weak consumer confidence and a persistent housing-market downturn cloud the economic outlook. The slower growth for China will also temper economic expansion of Hong Kong. Growth there is expected to be 2.6 per cent in 2024 and 2.9 per cent in 2025, down from the 3.2 per cent for 2023. The recent weakness in domestic business confidence will also slow the recovery in Hong Kong. Growth in India is also expected to slow to 7 per cent in 2024 and 6.5 per cent in 2025 from 7.6 per cent last year. Supportive one-off factors are expected to fade. Growth was recently supported by construction activity and electricity demand (amid below-normal rains), higher corporate profitability due to lower commodity prices, and a still-strong global economy.

In contrast, GDP growth for Singapore is expected to accelerate from 1.0 per cent in 2023 to just over 2.6 per cent in 2024 and to 2.9 per cent in 2025. Favourable base effects to exports and the recovery in the global electronics and semiconductor industry are expected to continue to support the economy. Korea's economic growth will also benefit from the turnaround in this key sector and the current AI 'super-cycle'. The economy is also expected to be supported by more demand for new ships on stricter environmental regulations and export-related facility investment. Korea's economic growth is expected to improve to 2.5 per cent in 2024 and 2.1 per cent in 2025 from 1.3 per cent in 2023.

Page 42


30.06.24

China

Hong Kong

GDP growth
(YoY%)

Unemployment
%

3-month interest rates
%

House prices
(YoY %)

GDP growth
(YoY %)

Unemployment
%

3-month interest rates
%

House prices
(YoY %)

Base forecast1









2024

4.8

3.6

1.9

(2.9)

2.6

3.1

4.5

 4.3

2025

4.5

3.5

2.0

0.0

2.9

3.2

3.7

5.5

2026

4.3

3.3

2.2

2.7

2.5

3.2

3.2

3.3

2027

4.0

3.2

2.4

3.7

2.3

3.2

2.7

2.7

2028

3.8

3.2

2.6

4.3

2.2

3.2

2.7

2.6

5-year average2

4.1

3.3

2.3

2.3

2.5

3.2

3.1

4.0

Peak

5.6

3.6

2.7

4.4

4.0

3.2

4.3

11.1

Trough

2.8

3.1

1.8

(3.9)

1.9

3.2

2.7

 2.6

Monte Carlo









Low3

(0.8)

2.8

0.8

(6.0)

(4.5)

1.4

0.0

(19.7)

High4

9.3

3.8

4.5

10.1

8.6

6.1

6.5

26.8

 


30.06.24

Singapore

Korea

GDP growth
(YoY%)

Unemployment
%

3-month interest rates
%

House prices
(YoY%)

GDP growth
(YoY%)

Unemployment
%

3-month interest rates
%

House prices
(YoY %)

Base forecast1









2024

2.6

3.1

3.8

2.7

2.5

3.3

3.6

 2.9

2025

2.9

2.8

3.1

 2.5

2.1

3.3

3.2

5.7

2026

2.5

2.8

2.9

2.2

2.2

3.1

3.2

3.5

2027

2.5

2.8

2.7

3.0

2.1

3.0

3.2

2.4

2028

2.7

2.8

2.6

3.7

2.0

3.0

3.2

2.1

5-year average2

2.6

2.8

2.9

2.8

2.1

3.1

3.2

3.5

Peak

3.2

3.1

3.7

3.9

3.0

3.4

3.6

8.0

Trough

2.3

2.8

2.6

 0.4

1.0

2.9

3.2

 2.0

Monte Carlo









Low3

(2.6)

1.9

0.9

(16.1)

(2.7)

1.2

0.5

(5.7)

High4

8.3

4.0

5.2

23.9

7.0

5.7

6.4

12.3

 


30.06.24

India

GDP growth
(YoY%)

Base forecast1






2024

7.0

NA

6.3

6.6

83.2

2025

6.5

NA

6.0

6.1

82.7

2026

6.5

NA

6.0

6.4

82.6

2027

6.4

NA

6.0

6.4

83.2

2028

6.5

NA

6.0

6.3

81.3

5-year average2

6.6

NA

6.0

6.4

82.4

Peak

7.7

NA

6.5

7.5

83.4

Trough

6.3

NA

6.0

5.9

80.9

Monte Carlo






Low3

1.7

NA

1.7

(0.9)

40.1

High4

11.5

NA

9.8

11.7

140.4

 

Page 43


31.12.23

China

Hong Kong

GDP growth
(YoY%)

Unemployment
%

3-month interest rates
%

House prices
(YoY%)

GDP growth
(YoY%)

Unemployment
%

3-month interest rates
%

House prices
(YoY%)

5-year average2

4.3

4.0

2.1

4.6

2.5

3.4

3.4

2.8

Peak

5.7

4.1

2.5

7.2

3.8

3.4

5.0

4.6

Trough

3.8

3.8

1.7

1.5

1.5

3.4

2.3

(1.1)

Monte Carlo









Low3

0.6

3.3

0.8

(1.5)

(3.8)

1.4

0.3

(19.3)

High4

7.7

4.4

3.8

12.0

8.2

6.4

8.3

25.5

 


31.12.23

Singapore

Korea

GDP growth
(YoY%)

Unemployment
%6

3-month interest rates
%

House prices
(YoY%)

GDP growth
(YoY%)

Unemployment
%

3-month interest rates
%

House prices
(YoY%)

5-year average2

2.9

2.8

2.9

2.2

2.3

3.1

3.1

3.3

Peak

3.8

2.9

4.1

3.9

2.6

3.5

3.7

5.3

Trough

1.9

2.8

2.3

(0.7)

2.0

3.0

3.1

(0.3)

Monte Carlo









Low3

(2.4)

1.7

0.6

(16.2)

(2.3)

1.4

0.7

(6.1)

High4

8.5

3.8

5.9

19.2

7.0

5.8

6.3

12.5

 


31.12.23

India

Brent crude
$ pb

GDP growth
(YoY%)

Unemployment7
%

3-month
interest rates
%

House prices
(YoY%)

5-year average2

6.2

NA

6.2

6.1

88.2

Peak

9.1

NA

6.3

6.5

93.8

Trough

4.4

NA

5.8

4.7

82.8

Monte Carlo






Low3

2.1

NA

2.7

(0.5)

46.0

High4

10.5

NA

9.9

13.8

137.8

1   Data presented are those used in the calculation of ECL. These may differ slightly to forecasts presented elsewhere in this Report as they are finalised before the period end.

2   5 year averages reported for 30.06.24 cover Q3 2024 to Q2 2029. They cover Q1 2024 to Q4 2028 for the numbers reported for the 2023 annual report.

3   Represents the 10th percentile in the range of economic scenarios used to determine non-linearity.

4   Represents the 90th percentile in the range of economic scenarios used to determine non-linearity.

5   A judgemental management adjustment is held in respect of the China commercial real estate sector as discussed.

6   Singapore unemployment rate covers the resident unemployment rate, which refers to citizens and permanent residents.

7   India unemployment is not available due to insufficient data

Impact of multiple economic scenarios

The final probability-weighted ECL reported by the Group is a simple average of the ECL for each of the 50 scenarios simulated using a Monte Carlo model. The Monte Carlo approach has the advantage that it generates many alternative scenarios that cover our global footprint.

The total amount of non-linearity, calculated as the difference between the probability-weighted ECL calculated by the Monte Carlo model and the unweighted base forecast ECL, is $62 million (31 December 2023: $44 million). The CIB and
Central and other items portfolios accounted for $48 million (31 December 2023: $26 million) of the calculated non-linearity, with the increase from 31 December 2023 driven by the Project Finance portfolio. The remaining $14 million (31 December 2023: $18 million) was attributable to WRB portfolios (net of a $4 million judgemental post model adjustment).

Page 44

The impact of multiple economic scenarios on stage 1, stage 2 and stage 3 modelled ECL is set out in the table below, together with the management overlay and other judgemental adjustments.


Base forecast
$million

Multiple
economic
scenarios1
$million

Management overlays
and other judgemental adjustments
$million

Total
modelled
ECL2,3
$million

Total expected credit loss at 30 June 2024

1,058

62

88

1,208

Total expected credit loss at 31 December 2023

1,071

44

165

1,280

1   Includes judgemental post model adjustment of $4 million (31 December 2023: $nil million) relating to WRB

2   Total modelled ECL comprises stage 1 and stage 2 balances of $997 million (31 December 2023: $1,105 million) and $194 million (31 December 2023: $193 million) of modelled ECL on stage 3 loans

3   Includes ECL on Assets held for sale of $17 million (31 December 2023: $34 million)

The average expected credit loss under multiple scenarios is 6 per cent (31 December 2023: 4 per cent) higher than the expected credit loss calculated using only the most likely scenario (the Base Forecast). Portfolios that are more sensitive to non-linearity include those with greater leverage and/or a longer tenor, such as Project and Shipping Finance portfolios. Other portfolios display minimal non-linearity owing to limited responsiveness to macroeconomic impacts for structural reasons, such as significant collateralisation as with the WRB mortgage portfolios.

Judgemental management adjustments

As at 30 June 2024, the Group held judgemental adjustments for ECL as set out in the table below. All of the judgemental adjustments have been determined after taking account of the model performance post model adjustments reported. They are reassessed quarterly and are reviewed and approved by the IFRS 9 Impairment Committee and will be released when no longer relevant.

30 June 2024

Corporate & Investment Banking
$ million

Wealth & Retail Banking

Ventures
$ million

Central &
other
$ million

Total
$ million

Mortgages
$ million

Credit Cards
$ million

Other
$ million

Total
$ million

Judgemental post model adjustments

-

1

(4)

(22)

(25)

10

-

(15)

Judgemental management adjustments:









- China CRE

86

-

-

-

-

-

-

86

- Other

-

1

11

1

13

-

-

13

Total judgemental adjustments

86

2

8

(22)

(12)

10

-

84

Judgemental adjustments by stage:









- Stage 1

-

1

8

(9)

-

10

-

10

- Stage 2

86

1

-

(11)

(10)

-

-

76

- Stage 3

-

-

-

(2)

(2)

-

-

(2)

 

31 December 2023

Corporate & Investment Banking
$ million

Wealth & Retail Banking

Ventures
$ million

Central &
other
$ million

Total
$ million

Mortgages
$ million

Credit Cards
$ million

Other
$ million

Total
$ million

Judgemental post model adjustments

-

-

1

1

2

-

-

2

Judgemental management adjustments:









- China CRE

141

-

-

-

-

-

-

141

- Other

-

1

2

2

5

-

17

22

Total judgemental adjustments

141

1

3

3

7

-

17

165

Judgemental adjustments by stage:









- Stage 1

17

1

3

6

10

-

-

27

- Stage 2

124

-

-

(3)

(3)

-

17

138

- Stage 3

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Judgemental post model adjustments

Judgemental post model adjustments that decreased ECL by a net $15 million (31 December 2023: $2 million increase) have been applied to certain WRB and Ventures models. This includes a $13 million (31 December 2023: $nil) reduction in ECL in WRB due to the expected migration of a number of non-material portfolios to a simplified modelling approach and a $4 million (31 December 2023: $nil) reduction in ECL relating to non-linearity. The remaining adjustments primarily relate
to temporary factors impacting modelled outputs. These will be released when these factors normalise.

Page 45

China commercial real estate

The real estate market in China has been in a downturn since late 2021 as evidenced by continued decline in sales, and investments in the sector. Liquidity issues experienced by Chinese property developers continued into 2023 with more developers defaulting on their obligations both offshore and onshore. During 2023, authorities on the mainland have introduced a slew of policies to help revive the sector and restore buying sentiments. This has helped stabilise the market to an extent in some cities, but demand and home prices remain muted overall. Continued policy relaxations, including those related to house purchase restrictions, completion support for eligible projects from onshore financial institutions, relaxation in mortgage rates, and further support for affordable housing, are key for reversing the continued decline in sales and investments and ensuring a stable outlook for 2024.

The Group's loans and advances to China CRE clients was $2.1 billion at 30 June 2024 (31 December 2023: $2.4 billion).
Client level analysis continues to be done, with clients being placed on purely precautionary or non-purely precautionary early alert, where appropriate, for closer monitoring. Given the evolving nature of the risks in the China CRE sector, a management overlay of $86 million (31 December 2023: $141 million) has been taken by estimating the impact of further deterioration to exposures in this sector. The decrease from 31 December 2023 was primarily driven by repayments and movement of one exposure to Stage 3.

Other

Overlays of $13 million (31 December 2023: $5 million) have also been applied in WRB to capture risks from increased credit card bankruptcy industry trends in Singapore and Hong Kong and macroeconomic environment challenges caused by sovereign defaults or heightened sovereign risk, the impact of which is not fully captured in the modelled outcomes. An overlay of $17 million held in Central & Other at 31 December 2023, due to a temporary market dislocation in the Middle East, was fully released in the six months to 30 June 2024 as conditions normalised.

Stage 3 assets

Credit-impaired assets managed by Stressed Asset Group (SAG) incorporate forward-looking economic assumptions in respect of the recovery outcomes identified and are assigned individual probability weightings per IFRS 9. These assumptions are not based on a Monte Carlo simulation but are informed by the Base Forecast.

Sensitivity of expected credit loss calculation to macroeconomic variables

The ECL calculation relies on multiple variables and is inherently non-linear and portfolio-dependent, which implies that no single analysis can fully demonstrate the sensitivity of the ECL to changes in the macroeconomic variables. The Group has conducted a series of analyses with the aim of identifying the macroeconomic variables which might have the greatest impact on the overall ECL. These encompassed single variable and multi-variable exercises, using simple up/down variation and extracts from actual calculation data, as well as bespoke scenario design assessments.

The primary conclusion of these exercises is that no individual macroeconomic variable is materially influential. The Group believes this is plausible as the number of variables used in the ECL calculation is large. This does not mean that macroeconomic variables are uninfluential; rather, that the Group believes that consideration of macroeconomics should involve whole scenarios, as this aligns with the multi-variable nature of the calculation.

The Group faces downside risks in the operating environment related to the uncertainties surrounding the macroeconomic outlook. To explore this, a sensitivity analysis of ECL was undertaken to explore the effect of slower economic recoveries across the Group's footprint markets. Two downside scenarios were considered. The first scenario, Renewed Global Trade Tensions (RGTT), explores an escalating trade war between the US and China and other economies and increased geopolitical tensions in Europe. The second more severe scenario is based on the US Federal Reserve's regulatory Dodd-Frank Act Stress Test scenario (Fed DFAST) which explores a deep global downturn with weakness in developing Asia reflecting a significant slowdown in economic growth in China. Interest rates and inflation are much lower than base and there is a prolonged decline in property prices.

Page 46


Baseline

RGTT

Fed DFAST

Five year average

Five year average

Peak/Trough

Five year average

Peak/Trough

China GDP

4.1

5.6/2.8

3.2

4.0/0.0

3.2

6.0/(1.5)

China unemployment

3.3

3.6/3.1

3.9

4.7/3.1

4.5

5.4/3.4

China property prices

2.3

4.4/(3.9)

1.4

4.4/(4.5)

0.5

4.4/(5.7)

Hong Kong GDP

2.5

4.0/1.9

1.6

2.1/0.1

1.6

4.3/(2.4)

Hong Kong unemployment

3.2

3.2/3.2

3.6

4.2/3.2

3.8

4.5/3.3

Hong Kong property prices

4.0

11.1/2.6

3.3

8.4/0.9

2.7

7.1/(2.0)

US GDP

1.8

2.6/1.4

0.9

1.6/(1.0)

1.3

6.4/(7.7)

Singapore GDP

2.6

3.2/2.3

1.9

2.7/0.0

1.8

4.7/(1.8)

India GDP

6.6

7.7/6.3

6.3

6.6/5.7

5.8

7.5/3.3

Crude oil

82.4

83.4/80.9

79.5

83.4/73.4

61.6

80.5/30.1

Period covered from Q3 2024 to Q2 2029.


Base (GDP, YoY%)

Fed DFAST (GDP, YoY%)

Difference from Base

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

China

3.8

5.0

4.0

3.9

3.7

(0.1)

 2.0

5.4

4.6

4.0

(3.9)

 (3.0)

 1.4

0.6

0.2

Hong Kong

3.3

2.6

2.4

2.3

2.0

(0.6)

 (0.5)

3.7

3.0

2.2

(3.9)

 (3.0)

 1.3

0.7

0.2

US

1.7

1.6

2.4

1.9

1.6

(4.6)

(2.5)

5.3

4.8

3.3

(6.3)

(4.1)

2.9

2.9

1.7

Singapore

2.8

2.7

2.4

2.6

2.7

(0.3)

(0.8)

4.0

3.3

2.7

(3.1)

(3.6)

1.6

0.6

0.0

India

7.3

6.5

6.4

6.4

6.5

5.2

3.8

7.0

6.4

6.3

(2.1)

(2.7)

 0.6

0.0

(0.1)

Each year is from Q3 to Q2. For example, 2024 is from Q3 2024 to Q2 2025.


Base (GDP, YoY%)

RGTT (GDP, YoY%)

Difference from Base

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

China

3.8

5.0

4.0

3.9

3.7

1.4

3.7

3.7

3.7

3.7

(2.4)

(1.3)

 (0.4)

 (0.2)

0.0

Hong Kong

3.3

2.6

2.4

2.3

2.0

0.9

1.5

1.7

1.9

2.0

(2.4)

(1.0)

 (0.7)

 (0.4)

0.0

US

1.7

1.6

2.4

1.9

1.6

(0.3)

0.7

1.0

1.3

1.6

(1.9)

(0.9)

 (1.4)

 (0.6)

0.0

Singapore

2.8

2.7

2.4

2.6

2.7

0.5

1.9

2.2

2.4

2.7

(2.4)

(0.8)

(0.2)

 (0.2)

0.0

India

7.3

6.5

6.4

6.4

6.5

6.1

6.3

6.4

6.4

6.5

(1.2)

(0.1)

 (0.1)

 0.0

0.0

Each year is from Q3 to Q2. For example, 2024 is from Q3 2024 to Q2 2025.

The total modelled stage 1 and 2 ECL provisions (including both on and off-balance sheet instruments) would be approximately $122 million higher under the RGTT scenario, and $175 million higher under the Fed DFAST scenario than the baseline ECL provisions (which excluded the impact of multiple economic scenarios and management overlays which may already capture some of the risks in these scenarios). Stage 2 exposures as a proportion of stage 1 and 2 exposures would increase from 4.8 per cent in the base case to 5.1 per cent and 5.7 per cent respectively under the RGTT and Fed DFAST scenarios. This includes the impact of exposures transferring to stage 2 from stage 1 but does not consider an increase in stage 3 defaults.

Under both scenarios, the majority of the increase in ECL in CIB came from the main corporate, CRE and Project Finance portfolios. For the portfolios under the main corporate models, ECL would increase by $29 million and $84 million for the RGTT and Fed DFAST scenarios respectively and the proportion of stage 2 exposures would increase from 3.9 per cent in the base case to 4.3 per cent and 6.8 per cent respectively.

For the WRB portfolios, most of the increase in ECL came from the unsecured retail portfolios. The reduction in ECL under the Fed DFAST scenario compared to RGTT reflects the impact of interest rate cuts on the personal loan portfolios in Korea and Taiwan, where interest rates are highly correlated to defaults. Under the Fed DFAST scenario, interest rates have a peak-to-trough range of 1.5% to 0.8% for Taiwan and 2.7% to 1.1% for Korea, compared to 3.0% to 1.5% and 4.2% to 3.2% respectively
in the RGTT scenario. Under the RGTT and Fed DFAST scenarios, credit card ECL would increase by $8 million and $15 million respectively, largely in the Singapore and Hong Kong portfolios and the proportion of stage 2 credit card exposures would increase from 1.6 per cent in the base case to 1.7 per cent and 1.9 per cent for each scenario respectively, with the Singapore portfolio most impacted. Mortgages ECL would increase by under $1 million in both scenarios and the proportion of exposures would be broadly stable around 1 per cent.

There was no material change in modelled stage 3 provisions as these primarily relate to unsecured WRB exposures for which the LGD is not sensitive to changes in the macroeconomic forecasts. There is also no material change for non-modelled stage 3 exposures as these are more sensitive to client specific factors than to alternative macroeconomic scenarios.

Page 47

The actual outcome of any scenario may be materially different due to, among other factors, the effect of management actions to mitigate potential increases in risk and changes in the underlying portfolio.


Gross as reported1
$ million

ECL as
reported2
$ million

ECL Base case
$ million

ECL RGTT
$ million

ECL Fed DFAST
$ million

Stage 1 modelled






Corporate & Investment Banking

357,660

144

139

165

215

Wealth & Retail Banking

175,444

358

351

400

354

Ventures

1,103

5

5

5

5

Central & Other items

181,839

48

47

52

57

Total stage 1 excluding management judgements

716,046

555

543

622

631

Stage 2 modelled






Corporate & Investment Banking

14,565

173

130

149

211

Wealth & Retail Banking

2,005

148

141

165

147

Ventures

48

21

21

21

21

Central & Other items

1,924

10

10

9

10

Total excluding management overlays

18,542

352

302

345

389

Total Stage 1 & 2 modelled






Corporate & Investment Banking

372,225

317

269

315

426

Wealth & Retail Banking

177,449

506

492

565

501

Ventures

1,151

26

26

26

26

Central & Other items

183,763

58

57

61

67

Total excluding management overlays

734,588

907

845

967

1,020







Stage 3 exposures excluding management overlays

7,805

4,319




Other financial assets3

109,690

95




ECL from management overlays


84




Total financial assets reported at 30 June 2024

852,083

5,405




1   Gross balances includes both on- and off- balance sheet instruments; allocation between stage 1 and 2 will differ by scenario

2   Includes ECL for both on- and off- balance sheet instruments

3   Includes cash and balances at central banks, Accrued income, Other financial assets; and Assets held for sale

Traded Risk

Traded Risk is the potential for loss resulting from activities undertaken by the Group in financial markets. Under the Enterprise Risk Management Framework, the Traded Risk Framework brings together Market Risk, Counterparty Credit Risk and Algorithmic Trading. Traded Risk Management is the core risk management function supporting market-facing businesses, predominantly Trading and Treasury.

Market Risk (reviewed)

Market Risk is the potential for fair value loss due to adverse moves in financial markets. The Group's exposure to Market Risk arises predominantly from the following sources:

Trading book:

-  The Group provides clients with access to financial markets, facilitation of which entails the Group taking moderate Market Risk positions. All trading teams support client activity. There are no proprietary trading teams. Hence, income earned from Market Risk-related activities is primarily driven by the volume of client activity.

Non-trading book:

-  The Treasury Markets desk is required to hold a liquid assets buffer, much of which is held in high-quality marketable debt securities.

-  The Group has capital invested and related income streams denominated in currencies other than US dollars. To the extent that these income streams are not hedged, the Group is subject to Structural Foreign Exchange Risk which is reflected in reserves.

A summary of our current policies and practices regarding Market Risk management is provided in the Principal Risks section.

Page 48

The primary categories of Market Risk for the Group are:

Interest Rate Risk: arising from changes in yield curves and implied volatilities on interest rate options.

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk: arising from changes in currency exchange rates and implied volatilities on foreign
exchange options.

Commodity Risk: arising from changes in commodity prices and implied volatilities on commodity options

Credit Spread Risk: arising from changes in the price of debt instruments and credit-linked derivatives and driven by factors other than the level of risk-free interest rates.

Equity Risk: arising from changes in the prices of equities and implied volatilities on equity options.

Market Risk movements (reviewed)

Value at Risk (VaR) allows the Group to manage Market Risk across the trading book and most of the fair valued
non-trading books.

The average level of total trading and non-trading VaR in H1 2024 was $42.9 million, 20 per cent lower than H2 2023 ($53.4 million) and 19 per cent lower than H1 2023 ($53.1 million). The half year-end level of total trading and non-trading VaR in H1 2024 was $42.3 million, 5 per cent lower than H2 2023 ($44.5 million) and 16 per cent lower than H1 2023 ($50.2 million). The decrease in trading and non-trading average VaR was driven by a reduction in market volatility.

The average trading VaR remained relatively unchanged in H1 2024 at $21.5 million, 9 per cent lower than H2 2023 ($23.5 million) and 11 per cent higher than H1 2023 ($19.4 million).

Daily value at risk (VaR at 97.5%, one day) (reviewed)

Trading1 and non-trading2

6 months ended 30.06.24

6 months ended 31.12.23

6 months ended 30.06.23

Average
$million

High
$million

Low
$million

Half Year
$million

Average
$million

High
$million

Low
$million

Half Year
$million

Average
$million

High
$million

Low
$million

Half Year
$million

Interest Rate Risk

35.5

43.9

26.3

34.9

45.0

54.1

29.2

30.5

34.2

47.3

23.2

46.0

Credit Spread Risk

21.9

31.3

12.8

20.2

30.0

34.1

25.0

31.7

37.5

48.0

31.9

34.9

Foreign Exchange Risk

8.9

14.5

5.2

9.1

7.9

12.2

5.3

7.4

6.1

9.7

4.2

5.1

Commodity Risk

5.6

10.0

2.9

6.4

5.2

8.6

3.7

4.3

6.4

9.7

3.7

5.3

Equity Risk

0.4

0.9

-

0.1

-

0.1

-

-

0.1

0.4

-

0.1

Diversification effect3

(29.4)

NA

NA

(28.4)

(34.7)

NA

NA

(29.4)

(31.2)

NA

NA

(41.2)

Total

42.9

53.1

37.0

42.3

53.4

65.4

44.4

44.5

53.1

65.5

44.2

50.2

 

Trading1

6 months ended 30.06.24

6 months ended 31.12.23

6 months ended 30.06.23

Average
$million

High
$million

Low
$million

Half Year
$million

Average
$million

High
$million

Low
$million

Half Year
$million

Average
$million

High
$million

Low
$million

Half Year
$million

Interest Rate Risk

13.2

22.0

9.1

10.6

14.7

20.4

8.7

11.6

11.5

16.9

7.7

13.0

Credit Spread Risk

7.2

9.6

4.8

6.0

9.3

10.6

7.9

9.4

9.6

12.4

7.4

10.2

Foreign Exchange Risk

8.9

14.5

5.2

9.1

7.9

12.2

5.3

7.4

6.1

9.7

4.2

5.1

Commodity Risk

5.2

10.0

2.4

5.7

5.2

8.6

3.7

4.4

6.4

9.7

3.7

5.3

Equity Risk

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Diversification effect3

(13.0)

NA

NA

(15.9)

(13.6)

NA

NA

(11.5)

(14.2)

NA

NA

(13.7)

Total

21.5

33.1

13.0

15.5

23.5

30.6

16.3

21.3

19.4

24.0

14.7

19.9

 

Non-trading2

6 months ended 30.06.24

6 months ended 31.12.23

6 months ended 30.06.23

Average
$million

High
$million

Low
$million

Half Year
$million

Average
$million

High
$million

Low
$million

Half Year
$million

Average
$million

High
$million

Low
$million

Half Year
$million

Interest Rate Risk

30.8

35.5

26.4

32.4

38.0

43.6

23.7

23.9

30.4

43.1

19.7

37.7

Credit Spread Risk

17.7

24.8

10.0

17.8

24.7

28.9

21.5

24.4

31.8

40.1

26.5

28.5

Foreign Exchange Risk

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Commodity Risk

1.3

1.8

0.6

1.5

0.1

0.5

-

0.5

-

-

-

-

Equity Risk

0.4

0.9

-

0.1

-

0.1

-

-

0.1

0.4

-

0.1

Diversification effect3

(16.3)

NA

NA

(11.0)

(21.6)

NA

NA

(13.2)

(15.5)

NA

NA

(22.0)

Total

33.9

44.1

29.2

40.8

41.2

46.0

32.0

35.6

46.8

53.4

41.7

44.3

1   The trading book for Market Risk is defined in the Trading Book (CRR) section of the PRA Rulebook which transposes the requirements of the Capital Requirements Regulation Part 3 Title I Chapter 3. This restricts the positions permitted in the trading book.

2   The non-trading book VaR does not include syndicated loans

3   The total VaR is non-additive across risk types due to diversification effects, which is measured as the difference between the sum of the VaR by individual risk type
or business and the combined total VaR. As the maximum and minimum occur on different days for different risk types or businesses, it is not meaningful to calculate
a portfolio diversification benefit for these measures

Page 49

Risks not in VaR

In H1 2024, the main market risks not reflected in VaR were:

Basis risks for which the historical market price data is limited and is therefore proxied, giving rise to potential proxy basis risk that is not captured in VaR

Potential depeg risk from currencies currently pegged or managed, where the historical one-year VaR observation period may not reflect the possibility of a change in the currency regime or a sudden depegging

Potential understatement of VaR when abrupt increases in market volatility are not adequately captured by the VaR model

Additional capital is set aside to cover such 'risks not in VaR'.

Backtesting

In H1 2024, there were no regulatory backtesting exceptions. In the one year period to 28 June 2024, there have been two Group level backtesting exceptions:

1 November and 3 November: After the Nigerian government announced on 30 October that it planned to target an exchange rate of 750 Naira per dollar, the onshore spot market became more volatile on low volumes.

An enhancement to the VaR model has been approved by the PRA and once implemented is expected to increase its responsiveness to abrupt upturns in market volatility.

Average daily income earned from Market Risk-related activities1 (reviewed)

Trading: The average level of total trading daily income in H1 2024 was $14.3 million, 33.6 per cent higher than H2 2023 ($10.7million) and 7.5 per cent higher than H1 2023 ($13.3 million). The increase in 2024 is largely attributable to double-digit growth from higher flow income in Credit Trading & Commodities, offsetting with lower income in FX & Rates business.

Non-trading: The average level of non-trading daily income in H1 2024 was $2.1 million, largely attributable to a one-off FX revaluation gain in Treasury due to the devaluation of the Egyptian Pound against the US Dollar, and FX Revaluation gains across currencies in Credit Trading.

Trading

6 months ended 30.06.24
$milion

6 months ended 31.12.23
$million

6 months ended 30.06.23
$million

Interest Rate Risk

5.5

4.5

4.6

Credit Spread Risk

1.9

0.9

1.5

Foreign Exchange Risk

5.8

4.4

6.4

Commodity Risk

1.1

0.9

0.8

Equity Risk

-

-

-

Total

14.3

10.7

13.3

 

Non-trading

6 months ended 30.06.24
$million

6 months ended 31.12.23
$million

6 months ended 30.06.23
$million

Interest Rate Risk

1.3

(0.1)

-

Credit Spread Risk

0.8

(0.6)

(0.8)

Equity Risk

-

0.1

0.1

Total

2.1

(0.6)

(0.7)

1   Reflects total product income which is the sum of client income and own account income. Includes elements of trading income, interest income and non funded income which are generated from Market Risk-related activities. Rates, XVA and Treasury income are included under Interest Rate Risk whilst Credit Trading income is included under Credit Spread Risk

Page 50

Counterparty Credit Risk

Counterparty Credit Risk is the potential for loss in the event of the default of a derivative counterparty, after taking into account the value of eligible collaterals and risk mitigation techniques. The Group's counterparty credit exposures are included in the Credit Risk section.

Derivative financial instruments Credit Risk mitigation

The Group enters into master netting agreements, which in the event of default result in a single amount owed by or to the counterparty through netting the sum of the positive and negative mark-to-market values of applicable derivative transactions.

In addition, the Group enters into credit support annexes (CSAs) with counterparties where collateral is deemed a necessary or desirable mitigant to the exposure. Cash collateral includes collateral called under a variation margin process from counterparties if total uncollateralised mark-to-market exposure exceeds the threshold and minimum transfer amount specified in the CSA. With certain counterparties, the CSA is reciprocal and requires us to post collateral if the overall mark-to-market values of positions are in the counterparty's favour and exceed an agreed threshold.

Liquidity and Funding Risk

Liquidity and Funding Risk is the risk that the Group may not have sufficient stable or diverse sources of funding to meet its obligations as they fall due.

The Group's Liquidity and Funding Risk framework requires each country to ensure that it operates within predefined liquidity limits and remains in compliance with Group liquidity policies and practices, as well as local regulatory requirements.

The Group achieves this through a combination of setting Risk Appetite and associated limits, policy formation, risk measurement and monitoring, prudential and internal stress testing, governance and review.

The Group has maintained resilience and retained a robust liquidity position. The Group continues to focus on improving the quality and diversification of its funding mix and remains committed to supporting its clients.

Liquidity and Funding Risk metrics

The Group continually monitors key liquidity metrics, both on a country basis and consolidated across the Group.

The following liquidity and funding Board Risk Appetite metrics define the maximum amount and type of risk that the Group is willing to assume in pursuit of its strategy: liquidity coverage ratio (LCR), liquidity stress survival horizons, recovery capacity and net stable funding ratio (NSFR). In addition to the Board Risk Appetite, there are further limits that apply at Group and country level such as external wholesale borrowing (WBE) and advances-to-deposit-ratio (ADR).

Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR)

The LCR is a regulatory requirement set to ensure the Group has sufficient unencumbered high-quality liquid assets to meet its liquidity needs in a 30-calendar-day liquidity stress scenario.

The Group monitors and reports its liquidity positions under the Liquidity Coverage Ratio per PRA rulebook and has maintained its LCR above the prudential requirement.

At the reporting date, the Group LCR was 148 per cent (31 December 2023: 145 per cent), with a surplus to both Board-approved Risk Appetite and regulatory requirements.

Adequate liquidity was held across our footprint to meet all local prudential LCR requirements where applicable.


30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

Liquidity buffer

173,493

185,643

Total net cash outflows

116,884

128,111

Liquidity coverage ratio

148%

145%

Page 51



 

Stress coverage

The Group intends to maintain a prudent and sustainable funding and liquidity position, in all countries and currencies, such that it can withstand a severe but plausible liquidity stress.

Our approach to managing liquidity and funding is reflected in the Board-level Risk Appetite Statement which includes the following:

"The Group should have sufficient stable and diverse sources of funding to meet its contractual and contingent obligations as they fall due."

The Group's internal liquidity stress testing framework covers the following stress scenarios:

Standard Chartered-specific - Captures the liquidity impact from an idiosyncratic event affecting Standard Chartered only with the rest of the market assumed to be operating normally.

Market wide - Captures the liquidity impact from a market-wide crisis affecting all participants in a country, region
or globally.

Combined - Assumes both Standard Chartered-specific and market-wide events affect the Group simultaneously and hence is the most severe scenario.

All scenarios include, but are not limited to, modelled outflows for retail and wholesale funding, off-balance sheet funding risk, cross-currency funding risk, intraday risk, franchise risk, risks associated with a deterioration of a firm's credit rating and  concentration risk from single name and industry concentration.

Stress testing results show that a positive surplus was maintained under all scenarios at 30 June 2024, and respective countries were able to survive for a period of time as defined under each scenario. The results take into account currency convertibility and portability constraints while calculating the liquidity surplus at Group level.

Standard Chartered Bank's credit ratings as at 30 June 2024 were A+ with stable outlook (Fitch), A+ with stable outlook (S&P) and A1 with stable outlook (Moody's). As of 30 June 2024, the estimated contractual outflow of a three-notch long-term ratings downgrade is $1.1 billion.

External wholesale borrowing

A risk limit is set to prevent excessive reliance on wholesale borrowing. Within the definition of wholesale borrowing, limits are applied to all branches and operating subsidiaries in the Group and as at the reporting date, the Group remained within the limit.

Advances-to-deposits ratio

This is defined as the ratio of total loans and advances to customers relative to total customer deposits, excluding approved balances held with central banks, confirmed as repayable at the point of stress. An advances-to-deposits ratio below 100 per cent demonstrates that customer deposits exceed customer loans as a result of the emphasis placed on generating a high level of stable funding from customers.

The Group's advances-to-deposits ratio has decreased by 0.8 per cent to 52.6 per cent during H1 2024, driven by an increase in customer deposits of 1 per cent and with a reduction of 3 per cent in customer loans and advances. Deposits from customers as at 30 June 2024 are $488,007 million (31 December 2023: $486,666 million).


30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

Total loans and advances to customers1,2

256,566

259,481

Total customer accounts3

488,007

486,666

Advances-to-deposits ratio

52.6%

53.3%

1   Excludes reverse repurchase agreement and other similar secured lending of $7,788 million and includes loans and advances to customers held at fair value through profit and loss of $6,877 million

2   Loans and advances to customers for the purpose of the advances-to-deposits ratio excludes $18,419 million of approved balances held with central banks, confirmed as repayable at the point of stress (31 December 2023: $20,710 million)

3   Includes customer accounts held at fair value through profit or loss of $19,850 million (31 December 2023: $17,248 million)

Page 52

Net stable funding ratio (NSFR)

The NSFR is a PRA regulatory requirement that stipulates institutions to maintain a stable funding profile in relation to an assumed duration of their assets and off-balance sheet activities over a one-year horizon. It is the ratio between the amount of available stable funding (ASF) and the amount of required stable funding (RSF). ASF factors are applied to balance sheet liabilities and capital, based on the tenor and/or their perceived stability to quantify the amount of stable funding they provide. Likewise, RSF factors are applied to assets and off-balance sheet exposures according to the amount of stable funding they require. The regulatory requirements for NSFR are to maintain a ratio of at least 100 per cent. The average ratio for the past four quarters is 136 per cent.

Liquidity pool

The liquidity value of the Group's LCR eligible liquidity pool at the reporting date was $173 billion. The figures in the table below account for haircuts, currency convertibility and portability constraints per PRA rules for transfer restrictions, and therefore are not directly comparable with the consolidated balance sheet. A liquidity pool is held to offset stress outflows as defined in the LCR per PRA rulebook.


30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

Level 1  securities



Cash and balances at central banks

74,141

81,675

Central banks, governments/public sector entities

74,632

71,768

Multilateral development banks and international organisations

15,789

16,917

Other

1,240

1,291

Total Level 1 securities

165,802

171,651

Level 2 A securities

6,165

13,268

Level 2 B securities

1,526

724

Total LCR eligible assets

173,493

185,643

Liquidity analysis of the Group's balance sheet (reviewed)

Contractual maturity of assets and liabilities

The following table presents assets and liabilities by maturity groupings based on the remaining period to the contractual maturity date as at the balance sheet date on a discounted basis. Contractual maturities do not necessarily reflect actual repayments or cash flows.

Within the tables below, cash and balances with central banks, interbank placements and investment securities that are fair valued through other comprehensive income are used by the Group principally for liquidity management purposes.

As at the reporting date, assets remain predominantly short-dated, with 60 per cent maturing in less than one year.

Page 53


30.06.24

One month
or less
$million

Between one month and three months
$million

Between three months and
six months
$million

Between
six months and nine months
$million

Between nine months and one year
$million

Between one year and
two years
$million

Between two years and
five years
$million

More than
five years and undated
$million

Total
$million

Assets










Cash and balances at
central banks

54,216

-

-

-

-

-

-

9,870

64,086

Derivative financial instruments

10,026

6,008

7,662

5,234

2,818

5,261

6,924

4,714

48,647

Loans and advances to banks1,2

31,438

21,293

12,292

5,050

4,579

8,414

3,424

1,202

87,692

Loans and advances
to customers1,2

83,116

51,429

21,244

15,126

11,686

33,798

25,855

93,453

335,707

Investment securities1

11,746

23,660

23,513

20,820

18,813

26,188

48,845

58,270

231,855

Other assets1

22,827

30,911

1,457

335

619

129

44

11,118

67,440

Total assets

213,369

133,301

66,168

46,565

38,515

73,790

85,092

178,627

835,427











Liabilities










Deposits by banks1,3

27,480

3,237

1,938

913

465

3,794

2,647

4

40,478

Customer accounts1,4

379,475

46,011

28,154

9,360

11,613

9,805

45,223

2,621

532,262

Derivative financial instruments

8,837

8,975

7,076

5,436

3,201

5,216

6,874

4,969

50,584

Senior debt5

1,180

910

1,249

1,584

4,031

9,049

19,481

16,575

54,059

Other debt securities in issue1

1,944

5,123

8,107

4,206

2,989

907

264

415

23,955

Other liabilities

17,794

39,284

2,983

1,870

762

1,225

2,044

5,944

71,906

Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds

10

72

508

160

43

358

1,954

7,751

10,856

Total liabilities

436,720

103,612

50,015

23,529

23,104

30,354

78,487

38,279

784,100

Net liquidity gap

(223,351)

29,689

16,153

23,036

15,411

43,436

6,605

140,348

51,327

1   Loans and advances, investment securities, other assets, deposits by banks, customer accounts and debt securities in issue include financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss, see Note 13 Financial instruments

2   Loans and advances include reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $105.0 billion

3   Deposits by banks include repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing of $10.3 billion

4   Customer accounts include repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing of $44.3 billion

5   Senior debt maturity profiles are based upon contractual maturity, which may be later than call options over the debt held by the Group


Page 54


31.12.23

One month
or less
$million

Between one month and three months
$million

Between three months and
six months
$million

Between
six months and nine months
$million

Between nine months and one year
$million

Between one year and
two years
$million

Between two years and
five years
$million

More than
five years and undated
$million

Total
$million

Assets










Cash and balances at
central banks

63,752

-

-

-

-

-

-

6,153

69,905

Derivative financial instruments

12,269

10,632

6,910

3,611

2,921

4,650

6,038

3,403

50,434

Loans and advances to banks1,2

28,814

23,384

10,086

4,929

5,504

1,583

2,392

1,098

77,790

Loans and advances
to customers1,2

86,695

55,009

25,492

15,392

14,537

25,987

26,545

95,829

345,486

Investment securities1

12,187

28,999

17,131

18,993

20,590

24,244

44,835

50,168

217,147

Other assets1

17,611

31,729

1,286

409

587

67

93

10,300

62,082

Total assets

221,328

149,753

60,905

43,334

44,139

56,531

79,903

166,951

822,844











Liabilities










Deposits by banks1,3

26,745

1,909

1,398

503

778

1,326

2,848

2

35,509

Customer accounts1,4

384,444

47,723

28,288

13,647

11,806

7,787

38,578

2,349

534,622

Derivative financial instruments

13,111

12,472

6,655

4,001

3,433

5,142

6,932

4,315

56,061

Senior debt5

130

1,111

1,537

1,389

624

11,507

20,127

14,443

50,868

Other debt securities in issue1

3,123

5,822

6,109

3,235

3,037

492

482

195

22,495

Other liabilities

14,929

26,447

1,695

544

883

1,830

1,809

12,763

60,900

Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds

980

68

19

172

453

312

1,936

8,096

12,036

Total liabilities

443,462

95,552

45,701

23,491

21,014

28,396

72,712

42,163

772,491

Net liquidity gap

(222,134)

54,201

15,204

19,843

23,125

28,135

7,191

124,788

50,353

1   Loans and advances, investment securities, other assets, deposits by banks, customer accounts and debt securities in issue include financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss, see Note 13 Financial instruments

2   Loans and advances include reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $97.6 billion

3   Deposits by banks include repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing of $5.6 billion

4   Customer accounts include repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing of $48 billion

5   Senior debt maturity profiles are based upon contractual maturity, which may be later than call options over the debt held by the Group

Page 55

Behavioural maturity of financial assets and liabilities

The cash flows presented in the previous section reflect the cash flows that will be contractually payable over the residual maturity of the instruments. However, contractual maturities do not necessarily reflect the timing of actual repayments or cash flow. In practice, certain assets and liabilities behave differently from their contractual terms, especially for short-term customer accounts, credit card balances and overdrafts, which extend to a longer period than their contractual maturity. On the other hand, mortgage balances tend to have a shorter repayment period than their contractual maturity date. Expected customer behaviour is assessed and managed on a country basis using qualitative and quantitative techniques, including analysis of observed customer behaviour over time.

Maturity of financial liabilities on an undiscounted basis (reviewed)

The following table analyses the contractual cash flows payable for the Group's financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities on an undiscounted basis. The financial liability balances in the table below will not agree with the balances reported in the consolidated balance sheet as the table incorporates all contractual cash flows, on an undiscounted basis, relating to both principal and interest payments. Derivatives not treated as hedging derivatives are included in the 'On demand' time bucket and not by contractual maturity.

Within the 'More than five years and undated' maturity band are undated financial liabilities, the majority of which relate to subordinated debt, on which interest payments are not included as this information would not be meaningful, given the instruments are undated. Interest payments on these instruments are included within the relevant maturities up to five years.


30.06.24

One month
or less
$million

Between one month and three months
$million

Between three months and
six months
$million

Between
six months and nine months
$million

Between nine months and one year
$million

Between one year and
two years
$million

Between two years and
five years
$million

More than
five years and undated
$million

Total
$million

Deposits by banks

27,493

3,257

1,974

919

480

3,794

2,647

4

40,568

Customer accounts

380,360

46,413

28,652

9,584

12,017

10,147

45,513

3,379

536,065

Derivative financial instruments

48,345

4

37

83

44

184

760

1,127

50,584

Debt securities in issue

3,403

6,062

9,706

6,210

7,478

11,444

22,754

19,967

87,024

Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds

15

174

558

167

48

185

2,355

16,017

19,519

Other liabilities

17,365

39,101

2,900

1,852

753

1,227

2,044

5,787

71,029

Total liabilities

476,981

95,011

43,827

18,815

20,820

26,981

76,073

46,281

804,789

 


31.12.23

One month
or less
$million

Between one month and three months
$million

Between three months and
six months
$million

Between six months and nine months
$million

Between nine months and one year
$million

Between one year and
two years
$million

Between two years and
five years
$million

More than
five years and undated
$million

Total
$million

Deposits by banks

26,759

1,921

1,417

513

790

1,328

2,848

4

35,580

Customer accounts

385,361

48,140

28,763

14,049

12,190

8,118

39,000

3,036

538,657

Derivative financial instruments

53,054

517

46

44

103

202

887

1,208

56,061

Debt securities in issue

3,507

6,995

8,015

5,070

4,002

13,663

23,413

16,396

81,061

Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds

1,043

134

46

208

570

395

2,389

14,367

19,152

Other liabilities

12,200

26,291

1,560

515

884

1,832

1,810

11,513

56,605

Total liabilities

481,924

83,998

39,847

20,399

18,539

25,538

70,347

46,524

787,116

Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (reviewed)

The following table provides the estimated impact to a hypothetical base case projection of the Group's earnings under the following scenarios:

A 50 basis point parallel interest rate shock (up and down) to the current market-implied path of rates, across all
yield curves

A 100 basis point parallel interest rate shock (up and down) to the current market-implied path of rates, across all
yield curves

These interest rate shock scenarios assume all other economic variables remain constant. The sensitivities shown represent the estimated change to a hypothetical base case projected net interest income (NII), plus the change in interest rate implied income and expense from FX swaps used to manage banking book currency positions, under the different interest rate shock scenarios.

Page 56

 

The base case projected NII is based on the current market-implied path of rates and forward rate expectations. The NII sensitivities below stress this base case by a further 50 or 100bps. Actual observed interest rate changes will likely differ from market expectation. Accordingly, the shocked NII sensitivity does not represent a forecast of the Group's net interest income.

The interest rate sensitivities are indicative stress tests and based on simplified scenarios, estimating the aggregate
impact of an unanticipated, instantaneous parallel shock across all yield curves over a one-year horizon, including the time taken to implement changes to pricing before becoming effective. The assessment assumes that the size and mix of the balance sheet remain constant and that there are no specific management actions in response to the change in rates. No assumptions are made in relation to the impact on credit spreads in a changing rate environment.

Significant modelling and behavioural assumptions are made regarding scenario simplification, market competition, pass-through rates, asset and liability re-pricing tenors, and price flooring. In particular, the assumption that interest rates of all currencies and maturities shift by the same amount concurrently, and that no actions are taken to mitigate the impacts arising from this are considered unlikely. Reported sensitivities will vary over time due to a number of factors including changes in balance sheet composition, market conditions, customer behaviour and risk management strategy. Therefore, while the NII sensitivities are a relevant measure of the Group's interest rate exposure, they should not be considered an income or profit forecast.

Estimated one-year impact to earnings from a parallel shift in yield curves
at the beginning of the period of:

30.06.24

USD bloc $million

HKD bloc $million

SGD bloc $million

CNY bloc $million

Other currency bloc
¹ $million

Total
$million

+ 50 basis points

50

20

10

20

110

210

- 50 basis points

(100)

(30)

(20)

(40)

(140)

(330)

+ 100 basis points

100

30

20

50

200

400

- 100 basis points

(210)

(60)

(40)

(70)

(270)

(650)

 

Estimated one-year impact to earnings from a parallel shift in yield curves
at the beginning of the period of:

31.12.23

USD bloc
$million

HKD bloc
$million

SGD bloc
$million

CNY bloc
$million

Other currency bloc
$million

Total
$million

+ 50 basis points

90

10

50

30

170

350

- 50 basis points

(150)

(30)

(50)

(40)

(200)

(470)

+ 100 basis points

180

10

100

60

340

690

- 100 basis points

(280)

(40)

(100)

(80)

(390)

(890)

1   The currency blocs broken out in the table are not necessarily the most material at the reporting date as this can change year to year. The majority of the
Other currency bloc sensitivity relates to the currencies EUR, GBP, INR, KRW, MYR, TWD

As at 30 June 2024, the Group estimates the one-year impact of an instantaneous, parallel increase across all yield curves of 50 basis points to increase projected NII by $210 million. The equivalent impact from a parallel decrease of 50 basis points would result in a reduction in projected NII of $330 million. The Group estimates the one-year impact of an instantaneous, parallel increase across all yield curves of 100 basis points to increase projected NII by $400 million. The equivalent impact from a parallel decrease of 100 basis points would result in a reduction in projected NII of $650 million.

The benefit from rising interest rates is primarily from reinvesting at higher yields and from assets re-pricing faster and to a greater extent than deposits. NII sensitivity in falling rate scenarios has decreased versus 31 December 2023, due to an increase in programmatic hedging as well as actions taken in discretionary portfolios to increase asset duration. Over the course of 2024 the notional of interest rate swaps and HTC-accounted bond portfolios used to reduce NII sensitivity through the cycle increased from $47 billion to $51 billion. As at 30 June 2024, the portfolios had a weighted average maturity of 3.1 years, which reflects the behaviouralised lives of the rate-insensitive deposit and equity balances that they hedge, and a yield of 3.4 per cent.

Operational and Technology Risk

The Group defines Operational and Technology Risk as the potential for loss from inadequate or failed internal processes, technology events, human error, or from the impact of external events (including legal risks). Operational and Technology risk may occur anywhere in the Group, including third-party processes.

Page 57

Operational and Technology Risk profile

Risk management practices help the business grow safely and ensure governance and management of Operational and Technology risk through the delivery and embedding of effective frameworks and policies, together with continuous oversight and assurance. Managing Operational and Technology risk makes the Group more efficient and enables it to offer better, sustainable service to its customers. The Group's Operational and Technology Risk Type Framework (O&T RTF) enable the Group to govern, identify, measure, monitor and test, manage and report on its Operational and Technology risk. The Group continues to ensure the O&T RTF supports the business and functions in effectively managing risk and controls within Risk Appetite to meet their strategic objectives.

The Group has demonstrated progress on ensuring visibility of risks and risk management through implementation of a standardised risk taxonomy. Standardising the risk taxonomy enables improved risk aggregation and reporting and provides opportunities for simplifying the process of risk identification and assessment. A revised Process Universe along with taxonomies for causes and controls have been designed and are being implemented in 2024, with control categories supporting the streamlining and removal of duplicate controls, reducing complexity, and improving risk and control management. Macro processes will provide a client-centric view and enable clearer accountability for delivery as well as management of risks in line with business objectives.

The Group's Operational and Technology risk profile remained stable with improvements to the quality of risk understanding and identification in a fast-changing technology landscape. Operational and Technology risk is elevated in areas such as Information and Cyber Security, Data Management and Transaction Processing, which are subject to ongoing control enhancement programmes. Other key areas of focus are Change, Systems Health/Technology risk, Third Party risk, Resilience and Regulatory Compliance. Management has focused on addressing these areas, improving the sustainable operating environment, and initiated several programmes to enhance the control environment. The Group continues to monitor and manage Operational and Technology risks associated with the external environment such as geopolitical factors and the increasing risk of cyber attacks. Digitalisation and inappropriate use of Artificial Intelligence, various regulatory expectations across our footprint and the changing technology landscape remain key emerging areas to manage, allowing the Group to keep pace with new business developments, whilst ensuring that risk and control frameworks evolve accordingly. The Group continues to strengthen its risk management to understand the full spectrum of risks in the operating environment, enhance its defences and improve resilience.

Other principal risks

Losses arising from operational failures for other principal and integrated risks are reported as operational losses. Operational losses do not include operational risk-related credit impairments.

Page 58

Capital review

The Capital review provides an analysis of the Group's capital and leverage position, and requirements.

Capital summary

The Group's capital, leverage and minimum requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) position is managed within the Board-approved risk appetite. The Group is well capitalised with low leverage and high levels of loss-absorbing capacity.


30.06.24

31.12.23

CET1 capital

14.6%

14.1%

Tier 1 capital

17.3%

16.3%

Total capital

22.1%

21.2%

Leverage ratio

4.8%

4.7%

MREL ratio

35.4%

33.3%

Risk-weighted assets (RWA) $million

241,926

244,151

The Group's capital, leverage and MREL positions were all above current requirements and Board-approved risk appetite. For further detail see the Capital section in the Standard Chartered PLC Pillar 3 Disclosures for H1 2024. The Group's CET1 capital increased 59 basis points to 14.6 percent of RWA since FY2023. Profits, movements in FVOCI, lower regulatory deductions and RWA optimisations were partly offset by distributions (including ordinary share buybacks of $1.0 billion during the year) and FX translation reserves.

As at 30 June 2024 the Group's Pillar 2A was 3.8 percent of RWA, of which at least 2.1 per cent must be held in CET1 capital. The Group's minimum CET1 capital requirement was 10.6 per cent at H1 2024. The Korea countercyclical buffer increased to 1.0 per cent in the second quarter which impacts the Group's CET1 minimum requirement by approximately 7 basis points from December 2023.

The Group CET1 capital ratio at H1 2024 reflects the share buybacks of $1.0 billion completed during the year. The CET1 capital ratio also includes an accrual for the FY 2024 interim dividend. The Board has recommended an interim dividend for H1 2024 of $230 million or 9 cents per share representing a third of the total 2023 dividend. In addition, the Board has announced a further share buyback of $1.5 billion, the impact of this will reduce the Group's CET1 capital by around 60 basis points in the third quarter of 2024.

The Group expects to manage CET1 capital dynamically within our 13-14 per cent target range, in support of our aim of delivering future sustainable shareholder distributions.

The Group's MREL requirement as at H1 2024 was equivalent to 28.4 per cent of RWA. This is composed of a minimum requirement of 24.5 per cent of RWA and the Group's combined buffer (comprising the capital conservation buffer, the G-SII buffer and the countercyclical buffer). The Group's MREL ratio was 35.4 per cent of RWA and 9.8 per cent of leverage exposure at H1 2024.

During the period, the Group successfully raised $7.0 billion of MREL eligible securities from its holding company, Standard Chartered PLC. Issuance include $1.0 billion of Additional Tier1 and $6.0 billion of callable senior debt.

The Group is a G-SII, with a 1.0 per cent G-SII CET1 capital buffer. The Standard Chartered PLC G-SII disclosure is published at: sc.com/en/investors/financial-results.

Page 59

Capital base1 (reviewed)


30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

CET1 capital instruments and reserves



Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts

5,264

5,321

Of which: share premium accounts

3,989

3,989

Retained earnings

27,017

24,930

Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves)

8,274

9,171

Non-controlling interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET1)

236

217

Independently reviewed interim and year-end profits

2,409

3,542

Foreseeable dividends

(478)

(768)

CET1 capital before regulatory adjustments

42,722

42,413

CET1 regulatory adjustments



Additional value adjustments (prudential valuation adjustments)

(678)

(730)

Intangible assets (net of related tax liability)

(6,006)

(6,128)

Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability (excludes those arising from temporary differences)

(44)

(41)

Fair value reserves related to net losses on cash flow hedges

56

(91)

Deduction of amounts resulting from the calculation of excess expected loss

(653)

(754)

Net gains on liabilities at fair value resulting from changes in own credit risk

260

(100)

Defined-benefit pension fund assets

(110)

(95)

Fair value gains arising from the institution's own credit risk related to derivative liabilities

(90)

(116)

Exposure amounts which could qualify for risk weighting of 1250%

(39)

(44)

Other regulatory adjustments to CET1 capital

-

-

Total regulatory adjustments to CET1

(7,304)

(8,099)

CET1 capital

35,418

34,314

Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1) instruments

6,504

5,512

AT1 regulatory adjustments

(20)

(20)

Tier 1 capital

41,902

39,806




Tier 2 capital instruments

11,697

11,965

Tier 2 regulatory adjustments

(30)

(30)

Tier 2 capital

11,667

11,935

Total capital

53,569

51,741

Total risk-weighted assets2

241,926

244,151

1   Capital base is prepared on the regulatory scope of consolidation

2   Total risk-weighted assets are not in scope of EY's review

Page 60

Movement in total capital (reviewed)


30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

CET1 at 1 January/1 July

34,314

34,896

Ordinary shares issued in the period and share premium

-

-

Share buyback

(1,000)

(1,000)

Profit for the period/year

2,409

1,156

Foreseeable dividends deducted from CET1

(478)

(391)

Difference between dividends paid and foreseeable dividends

8

(376)

Movement in goodwill and other intangible assets

122

(303)

Foreign currency translation differences

(510)

164

Non-controlling interests

19

27

Movement in eligible other comprehensive income

368

54

Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability

(3)

45

Decrease/(increase) in excess expected loss

101

33

Additional value adjustments (prudential valuation adjustment)

52

(37)

IFRS 9 transitional impact on regulatory reserves including day one

-

-

Exposure amounts which could qualify for risk weighting

5

8

Fair value gains arising from the institution's own Credit Risk related to derivative liabilities

26

(52)

Others

(15)

90

CET1 at 30 June/31 December

35,418

34,314




AT1 at 1 January/1 July

5,492

5,492

Net issuances (redemptions)

992

-

Foreign currency translation difference

-

-

Excess on AT1 grandfathered limit (ineligible)

-

-

AT1 at 30 June/31 December

6,484

5,492




Tier 2 capital at 1 January/1 July

11,935

12,281

Regulatory amortisation

822

(287)

Net issuances (redemptions)

(1,000)

(118)

Foreign currency translation difference

(91)

36

Tier 2 ineligible minority interest

(2)

22

Recognition of ineligible AT1

-

-

Others

3

1

Tier 2 capital at 30 June/31 December

11,667

11,935

Total capital at 30 June/31 December

53,569

51,741

The main movements in capital in the period were:

CET1 capital increased by $1.1 billion as retained profits of $2.4 billion, movement in FVOCI of $0.2bn and decrease in regulatory deductions and other movements of $0.5 billion were partly offset by share buybacks of $1.0 billion, distributions paid and foreseeable of $0.5 billion and foreign currency translation impact of $0.5 billion.

AT1 capital increased by $1.0 billion following the issuance of $1.0 billion of 7.875 per cent securities.

Tier 2 capital decreased by $0.3 billion due to the redemption of $1.0 billion of Tier 2 during the period partly offset by the reversal of regulatory amortisation and foreign currency translation impact.

Page 61

Risk-weighted assets by business


30.06.24

Credit risk
$million

Corporate & Investment Banking

105,356

19,987

23,790

149,133

Wealth & Retail Banking

42,936

9,523

-

52,459

Ventures

1,981

142

6

2,129

Central & Other items

34,731

(173)

3,647

38,205

Total risk-weighted assets

185,004

29,479

27,443

241,926

 


31.12.23

Credit risk
$million

Corporate & Investment Banking

102,675

18,083

21,221

141,979

Wealth & Retail Banking

42,559

8,783

-

51,342

Ventures

1,885

35

3

1,923

Central & Other items

44,304

960

3,643

48,907

Total risk-weighted assets

191,423

27,861

24,867

244,151

Movement in risk-weighted assets


Credit risk

Operational risk
$million

Market risk
$million

Total risk
$million

Corporate & Investment Banking
$million

Wealth & Retail Banking
$million

Ventures
$million

Central & Other items
$million

Total
$million

At 31 December 2022

110,103

42,091

1,350

43,311

196,855

27,177

20,679

244,711

At 1 January 2023

110,103

42,091

1,350

43,311

196,855

27,177

20,679

244,711

Assets growth & mix

(726)

693

538

2,000

2,505

-

-

2,505

Asset quality

(157)

(125)

-

420

138

-

-

138

Risk-weighted assets efficiencies

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Model Updates

800

-

-

-

800

-

700

1,500

Methodology and policy changes

-

(200)

-

-

(200)

-

-

(200)

Acquisitions and disposals

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Foreign currency translation

(677)

(578)

-

(1,692)

(2,947)

-

-

(2,947)

Other, Including non-credit risk movements

-

-

-

-

-

684

2,726

3,410

At 30 June 2023

109,343

41,881

1,888

44,039

197,151

27,861

24,105

249,117

Assets growth & mix

(3,698)

35

(3)

(817)

(4,483)

-

-

(4,483)

Asset quality

(234)

515

-

2,264

2,545

-

-

2,545

Risk-weighted assets efficiencies

-

-

-

(688)

(688)

-

-

(688)

Model Updates

(1,397)

(151)

-

(151)

(1,699)

-

(200)

(1,899)

Methodology and policy changes

-

4

-

-

4

-

(800)

(796)

Acquisitions and disposals

(1,630)

-

-

-

(1,630)

-

-

(1,630)

Foreign currency translation

291

275

-

(343)

223

-

-

223

Other, Including non-credit risk movements

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,762

1,762

At 31 December 2023

102,675

42,559

1,885

44,304

191,423

27,861

24,867

244,151

Assets growth & mix

4,273

53

96

(5,051)

(629)

-

-

(629)

Asset quality

(741)

401

-

(2,334)

(2,674)

-

-

(2,674)

Risk-weighted assets efficiencies

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Model Updates

462

818

-

-

1,280

-

-

1,280

Methodology and policy changes

-

-

-

-

-

-

(1,300)

(1,300)

Acquisitions and disposals

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Foreign currency translation

(1,313)

(895)

-

(954)

(3,162)

-

-

(3,162)

Other, Including non-credit risk movements

-

-

-

(1,234)

(1,234)

1,618

3,876

4,260

At 30 June 2024

105,356

42,936

1,981

34,731

185,004

29,479

27,443

241,926

 

Page 62

Movements in risk-weighted assets

RWA decreased by $2.2 billion, or 0.9 per cent from 31 December 2023 to $241.9 billion. This was mainly due to a decrease in Credit Risk RWA of $6.4 billion, partially offset by increases in Market Risk RWA of $2.6 billion and Operational Risk RWA of $1.6 billion.

Corporate & Investment Banking

Credit Risk RWA increased by $2.7 billion, or 2.6 per cent from 31 December 2023 to $105.4 billion mainly due to:

$4.3 billion increase from changes in asset growth & mix, of which:

-  $5.1 billion increase from asset balance growth

-  $0.8 billion decrease from optimisation activities

$0.5 billion increase from industry-wide regulatory changes to align IRB model performance

$1.3 billion decrease from foreign currency translation

$0.7 billion decrease mainly due to an improvement in asset quality reflecting client upgrades

Wealth & Retail Banking

Credit Risk RWA increased by $0.4 billion, or 0.9 per cent from 31 December 2023 to $42.9 billion mainly due to:

$0.8 billion increase from industry-wide regulatory changes to align IRB model performance

$0.4 billion increase mainly due to deterioration in asset quality mainly in Asia

$0.1 billion increase from changes in asset growth & mix

$0.9 billion decrease from foreign currency translation

Ventures

Ventures is comprised of Mox Bank Limited, Trust Bank and SC Ventures. Credit Risk RWA increased by $0.1 billion, or
5.1 per cent from 31 December 2023 to $2.0 billion from asset balance growth, mainly from SC Ventures.

Central & Other items

Central & Other items RWA mainly relate to the Treasury Markets liquidity portfolio, equity investments and current & deferred tax assets.

Credit Risk RWA decreased by $9.6 billion, or 21.6 per cent from 31 December 2023 to $34.7 billion mainly due to:

$5.1 billion decrease from changes in asset growth & mix primarily from optimisation activities

$2.3 billion decrease due to improvement in asset quality mainly from sovereign upgrades in Asia

$1.2 billion decrease due to reporting enhancements

$1.0 billion decrease from foreign currency translation

Market Risk

Total Market Risk RWA increased by $2.6 billion, or 10 per cent from 31 December 2023 to $27.4 billion due primarily to:

$2.5 billion increase in Standardised Approach (SA) Specific Interest Rate Risk RWA due primarily to increases in the
Trading Book government bond portfolio

$1.1 billion increase in Internal Models Approach (IMA) stressed VaR RWA due to increased IMA positions attributable mainly to interest rate exposures, offset by a reduction of VaR RWA due to lower FX market volatility, and a reduction of addons for Risks not in VaR

$1.3 billion decrease in the first quarter due to a reduction in the IMA RWA multiplier resulting from fewer back-testing exceptions

Operational Risk

Operational Risk RWA increased by $1.6 billion, or 5.8 per cent from 31 December 2023 to $29.5 billion, mainly due to an increase in average income as measured over a rolling three-year time horizon for certain products.

Page 63

Leverage ratio

The Group's leverage ratio, which excludes qualifying claims on central banks, was 4.8 per cent at H1 2024, which was above the current minimum requirement of 3.8 per cent. The leverage ratio was 7 basis points higher than FY2023. Tier1 capital increased by $2.1 billion as CET1 capital increased by $1.1 billion and AT1 capital increased following the issuance of $1.0 billion of 7.875 percent securities in February 2024. Leverage exposure increased by $30.6 billion predominantly due to growth in on balance sheet assets, decrease in eligible central bank claims deduction forming part of regulatory adjustments, and decrease in derivative netting adjustments.

Leverage ratio


30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

Tier 1 capital (end point)

41,902

39,806

Derivative financial instruments

48,647

50,434

Derivative cash collateral

8,099

10,337

Securities financing transactions (SFTs)

104,981

97,581

Loans and advances and other assets

673,700

664,492

Total on-balance sheet assets

835,427

822,844

Regulatory consolidation adjustments1

(82,607)

(92,709)

Derivatives adjustments



Derivatives netting

(36,580)

(39,031)

Adjustments to cash collateral

(6,876)

(9,833)

Net written credit protection

1,316

1,359

Potential future exposure on derivatives

45,488

42,184

Total derivatives adjustments

3,348

(5,321)

Counterparty risk leverage exposure measure for SFTs

3,885

6,639

Off-balance sheet items

125,194

123,572

Regulatory deductions from Tier 1 capital

(7,474)

(7,883)

Total exposure measure excluding claims on central banks

877,773

847,142

Leverage ratio excluding claims on central banks (%)

4.8%

4.7%

Average leverage exposure measure excluding claims on central banks

870,657

853,968

Average leverage ratio excluding claims on central banks (%)

4.7%

4.6%

Countercyclical leverage ratio buffer

0.2%

0.1%

G-SII additional leverage ratio buffer

0.4%

0.4%

1   Includes adjustment for qualifying central bank claims and unsettled regular way trades

Page 64

Statement of directors' responsibilities

We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

The condensed consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting and IAS 34 as adopted by the EU.

The interim management report includes a fair review of the information required by:

(a)  DTR 4.2.7R of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules, being an indication of important events that have occurred during the six months ended 30 June 2024 and their impact on the condensed consolidated interim financial statements; and a description of the principal risks and uncertainties for the remaining six months of the year

(b) DTR 4.2.8R of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules, being related party transactions that have taken place during the six months ended 30 June 2024 that have materially affected the financial position or performance of the entity during that period; and any changes in the related party transactions described in the last annual report that could have materially affected the financial position or performance of the entity during that period

 

By order of the Board

 

Diego De Giorgi

Group Chief Financial Officer

30 July 2024

 

Standard Chartered PLC Board of Directors

Chairman                                               Executive Directors                                             Non-Executive Directors

José Viñals                                             Bill Winters                                                           Shirish Apte
                                                                Diego De Giorgi                                                    David Conner
                                                                                                                                                Jackie Hunt
                                                                                                                                                Diane Jurgens
                                                                                                                                                Robin Lawther
                                                                                                                                                Maria Ramos
                                                                                                                                                Phil Rivett
                                                                                                                                                David Tang
                                                                                                                                                Linda Yueh



Page 65

Independent review report to Standard Chartered PLC

Conclusion

We have been engaged by Standard Chartered PLC (the 'Company' or, together with its subsidiaries, the 'Group') to review the condensed set of financial statements in the half-yearly financial report for the six months ended 30 June 2024 which comprises the condensed consolidated interim income statement, the condensed consolidated interim statement of comprehensive income, the condensed consolidated interim balance sheet, the condensed consolidated interim statement of changes in equity, the condensed consolidated interim cash flow statement, the related notes 1 to 31, and the risk and capital disclosures marked as 'reviewed' (together the 'condensed consolidated interim financial statements'). We have read the other information contained in the half yearly financial report and considered whether it contains any apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the information in the condensed set of financial statements.

Based on our review, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the condensed consolidated interim financial statements in the half-yearly financial report for the six months ended 30 June 2024 are not prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with United Kingdom (UK) adopted International Accounting Standard 34 (IAS 34), IAS 34 as adopted by the European Union (EU), and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (DTR) of the UK's Financial Conduct Authority (FCA).

Basis for Conclusion

We conducted our review in accordance with International Standard on Review Engagements 2410 (UK) 'Review of Interim Financial Information Performed by the Independent Auditor of the Entity' (ISRE) issued by the Financial Reporting Council (FRC). A review of interim financial information consists of making enquiries, primarily of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters, and applying analytical and other review procedures. A review is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) and consequently does not enable us to obtain assurance that we would become aware of all significant matters that might be identified in an audit. Accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.

As disclosed in note 1, the annual financial statements of the Group are prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards and international financial reporting standard as adopted by the EU. The condensed set of financial statements included in this half-yearly financial report has been prepared in accordance with UK adopted IAS 34 and IAS 34 as adopted by the EU, and the DTR of the UK's FCA.

Conclusions Relating to Going Concern

Based on our review procedures, which are less extensive than those performed in an audit as described in the Basis of Conclusion section of this report, nothing has come to our attention to suggest that management have inappropriately adopted the going concern basis of accounting or that management have identified material uncertainties relating to going concern that are not appropriately disclosed.

This conclusion is based on the review procedures performed in accordance with this ISRE, however future events or conditions may cause the entity to cease to continue as a going concern.

Responsibilities of the directors

The directors are responsible for preparing the half-yearly financial report in accordance with UK adopted IAS 34 and IAS 34 as adopted by the EU, and the DTR of the UK's FCA.

In preparing the half-yearly financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the company's ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor's Responsibilities for the review of the financial information

In reviewing the half-yearly report, we are responsible for expressing to the Company a conclusion on the condensed set of financial statements in the half-yearly financial report. Our conclusion, including our Conclusions Relating to Going Concern, are based on procedures that are less extensive than audit procedures, as described in the Basis for Conclusion paragraph of this report.



Page 66

Use of our report

This report is made solely to the company in accordance with guidance contained in ISRE 2410 (UK) 'Review of Interim Financial Information Performed by the Independent Auditor of the Entity' issued by the FRC. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company, for our work, for this report, or for the conclusions we have formed.

 

Ernst & Young LLP

London

30 July 2024

 

Page 67

Condensed consolidated interim income statement

For the six months ended 30 June 2024


Notes

6 months ended 30.06.24
$million

6 months ended 30.06.23
$million

Interest income


14,194

12,826

Interest expense


(11,019)

(8,842)

Net interest income

3

3,175

3,984

Fees and commission income


2,363

2,079

Fees and commission expense


(442)

(434)

Net fee and commission income

4

1,921

1,645

Net trading income

5

4,749

3,233

Other operating income

6

(54)

265

Operating income


9,791

9,127

Staff costs


(4,336)

(4,158)

Premises costs


(177)

(208)

General administrative expenses


(1,027)

(741)

Depreciation and amortisation


(516)

(561)

Operating expenses

7

(6,056)

(5,668)

Operating profit before impairment losses and taxation


3,735

3,459

Credit impairment

8

(240)

(161)

Goodwill, property, plant and equipment and other impairment

9

(147)

(77)

Profit from associates and joint ventures

19

144

102

Profit before taxation


3,492

3,323

Taxation

10

(1,123)

(938)

Profit for the period


2,369

2,385





Profit attributable to:




Non-controlling interests


(9)

(3)

Parent company shareholders


2,378

2,388

Profit for the period


2,369

2,385





Basic earnings per ordinary share

12

83.3

75.6

Diluted earnings per ordinary share

12

81.3

73.9

The notes form an integral part of these financial statements.



Page 68

Condensed consolidated interim statement of comprehensive income

For the six months ended 30 June 2024


Notes

6 months ended 30.06.2024
$million

6 months ended 30.06.2023
$million

Profit for the period


2,369

2,385

Other comprehensive loss




Items that will not be reclassified to income statement:


(265)

(53)

Own credit losses on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss


(410)

(141)

Equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive (loss)/income


(25)

67

Actuarial gains on retirement benefit obligations

26

31

35

Revaluation Surplus


15

-

Taxation relating to components of other comprehensive income


124

(14)

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to income statement:


(649)

(233)

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations:




Net loss taken to equity


(1,017)

(979)

Net gains on net investment hedges


377

294

Share of other comprehensive income/(loss) from associates and joint ventures


9

(11)

Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income:




Net valuation gains taken to equity


56

167

Reclassified to income statement


90

84

Net impact of expected credit losses


(19)

(41)

Cash flow hedges:




Net movements in cash flow hedge reserve


(171)

271

Taxation relating to components of other comprehensive income


26

(18)

Other comprehensive loss for the period, net of taxation


(914)

(286)

Total comprehensive income for the period


1,455

2,099





Total comprehensive income attributable to:




Non-controlling interests


(16)

(31)

Parent company shareholders


1,471

2,130

Total comprehensive income for the period


1,455

2,099

 

Page 69

Condensed consolidated interim balance sheet

As at 30 June 2024


Notes

30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

Assets




Cash and balances at central banks


64,086

69,905

Financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss

13

181,725

147,222

Derivative financial instruments

13,14

48,647

50,434

Loans and advances to banks

13

45,231

44,977

Loans and advances to customers

13

275,896

286,975

Investment securities

13

152,403

161,255

Other assets

18

53,016

47,594

Current tax assets


491

484

Prepayments and accrued income


3,224

3,033

Interests in associates and joint ventures

19

1,088

966

Goodwill and intangible assets

16

6,103

6,214

Property, plant and equipment

17

2,202

2,274

Deferred tax assets

10

593

702

Retirement benefit schemes in surplus

26

111

-

Assets classified as held for sale

20

611

809

Total assets


835,427

822,844





Liabilities




Deposits by banks

13

28,087

28,030

Customer accounts

13

468,157

469,418

Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing

13,15

7,539

12,258

Financial liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss

13

96,882

83,096

Derivative financial instruments

13,14

50,584

56,061

Debt securities in issue

13

65,199

62,546

Other liabilities

21

47,440

39,221

Current tax liabilities


1,061

811

Accruals and deferred income


6,491

6,975

Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds

13,24

10,856

12,036

Deferred tax liabilities

10

558

770

Provisions for liabilities and charges


401

299

Retirement benefit schemes in deficit

26

268

183

Liabilities included in disposal groups held for sale

20

577

787

Total liabilities


784,100

772,491





Equity




Share capital and share premium account

25

6,758

6,815

Other reserves


8,274

9,171

Retained earnings


29,381

28,459

Total parent company shareholders' equity


44,413

44,445

Other equity instruments

25

6,504

5,512

Total equity excluding non-controlling interests


50,917

49,957

Non-controlling interests


410

396

Total equity


51,327

50,353

Total equity and liabilities


835,427

822,844

The notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

These financial statements were approved by the Board of directors and authorised for issue on 30 July 2024 and signed on its behalf by:

 

Diego De Giorgi

Group Chief Financial Officer

Page 70

 

Condensed consolidated interim statement of changes in equity

For the six months ended 30 June 2024


Ordinary share capital and share premium account
$million

Preference share capital and share premium account
$million

Capital and merger reserves1
$million

Own credit adjustment reserve
$million

Fair value through other compre-hensive income reserve - debt
$million

Fair value through other compre-hensive income reserve - equity
$million

Cash flow hedge reserve
$million

Translation reserve
$million

Retained earnings
$million

Parent company share-holders' equity
$million

Other equity instru-ments
$million

Non-controlling interests
$million

Total
$million

As at 01 January 2023

5,436

1,494

17,338

(63)

(1,116)

206

(564)

(7,636)

28,067

43,162

6,504

350

50,016

Profit for the period

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2,388

2,388

-

(3)

2,385

Other comprehensive (loss)/income7

-

-

-

(140)

204

50

247

(666)

47²

(258)

-

(28)

(286)

Distributions

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(17)

(17)

Redemption of other equity instruments

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(1,000)

-

(1,000)

Treasury shares net movement

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

23

23

-

-

23

Share option expense, net of taxation

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

90

90

-

-

90

Dividends on ordinary shares

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(401)

(401)

-

-

(401)

Dividends on preference shares and
AT1 securities

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(243)

(243)

-

-

(243)

Share buyback3

(47)

-

47

-

-

-

-

-

(1,000)

(1,000)

-

-

(1,000)

Other movements

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

25⁴

17

42

8⁴

64⁵

114

As at 30 June 2023

5,389

1,494

17,385

(203)

(912)

256

(317)

(8,277)

28,988

43,803

5,512

366

49,681

Profit for the period

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,081

1,081

-

(4)

1,077

Other comprehensive income/(loss)7

-

-

-

303

222

74

408

177

(94)²

1,090

-

(3)

1,087

Distributions

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(9)

(9)

Treasury shares net movement

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(212)

(212)

-

-

(212)

Share option expense, net of taxation

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

83

83

-

-

83

Dividends on ordinary shares

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(167)

(167)

-

-

(167)

Dividends on preference shares and
AT1 securities

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(209)

(209)

-

-

(209)

Share buyback3,6

(68)

-

68

-

-

-

-

-

(1,000)

(1,000)

-

-

(1,000)

Other movements

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(13)⁴

(11)⁴

(24)

-

46⁵

22

As at 31 December 2023

5,321

1,494

17,453

100

(690)

330

91

(8,113)

28,459

44,445

5,512

396

50,353

Profit for the period

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2,378

2,378

-

(9)

2,369

Other comprehensive (loss)/income7

-

-

-

(360)

137

(81)¹¹

(147)

(644)

1882,12

(907)

-

(7)

(914)

Distributions

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(25)

(25)

Other equity instruments issued,
net of expenses

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

992

-

992

Treasury shares net movement

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

29

29

-

-

29

Share option expense, net of taxation

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

148

148

-

-

148

Dividends on ordinary shares

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(551)

(551)

-

-

(551)

Dividends on preference shares and
AT1 securities

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(209)

(209)

-

-

(209)

Share buyback8

(57)

-

57

-

-

-

-

-

(1,000)

(1,000)

-

-

(1,000)

Other movements

-

-

-

-

7

-

-

134⁴

(61)⁹

80

-

55¹⁰

135

As at 30 June 2024

5,264

1,494

17,510

(260)

(546)

249

(56)

(8,623)

29,381

44,413

6,504

410

51,327

1    Includes capital reserve of $5 million, capital redemption reserve of $394 million and merger reserve of $17,111 million

2    Comprises actuarial gain, net of taxation on Group defined benefit schemes

3    On 16 February 2023, the Group announced an additional buyback programme for a share buyback of its ordinary shares of $0.50 each. Nominal value of share purchases was $58 million (June 2023: $47 million) of which $11m were purchased following 30 June 2023 in the period to 29 September 2023 when the programme was completed. Total consideration paid was $1,000 million (June 2023: $732 million). The total number of shares purchased was 116,710,492 (June 2023: 93,894,706) representing 4.03 per cent (June 2023: 3.24 per cent) of the ordinary shares in issue. The nominal value of the shares were transferred from the share capital to the capital redemption reserve account

4    Movement related to Translation adjustment and AT1 Securities charges (June 2023). June 2024 balance includes $190 million translation adjustment loss from sale of SCB Zimbabwe Limited transferred to other operating income

5    Movements primarily related to non-controlling interest from Zodia Custody Limited ($27 million), Mox Bank Limited ($17 million) and Trust Bank Singapore Ltd ($17 million) pertaining to half year ending June 2023. Further movement in NCI from Mox Bank Limited ($31 million), Trust Bank Singapore Ltd ($17 million) and Zodia Custody Limited ($1 million)

6    On 28 July 2023, the Group announced the buyback programme for a share buyback of its ordinary shares of $0.50 each. Nominal value of share purchases was $57 million, and the total consideration paid was $1,000 million and the buyback completed on 6 November 2023. The total number of shares purchased was 112,982,802, representing 3.90 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue as at the commencement of the buyback. The nominal value of the shares was transferred from the share capital to the capital redemption reserve account

7    All the amounts are net of tax

8    On 23 February 2024, the Group announced the buyback programme for a share buyback of its ordinary shares of $0.50 each. Nominal value of share purchases was $57 million, the total consideration paid was $1,000 million, and the buyback completed on 25 June 2024. The total number of shares purchased was 113,266,516, representing 4.25 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue. The nominal value of the shares was transferred from the share capital to the capital redemption reserve account

9    Includes $77 million loss to  retained earnings related to Ghana hyperinflation

10  Movements primarily related to non-controlling interest from Mox Bank Limited ($8 million) and Trust Bank Singapore Ltd ($47 million)

11  Includes $147 million gain on sale of equity investment transferred to retained earnings partly offset by $76 million reversal of deferred tax liability

12  Includes $147 million gain on sale of equity investment in other comprehensive income reserve transferred to retained earnings partly offset by $13 million capital gain tax

Note 25 includes a description of each reserve.

The notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

Page 71

Condensed consolidated interim cash flow statement

For the six months ended 30 June 2024


Notes

6 months ended 30.06.24
$million

6 months ended 30.06.23 (Restated)
$million

Cash flows from operating activities:




Profit before taxation


3,492

3,323

Adjustments for non-cash items and other adjustments included within income statement

31

1,730

1,518

Change in operating assets

31

(41,582)

(8,306)

Change in operating liabilities

31

20,466

26,466

Contributions to defined benefit schemes


(19)

(19)

UK and overseas taxes paid


(793)

(633)

Net cash (used in)/from operating activities


(16,706)

22,349

Cash flows from investing activities:




Internally generated Capitalised Software

16

(474)

(513)

Disposal of Internally generated Capitalised Software

16

5

-

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

17

(76)

(205)

Disposal of property, plant and equipment

17

31

68

Disposal of held for sale property, plant and equipment

20

-

136

Acquisition of investment associates, and joint ventures, net of cash acquired

19

(4)

(23)

Disposal of investment in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, net of cash acquired


41

26

Purchase of investment securities


(120,307)

(140,689)

Disposal and maturity of investment securities


125,925

150,779

Net cash from investing activities


5,141

9,579

Cash flows from financing activities:




Treasury share sale


29

23

Cancellation of shares through share buyback


(1,000)

(736)

Premises and equipment lease liability principal payment


(105)

(120)

Issue of Additional Tier 1 capital, net of expenses


992

-

Redemption of Tier 1 Capital

25

-

(1,000)

Interest paid on subordinated liabilities

31

(252)

(300)

Repayment of subordinated liabilities

31

(1,000)

(2,000)

Proceeds from issue of senior debts

31

7,698

7,072

Repayment of senior debts

31

(7,191)

(2,715)

Interest paid on senior debts

31

(548)

(561)

Net cash inflow from Non-controlling interest


47

70

Distributions and dividends paid to non-controlling interests, preference shareholders and AT1 securities


(234)

(260)

Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders


(551)

(401)

Net cash used in financing activities


(2,115)

(928)

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents


(13,680)

31,000

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period


107,635

97,595

Effect of exchange rate movements on cash and cash equivalents


(1,740)

(1,452)

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period1,2


92,215

127,143

1  Comprises cash and balances at central banks $64,086 million (30 June 2023: $86,339 million), treasury bills and other eligible bills $3,873 million (30 June 2023: $6,063 million), loans and advances to banks $12,691 million (30 June 2023: $13,650 million), loans and advances to customers $20,611 million (30 June 2023 $27,680 million) investments $824 million (30 June 2023: $1,307 million) less restricted balances $9870 million (30 June 2023: $7,896 million)

2   Refer to note 31 for details on restatement

Interest received was $14,575 million (30.06.23: $13,068 million), interest paid was $10,948 million (30.06.23: $7,898 million).

Page 72

Contents - Notes to the financial statements

Section

Note


Basis of preparation

1

Accounting policies

Performance/return

2

Segmental information


3

Net interest income


4

Net fees and commission


5

Net trading income


6

Other operating income


7

Operating expenses


8

Credit impairment


9

Goodwill, property, plant and equipment and other impairment


10

Taxation


11

Dividends


12

Earnings per ordinary share

Assets and liabilities held at fair value

13

Financial instruments


14

Derivative financial instruments

Financial instruments held at amortised cost

15

Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements including other similar lending and borrowing

Other assets and investments

16

Goodwill and intangible assets


17

Property, plant and equipment


18

Other assets


19

Investments in associates and joint ventures


20

Assets held for sale and associated liabilities

Funding, accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings

21

Other liabilities

22

Contingent liabilities and commitments

23

Legal and regulatory matters

Capital instruments, equity and reserves

24

Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds


25

Share capital, other equity instruments and reserves

Employee benefits

26

Retirement benefit obligations

Other disclosure matters

27

Related party transactions


28

Post balance sheet events


29

Corporate governance


30

Statutory accounts


31

Cash flow statement

 

Page 73

Notes to the financial statements

1. Accounting policies

Statement of compliance

The Group's condensed consolidated interim financial statements consolidate those of Standard Chartered PLC (the Company) and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the Group) and equity account the Group's interests in associates and jointly controlled entities.

These interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the United Kingdom's Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and with UK-adopted IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting and IAS 34 as adopted by the European Union (EU). They should be read in conjunction with the 2023 Annual Report, which was prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the EU (EU IFRS).

The following parts of the Risk review and Capital review form part of these financial statements:

a) Risk review: Disclosures marked as 'reviewed' from the start of the Credit Risk section to the end of Other principal risks in the same section.

b) Capital review: Tables marked as 'reviewed' from the start of 'CRD Capital base' to the end of 'Movement in total capital', excluding 'Total risk-weighted assets'.

There were no new accounting standards or interpretations that had a material effect on these condensed consolidated interim financial statements

Basis of preparation

The condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of cash-settled share-based payments, fair value through other comprehensive income, and financial assets and liabilities (including derivatives) at fair value through profit or loss.

The condensed consolidated financial statements are presented in United States dollars ($), being the presentation and functional currency of the Group, and all values are rounded to the nearest million dollars, except when otherwise indicated. The accounting policies that we applied for these interim condensed consolidated financial statements are consistent with those described on pages 367 to 460 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2023, as are the methods of computation.

Significant accounting estimates and judgements

In determining the carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities, the Group makes assumptions of the effects of uncertain future events on those assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date. The Group's estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience and expectation of future events and are reviewed periodically. The significant judgements made by management in applying the Group's accounting policies and key sources of uncertainty were the same as those applied to the consolidated financial statements as at, and for, the year ended 31 December 2023.

IFRS and Hong Kong accounting requirements

As required by the Hong Kong Listing Rules, an explanation of the differences in accounting practices between UK-adopted IFRS and Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards is required to be disclosed. There would be no significant differences had these accounts been prepared in accordance with Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards.

Standard Chartered PLC has fully complied with the new treasury share regime introduced under the revised Hong Kong Listing Rules from 11 June 2024 onwards and will continue to comply with the new regime.

Comparatives

Certain comparatives have been restated in line with current year disclosures. Details of these changes are set out in the relevant sections and notes below:

Condensed consolidated interim Cash flow statement

Note 4 Net fees and commissions



 

Note 31 Cash flow statement

Page 74

Going concern

These financial statements were approved by the Board of directors on 30 July 2024. The directors have made an assessment of the Group's ability to continue as a going concern. This assessment has been made having considered the current macroeconomic and geopolitical headwinds, including:

Review of the Group Strategy and Corporate Plan

An assessment of the actual performance to date, loan book quality, credit impairment, legal, regulatory and compliance matters, and the updated annual budget

Consideration of stress testing performed, including the Group Recovery Plan (RP) which include the application of stressed scenarios. Under the tests and through the range of scenarios, the results of these exercises and the RP demonstrate that the Group has sufficient capital and liquidity to continue as a going concern and meet minimum regulatory capital and liquidity requirements

1. Accounting policies continued 

Analysis of the capital, funding and liquidity position of the Group, including the capital and leverage ratios, and ICAAP which summarises the Group's capital and risk assessment processes, assesses its capital requirements and the adequacy of resources to meet them. Further, funding and liquidity was considered in the context of the risk appetite metrics, including the LCR ratio and survival horizon and wholesale borrowing (external).

The Group's Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process (ILAAP), which considers the Group's liquidity position,
its framework and whether sufficient liquidity resources are being maintained to meet liabilities as they fall due, was
also reviewed

The level of debt in issue, including redemptions and issuances during the year, debt falling due for repayment in the next 12 months and further planned debt issuances, including the appetite in the market for the Group's debt

A detailed review of all principal and topical/emerging risks

Based on the analysis performed, the directors confirm they are satisfied that the Group has adequate resources to continue in business for a period of at least 12 months from 30 July 2024. For this reason, the Group continues to adopt the going concern basis of accounting for preparing the financial statements.

2. Segmental information

Basis of preparation

The analysis reflects how the client segments and geographic regions are managed internally. This is described as the Management View (on an underlying basis) and is principally the location from which a client relationship is managed, which may differ from where it is financially booked and may be shared between businesses and/or regions. In certain instances this approach is not appropriate and a Financial View is disclosed, that is, the location in which the transaction or balance was booked. Typically, the Financial View is used in areas such as the Market and Liquidity Risk reviews where actual booking location is more important for an assessment. Segmental information is therefore on a Management View unless otherwise stated.

Client segments

The Group's segmental reporting is in accordance with IFRS 8 Operating Segments and is reported consistently with the internal performance framework and as presented to the Group's Management Team.

Restructuring and other items excluded from underlying results

The Group's reported IFRS performance is adjusted for certain items to arrive at alternative performance measures. These items include profits or losses of a capital nature, amounts consequent to investment transactions driven by strategic intent, other infrequent and/or exceptional transactions that are significant or material in the context of the Group's normal business earnings for the period and items which management and investors would ordinarily identify separately when assessing consistent performance period by period. The alternative performance measures are not within the scope of IFRS and not a substitute for IFRS measures. These adjustments are set out below.

Net loss on businesses disposed of/ held for sale $189 million include $174 million, the sale of Zimbabwe primarily from the recycling of FX translation losses and $15 million loss in relation to a sale of a portfolio of Aviation loans. The Group is also reclassifying the movements in the Debit Valuation Adjustment (DVA) into restructuring and other items.



Page 75

Reconciliations between underlying and reported results are set out in the tables below:


6 months ended 30.06.24

Underlying
$million

Operating income

9,958

48

(189)

-

(26)

9,791

Operating expenses

(5,673)

(283)

-

(100)

-

(6,056)

Operating profit/(loss) before impairment losses and taxation

4,285

(235)

(189)

(100)

(26)

3,735

Credit impairment

(249)

9

-

-

-

(240)

Other impairment

(143)

(4)

-

-

-

(147)

Profit from associates and joint ventures

64

80

-

-

-

144

Profit/(loss) before taxation

3,957

(150)

(189)

(100)

(26)

3,492

1   Net loss on businesses disposal includes loss of $174million relating to Zimbabwe exit

.

6 months ended 30.06.23

Underlying
$million

Operating income

8,951

215

-

-

(39)

9,127

Operating expenses

(5,504)

(164)

-

-

-

(5,668)

Operating profit/(loss) before impairment losses and taxation

3,447

51

-

-

(39)

3,459

Credit impairment

(172)

11

-

-

-

(161)

Other impairment

(63)

(14)

-

-

-

(77)

Profit from associates and joint ventures

94

8

-

-

-

102

Profit/(loss) before taxation

3,306

56

-

-

(39)

3,323

Underlying performance by client segment


6 months ended 30.06.24

Corporate & Investment Banking
$million

Operating income

5,991

3,872

80

15

9,958

External

5,018

1,749

80

3,111

9,958

Inter-segment

973

2,123

-

(3,096)

-

Operating expenses

(2,921)

(2,156)

(230)

(366)

(5,673)

Operating profit/(loss) before impairment losses and taxation

3,070

1,716

(150)

(351)

4,285

Credit impairment

35

(282)

(43)

41

(249)

Other impairment

(104)

(27)

-

(12)

(143)

Profit from associates and joint ventures

-

-

(6)

70

64

Underlying profit/(loss) before taxation

3,001

1,407

(199)

(252)

3,957

Restructuring

(59)

(51)

(1)

(39)

(150)

DVA

(26)

-

-

-

(26)

Other items

-

(100)

-

(189)

(289)

Reported profit/(loss) before taxation

2,916

1,256

(200)

(480)

3,492

Total assets

443,442

122,846

5,280

263,859

835,427

Of which: loans and advances to customers

190,298

120,277

1,110

24,022

335,707

loans and advances to customers

130,496

120,268

1,110

24,022

275,896

loans held at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)1

59,802

9

-

-

59,811

Total liabilities

467,875

208,565

4,347

103,313

784,100

Of which: customer accounts1

315,767

204,154

4,046

8,295

532,262

1   Loans and advances to customers includes FVTPL and customer accounts includes FVTPL and repurchase agreements

 

Page 76


6 months ended 30.06.23

Corporate & Investment Banking
$million

Operating income

5,823

3,556

89

(517)

8,951

External

4,569

2,154

89

2,139

8,951

Inter-segment

1,254

1,402

-

(2,656)

-

Operating expenses

(2,818)

(2,075)

(211)

(400)

(5,504)

Operating profit/(loss) before impairment losses
and taxation

3,005

1,481

(122)

(917)

3,447

Credit impairment

(69)

(108)

(23)

28

(172)

Other impairment

(21)

-

-

(42)

(63)

Profit from associates and joint ventures

-

-

(13)

107

94

Underlying profit/(loss) before taxation

2,915

1,373

(158)

(824)

3,306

Restructuring

73

(16)

(1)

-

56

DVA

(39)

-

-

-

(39)

Reported profit/(loss) before taxation

2,949

1,357

(159)

(824)

3,323

Total assets

401,001

129,660

3,076

304,974

838,711

Of which: loans and advances to customers

174,214

127,039

947

33,623

335,823

loans and advances to customers

128,548

127,020

947

33,622

290,137

loans held at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)1

45,666

19

-

1

45,686

Total liabilities

490,697

190,690

2,317

105,326

789,030

Of which: customer accounts1

333,584

185,741

2,072

8,394

529,791

1   Loans and advances to customers includes FVTPL and customer accounts includes FVTPL and repurchase agreements

Operating income by client segment


6 months ended 30.06.24

Corporate & Investment Banking
$million

Underlying versus reported:






Underlying operating income

5,991

3,872

80

15

9,958

Restructuring

28

14

-

6

48

DVA

(26)

-

-

-

(26)

Other items 1

-

-

-

(189)

(189)

Reported operating income

5,993

3,886

80

(168)

9,791

Additional segmental income:






Net interest income

1,272

2,539

45

(681)

3,175

Net fees and commission income

993

955

19

(46)

1,921

Net trading and other income1

3,728

392

16

5591

4,695

Reported operating income

5,993

3,886

80

(168)

9,791

1   Other items includes loss of $174million relating to Zimbabwe exit


6 months ended 30.06.23

Corporate & Investment Banking
$million

Underlying versus reported:






Underlying operating income

5,823

3,556

89

(517)

8,951

Restructuring

187

23

-

5

215

DVA

(39)

-

-

-

(39)

Reported operating income

5,971

3,579

89

(512)

9,127

Additional segmental income:






Net interest income

2,272

2,451

31

(770)

3,984

Net fees and commission income

861

816

26

(58)

1,645

Net trading and other income

2,838

312

32

316

3,498

Reported operating income

5,971

3,579

89

(512)

9,127

Page 77


6 months ended 30.06.24

Hong Kong
$million

Korea
$million

China
$million

Taiwan
$million

Singapore
$million

India
$million

UAE
$million

UK
$million

US
$million

Other
$million

Group
$million

Net interest income

350

342

201

81

277

309

187

(503)

205

1,726

3,175

Net fees and
commission income

364

104

102

106

347

151

60

54

229

404

1,921

Net trading and
other income

1,589

105

361

111

678

192

201

557

162

739

4,695

Operating income

2,303

551

664

298

1,302

652

448

108

596

2,869

9,791

 


6 months ended 30.06.23

Hong Kong
$million

Korea
$million

China
$million

Taiwan
$million

Singapore
$million

India
$million

UAE
$million

UK
$million

US
$million

Other
$million

Group
$million

Net interest income

1,103

366

271

73

547

331

201

(506)

100

1,498

3,984

Net fees and
commission income

322

88

93

94

274

116

37

15

213

393

1,645

Net trading and
other income

777

123

228

122

441

174

181

664

138

650

3,498

Operating income

2,202

577

592

289

1,262

621

419

173

451

2,541

9,127

3. Net interest income


6 months ended 30.06.24
$million

6 months ended 30.06.23
$million

Balances at central banks

1,360

1,211

Loans and advances to banks

1,052

958

Loans and advances to customers

8,190

7,407

Debt securities

2,716

2,344

Other eligible bills

807

809

Accrued on impaired assets (discount unwind)

69

97

Interest income

14,194

12,826

Of which: financial instruments held at fair value through other comprehensive income

1,707

1,767




Deposits by banks

441

374

Customer accounts

8,361

6,489

Debt securities in issue

1,794

1,538

Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds

394

415

Interest expense on IFRS 16 lease liabilities

29

26

Interest expense

11,019

8,842

Net interest income

3,175

3,984

4. Net fees and commission


6 months ended 30.06.24
$million

6 months ended 30.06.23
$million

Fees and commissions income

2,363

2,079

Of which:



Financial instruments that are not fair valued through profit or loss

722

687

Trust and other fiduciary activities

305

265




Fees and commissions expense

(442)

(434)

Of which:



Financial instruments that are not fair valued through profit or loss

(125)

(145)

Trust and other fiduciary activities

(25)

(25)




Net fees and commission

1,921

1,645

 

Page 78


6 months ended 30.06.24

Corporate & Investment Banking
$million

Transaction Services

704

13

-

-

717

Payments and Liquidity

290

-

-

-

290

Securities & Prime Services

127

-

-

-

127

Trade & Working Capital

287

13

-

-

300

Global Banking

504

-

-

-

504

Lending & Financial Solutions

336

-

-

-

336

Capital Market & Advisory

168

-

-

-

168

Global Markets

24

-

-

-

24

Macro Trading

7

-

-

-

7

Credit Trading

17

-

-

-

17

Valuation & Other Adj

-

-

-

-

-

Wealth solutions

-

822

-

-

822

Investment products

-

456

-

-

456

Bancassurance

-

366

-

-

366

CCPL & Other Unsecured Lending

-

161

18

-

179

Deposits

-

75

-

-

75

Mortgages & Other Secured Lending

-

46

-

-

46

Treasury

-

-

-

(12)

(12)

Other Products

-

-

12

(4)

8

Fees and commission income

1,232

1,117

30

(16)

2,363

Fees and commission expense

(239)

(162)

(11)

(30)

(442)

Net fees and commission

993

955

19

(46)

1,921

 


6 months ended 30.06.23¹

Corporate & Investment Banking
$million

Transaction Services

722

12

-

-

734

Payments and Liquidity

278

-

-

-

278

Securities & Prime Services

148

-

-

-

148

Trade & Working Capital

296

12

-

-

308

Global Banking

331

(1)

-

-

330

Lending & Financial Solutions

243

(1)

-

-

242

Capital Market & Advisory

88

-

-

-

88

Global Markets

28

-

-

-

28

Macro Trading

(7)

-

-

-

(7)

Credit Trading

34

-

-

-

34

Valuation & Other Adj

1

-

-

-

1

Wealth solutions

-

644

-

-

644

Investment products

-

332

-

-

332

Bancassurance

-

312

-

-

312

CCPL & Other Unsecured Lending

-

192

14

-

206

Deposits

-

84

-

-

84

Mortgages & Other Secured Lending

-

30

-

-

30

Treasury

-

-

-

(6)

(6)

Other Products

-

1

24

4

29

Fees and commission income

1,081

962

38

(2)

2,079

Fees and commission expense

(220)

(146)

(12)

(56)

(434)

Net fees and commission

861

816

26

(58)

1,645

1   Products are now presented to reflect the RNS on Presentation of Financial Information issued on 2 April 2024. Prior periods have been restated and there is no change in total income



Page 79

Upfront bancassurance consideration amounts are amortised on a straight-line basis over the contractual period to which the consideration relates.  Deferred income on the balance sheet in respect of these activities is $446 million (30 June 2023: $507 million).  Following renegotiation of the contract in 2023, the life of the contract was extended for a further 3 years.  Accordingly, the income will be earned evenly over a longer period for the next 8 years (30 June 2023: 6 years).  For the six months ended 30 June 2024, $28 million of fee income was released from deferred income (30 June 2023: $42 million).

For the bancassurance contract with the annual performance bonus, based on progress so far and expectation of meeting the performance targets by year-end with a high probability, a pro-rata portion of the total performance fee, equal to $116 million of the fee has been recognised as fee income in the period.

5. Net trading income


6 months ended 30.06.24
$million

6 months ended 30.06.23
$million

Net trading income

4,749

3,233

Significant items within net trading income include:



Gains on instruments held for trading1

3,717

2,876

Gains on financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

2,499

1,914

(Losses)/gains on financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

(1)

4

Losses on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

(1,595)

(1,642)

1   Includes $110 million gain (30.06.23: $29 million loss) from the translation of foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities

6. Other operating income


6 months ended 30.06.24
$million

6 months ended 30.06.23
$million

Other operating income includes:



Rental income from operating lease assets

20

246

Net loss on disposal of fair value through other comprehensive income debt instruments

(90)

(85)

Net gain/(loss) on amortised cost financial assets

4

(20)

Net (loss)/gain on sale of businesses

(169)¹

28

Dividend income

4

10

Other

177²

86

Other operating income

(54)

265

1   Includes loss of $174 million from sale of subsidiary (SCB Zimbabwe Limited) of which $190 million relates to  CTA loss.  loss of $15 million on disposal of aviation business, offset by gain of $17 million on disposal of Shoal and Autumn life Pte (subsidiary)

2   Includes IAS 29 adjustment Ghana hyperinflationary impact ($106 million)

7. Operating expenses


6 months ended 30.06.24
$million

6 months ended 30.06.23
$million

Staff costs:



Wages and salaries

3,288

3,204

Social security costs

129

123

Other pension costs

223

214

Share-based payment costs

172

112

Other staff costs

524

505


4,336

4,158

Other staff costs include redundancy expenses of $115 million (30.06.23: $25 million). Further costs in this category include training, travel costs and other staff-related costs.



Page 80


6 months ended 30.06.24
$million

6 months ended 30.06.23
$million

Premises and equipment expenses:

177

208

General administrative expenses:

1,027

741

Depreciation and amortisation:



Property, plant and equipment:



Premises

148

158

Equipment

39

54

Operating lease assets

-

27

Intangibles:



Software

329

322


516

561

Total operating expenses

6,056

5,668

Operating expenses include research expenditure of $480 million (30.06.23: $472 million), which was recognised as an expense in the year.

8. Credit impairment


6 months ended 30.06.24
$million

6 months ended 30.06.23
$million

Net credit impairment on loans and advances to banks and customers

256

225

Net credit impairment on debt securities¹

(41)

(37)

Net credit impairment relating to financial guarantees and loan commitments

24

(37)

Net credit impairment relating to other financial assets

1

10

Credit impairment charge/(release)1

240

161

1   Includes impairment release of $14 million (30.06.23: $1 million charge) on originated credit-impaired debt securities

9. Goodwill, property, plant and equipment and other impairment


6 months ended 30.06.24
$million

6 months ended 30.06.23
$million

Impairment of property, plant and equipment (Note 17)

-

2

Impairment of other intangible assets (Note 16)

148

67

Other

(1)

8

Goodwill, property, plant and equipment and other impairment

147

77

10. Taxation

The following table provides analysis of taxation charge in the period:


6 months ended 30.06.24
$million

6 months ended 30.06.23
$million

The charge for taxation based upon the profit for the period comprises:



Current tax:



United Kingdom corporation tax at 25 per cent (2023: 23.5 per cent):



Current tax charge on income for the period

10

2

Adjustments in respect of prior periods (including double tax relief)

2

-

Foreign tax:



Current tax charge on income for the period

993

892

Adjustments in respect of prior periods (including double tax relief)

27

(3)


1,032

891

Deferred tax:



Origination/reversal of temporary differences

89

33

Adjustments in respect of prior periods (including double tax relief)

2

14


91

47

Tax on profits on ordinary activities

1,123

938

Effective tax rate

32.2%

28.2%

Page 81



 

The tax charge for the period has been calculated by applying the effective rate of tax which is expected to apply for
the year ending 31 December 2024 using rates substantively enacted at 30 June 2024. The rate has been calculated by estimating and applying an average annual effective income tax rate to each tax jurisdiction individually.

The tax charge for the period of $1,123 million (30 June 2023: $938 million) on a profit before tax of $3,492 million (30 June 2023: $3,323 million) reflects the impact of non-deductible expenses, tax losses for which no deferred tax assets are recognised, non-creditable withholding taxes offset by countries with tax rates lower than the UK, the most significant of which includes Hong Kong and Singapore.

Foreign tax includes current tax of $131 million (30 June 2023: $98 million) on the profits assessable in Hong Kong. Deferred tax includes origination or reversal of temporary differences of $27 million (30 June 2023: $29 million) provided at a rate of 16.5 per cent (30 June 2023: 16.5 per cent) on the profits assessable in Hong Kong.

The Group falls within the Pillar Two global minimum tax rules which apply in the UK from 1 January 2024. The IAS 12 exception to recognise and disclose information about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes has been applied. The current tax charge for the period ended 30 June 2024 includes $10m in respect of Pillar Two income taxes (30 June 2023: $nil).

Deferred tax comprised assets and liabilities as follows:


30.06.24

31.12.23

Total
$million

Total
$million

Asset
$million

Liability
$million

Deferred tax comprises:







Accelerated tax depreciation

(395)

15

(410)

(424)

3

(427)

Impairment provisions on loans and advances

282

239

43

286

282

4

Tax losses carried forward

71

53

18

97

49

48

Equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income assets

(49)

(7)

(42)

(144)

(1)

(143)

Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income assets

15

19

(4)

27

29

(2)

Cash flow hedges

3

7

(4)

(25)

12

(37)

Own credit adjustment

6

6

-

(71)

(1)

(70)

Retirement benefit obligations

2

14

(12)

4

13

(9)

Share-based payments

39

11

28

43

9

34

Other temporary differences

61

236

(175)

139

307

(168)


35

593

(558)

(68)

702

(770)

11. Dividends

Ordinary equity shares


6 months ended 30.06.24

6 months ended 31.12.23

6 months ended 30.06.23

Cents per share

Cents per share

$million

Cents per share

$million

2022 final dividend declared and paid during the period

-

-



14

401

2023 interim dividend declared and paid during the year

-

-

6

167

-

-

2023 final dividend declared and paid during the period

21

551

-

-

-

-

The 2023 final dividend per share of 21 cents per ordinary share ($551 million) was paid to eligible shareholders on 17 May 2024, and is recognised in these interim accounts.

Interim dividends on ordinary equity shares are recorded in the period in which they are declared and, in respect of the final dividend, have been approved by the shareholders

2024 recommended interim ordinary share dividend

The 2024 interim dividend of 9 cents per ordinary share will be paid in pounds sterling, Hong Kong dollars or US dollars on 10 October 2024 to shareholders on the UK register of members at the close of business in the UK on 9 August 2024.

Page 82

Preference shares and Additional Tier 1 securities

Dividends on these preference shares and securities classified as equity are recorded in the period in which they are declared.


6 months ended 30.06.24
$million

6 months ended 31.12.23
$million

6 months ended 30.06.23
$million

Non-cumulative redeemable preference shares:




7.014 per cent preference shares of $5 each

26

27

26

Floating rate preference shares of $5 each¹

27

27

23


53

54

49

Additional Tier 1 securities: fixed rate resetting perpetual subordinated contingent
convertible securities

156

155

194


209

209

243

1. Floating rate is based on Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR), average rate paid for floating preference shares is 7.24% (2023: 6.62%)

12. Earnings per ordinary share


6 months ended 30.06.24
$million

6 months ended 30.06.23
$million

Profit for the period attributable to equity holders

2,369

2,385

Non-controlling interest

9

3

Dividend payable on preference shares and AT1 classified as equity

(209)

(243)

Profit for the period attributable to ordinary shareholders

2,169

2,145




Items normalised:



Restructuring

150

(56)

Net loss on sale of businesses (Note 6)

189

-

DVA

26

39

Other items¹

100

-

Tax on normalised items

(67)

-

Underlying profit

2,567

2,128




Basic - Weighted average number of shares (millions)

2,605

2,839

Diluted - Weighted average number of shares (millions)

2,669

2,902




Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)

83.3

75.6

Diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)

81.3

73.9

Underlying basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)

98.5

75.0

Underlying diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)

96.2

73.3

1. Charge relating to Korea ELS

The calculation of basic earnings per share is based on the profit attributable to equity holders of the parent and the basic weighted average number of shares excluding treasury shares held in employees benefit trust. When calculating diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of shares in issue is adjusted for the effects of all expected dilutive potential ordinary shares held in respect of Standard Chartered PLC totalling 59 million (30.06.23: 56 million). The total number of share options outstanding, under schemes considered to be potentially dilutive, was 5 million (30.06.23: 7 million). These options have strike prices ranging from $3.96 to $7.43 of the total number of employee share options and share awards at 30 June 2024 there were nil share options and awards which were anti dilutive.

The 234 million decrease (30.06.23: 175 million decrease) in the basic weighted average number of shares is primarily due to the impact of the share buyback programmes completed in the year.

Page 83

13. Financial instruments

Classification and measurement

Assets

Notes

Assets at fair value

Assets
held at amortised cost
$million

Total
$million

Trading
$million

Derivatives held for hedging
$million

Non-trading mandatorily
at fair value through
profit or loss
$million

Designated
at fair value through profit or loss
$million

Fair value through other comprehensive income
$million

Total financial assets at
fair value
$million

Cash and balances at central banks¹


-

-

-

-

-

-

64,086

64,086

Financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss










Loans and advances to banks2


2,188

-

5

-

-

2,193

-

2,193

Loans and advances to customers2


6,657

-

220

-

-

6,877

-

6,877

Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending

15

8,704

-

84,498

-

-

93,202

-

93,202

Debt securities, additional tier one and other eligible bills


73,991

-

123

74

-

74,188

-

74,188

Equity shares


5,046

-

218

-

-

5,264

-

5,264

Other assets

18

-

-

1

-

-

1

-

1



96,586

-

85,065

74

-

181,725

-

181,725

Derivative financial instruments

14

46,166

2,481

-

-

-

48,647

-

48,647

Loans and advances to banks2,3


-

-

-

-

-

-

45,231

45,231

of which - reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending

15

-

-

-

-

-

-

3,991

3,991

Loans and advances to customers2


-

-

-

-

-

-

275,896

275,896

of which - reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending

15

-

-

-

-

-

-

7,788

7,788

Investment securities










Debt securities, additional tier one and other eligible bills


-

-

-

-

95,177

95,177

56,403

151,580

Equity shares


-

-

-

-

823

823

-

823



-

-

-

-

96,000

96,000

56,403

152,403

Other assets

18

-

-

-

-

-

-

42,206

42,206

Assets held for sale

20

-

-

-

-

-

-

517

517

Total at 30 June 2024


142,752

2,481

85,065

74

96,000

326,372

484,339

810,711

1   Comprises cash held at central banks in restricted accounts of $9,870 million, or on demand, or placements which are contractually due to mature over-night only. Other placements with central banks are reported as part of Loans and advances to customers

2   Further analysed in Risk review and Capital review

3   Loans and advances to banks include amounts due on demand from banks other than central banks

Page 84

Assets

Notes

Assets at fair value

Assets
held at amortised cost
$million

Total
$million

Trading
$million

Derivatives held for hedging
$million

Non-trading mandatorily
at fair value through
profit or loss
$million

Designated
at fair value through profit or loss
$million

Fair value through other comprehensive income
$million

Total financial assets at
fair value
$million

Cash and balances at central banks1


-

-

-

-

-

-

69,905

69,905

Financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss










Loans and advances to banks2


2,265

-

-

-

-

2,265

-

2,265

Loans and advances to customers2


6,930

-

282

-

-

7,212

-

7,212

Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending

15

9,997

-

71,850

-

-

81,847

-

81,847

Debt securities, additional tier one and other eligible bills


52,776

-

98

78

-

52,952

-

52,952

Equity shares


2,721

-

219

-

-

2,940

-

2,940

Other assets

18

-

-

6

-

-

6

-

6



74,689

-

72,455

78

-

147,222

-

147,222

Derivative financial instruments

14

48,333

2,101

-

-

-

50,434

-

50,434

Loans and advances to banks2,3


-

-

-

-

-

-

44,977

44,977

of which - reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending

15

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,738

1,738

Loans and advances to customers2


-

-

-

-

-

-

286,975

286,975

of which - reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending

15

-

-

-

-

-

-

13,996

13,996

Investment securities










Debt securities, additional tier one and other eligible bills


-

-

-

-

103,328

103,328

56,935

160,263

Equity shares


-

-

-

-

992

992

-

992



-

-

-

-

104,320

104,320

56,935

161,255

Other assets

18

-

-

-

-

-

-

38,140

38,140

Assets held for sale

20

-

-

-

-

-

-

701

701

Total at 31 December 2023


123,022

2,101

72,455

78

104,320

301,976

497,633

799,609

1   Comprises cash held at central banks in restricted accounts of $6,153 million, or on demand, or placements which are contractually due to mature over-night only. Other placements with central banks are reported as part of Loans and advances to customers

2   Further analysed in Risk review and Capital review

3   Loans and advances to banks include amounts due on demand from banks other than central banks

Page 85

Liabilities

Notes

Liabilities at fair value

Amortised
cost
$million

Total
$million

Trading
$million

Derivatives held for hedging
$million

Designated
at fair value through
profit or loss
$million

Total financial liabilities at
fair value
$million

Deposits by banks


-

-

-

-

28,087

28,087

Customer accounts


-

-

-

-

468,157

468,157

Financial liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss








Deposits by banks


-

-

2,059

2,059

-

2,059

Customer accounts


12

-

19,838

19,850

-

19,850

Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing

15

551

-

46,497

47,048

-

47,048

Debt securities in issue


-

-

12,815

12,815

-

12,815

Short positions


15,109

-

-

15,109

-

15,109

Other liabilities


-

-

1

1

-

1



15,672

-

81,210

96,882

-

96,882

Derivative financial instruments

14

48,338

2,246

-

50,584

-

50,584

Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing

15

-

-

-

-

7,539

7,539

Debt securities in issue


-

-

-

-

65,199

65,199

Other liabilities

21

-

-

-

-

46,901

46,901

Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds

24

-

-

-

-

10,856

10,856

Liabilities included in disposal groups held for sale

20

-

-

-

-

535

535

Total at 30 June 2024


64,010

2,246

81,210

147,466

627,274

774,740

 

Liabilities

Notes

Liabilities at fair value

Amortised
cost
$million

Total
$million

Trading
$million

Derivatives held for hedging
$million

Designated
at fair value through
profit or loss
$million

Total financial liabilities at
fair value
$million

Deposits by banks


-

-

-

-

28,030

28,030

Customer accounts


-

-

-

-

469,418

469,418

Financial liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss








Deposits by banks


-

-

1,894

1,894

-

1,894

Customer accounts


39

-

17,209

17,248

-

17,248

Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing

15

1,660

-

39,623

41,283

-

41,283

Debt securities in issue


-

-

10,817

10,817

-

10,817

Short positions


11,846

-

-

11,846

-

11,846

Other liabilities


-

-

8

8

-

8



13,545

-

69,551

83,096

-

83,096

Derivative financial instruments

14

52,747

3,314

-

56,061

-

56,061

Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing

15

-

-

-

-

12,258

12,258

Debt securities in issue


-

-

-

-

62,546

62,546

Other liabilities

21

-

-

-

-

38,663

38,663

Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds

24

-

-

-

-

12,036

12,036

Liabilities included in disposal groups held for sale

20

-

-

-

-

726

726

Total at 31 December 2023


66,292

3,314

69,551

139,157

623,677

762,834

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss


30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

Carrying balance aggregate fair value

81,211

69,551

Amount contractually obliged to repay at maturity

82,278

71,240

Difference between aggregate fair value and contractually obliged to repay at maturity

(1,067)

(1,689)

Cumulative change in fair value accredited to credit risk difference

(262)

156

The net fair value loss on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss was $1,595 million for the year (31 December 2023: net loss of $2,649 million).

Further details of the Group's own credit adjustment (OCA) valuation technique is described later in this Note.

Page 86

Valuation of financial instruments

The Valuation Methodology function is responsible for independent price verification, oversight of fair value and appropriate value adjustments and escalation of valuation issues. Independent price verification is the process of determining that the valuations incorporated into the financial statements are validated independent of the business area responsible for the product. The Valuation Methodology function has oversight of the fair value adjustments to ensure the financial instruments are priced to exit. These are key controls in ensuring the material accuracy of the valuations incorporated in the financial statements. The market data used for independent price verification (IPV) may include data sourced from recent trade data involving external counterparties or third parties such as Bloomberg, Reuters, brokers and consensus pricing providers. The Valuation Methodology function performs an ongoing review of the market data sources that are used as part of the IPV and fair value processes which are formally documented on a semi-annual basis detailing the suitability of the market data used for price testing. IPV uses independently sourced data that is deemed most representative of the market the instruments trade in. To determine the quality of the market data inputs, factors such as independence, relevance, reliability, availability of multiple data sources and methodology employed by the pricing provider are taken into consideration.

The Valuation and Benchmarks Committee (VBC) is the valuation governance forum consisting of representatives from Group Market Risk, Product Control, Valuation Methodology and the business, which meets monthly to discuss and approve the independent valuations of the inventory. For Principal Finance, the Investment Committee meeting is held on a quarterly basis to review investments and valuations.

Significant accounting estimates and judgements

The Group evaluates the significance of financial instruments and material accuracy of the valuations incorporated in the financial statements as they involve a high degree of judgement and estimation uncertainty in determining the carrying values of financial assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date.

Fair value of financial instruments is determined using valuation techniques and estimates (see below) which, to the extent possible, use market observable inputs, but in some cases use non-market observable inputs. Changes in the observability of significant valuation inputs can materially affect the fair values of financial instruments

When establishing the exit price of a financial instrument using a valuation technique, the Group estimates valuation adjustments in determining the fair value

In determining the valuation of financial instruments, the Group makes judgements on the amounts reserved to cater for model and valuation risks, which cover both Level 2 and Level 3 assets, and the significant valuation judgements in respect of Level 3 instruments

Where the estimated measurement of fair value is more judgemental in respect of Level 3 assets, these are valued based on models that use a significant degree of non-market-based unobservable inputs.

Valuation techniques

Refer to the fair value hierarchy explanation - Level 1, 2 and 3

Financial instruments held at fair value

-  Debt securities - asset-backed securities: Asset-backed securities are valued based on external prices obtained from consensus pricing providers, broker quotes, recent trades, arrangers' quotes, etc. Where an observable price is available for a given security, it is classified as Level 2. In instances where third-party prices are not available or reliable, the security is classified as Level 3. The fair value of Level 3 securities is estimated using market standard cash flow models with input parameter assumptions which include prepayment speeds, default rates, discount margins derived from comparable securities with similar vintage, collateral type, and credit ratings.

-  Debt securities in issue: These debt securities relate to structured notes issued by the Group. Where independent market data is available through pricing vendors and broker sources these positions are classified as Level 2. Where such liquid external prices are not available, valuations of these debt securities are implied using input parameters such as bond spreads and credit spreads, and are classified as Level 3. These input parameters are determined with reference to the same issuer (if available) or proxies from comparable issuers or assets.



Page 87

-  Derivatives: Derivative products are classified as Level 2 if the valuation of the product is based on input parameters which are observable from independent and reliable market data sources. Derivative products are classified as Level 3 if there are significant valuation input parameters which are unobservable in the market, such as products where the performance is linked to more than one underlying variable. Examples are foreign exchange basket options, equity options based on the performance of two or more underlying indices and interest rate products with quanto payouts. In most cases these unobservable correlation parameters cannot be implied from the market, and methods such as historical analysis and comparison with historical levels or other benchmark data must be employed

-  Equity shares - private equity: The majority of private equity unlisted investments are valued based on earning multiples - Price-to-Earnings (P/E) or enterprise value to earnings before income tax, depreciation and amortisation (EV/EBITDA) ratios - of comparable listed companies. The two primary inputs for the valuation of these investments are the actual or forecast earnings of the investee companies and earning multiples for the comparable listed companies. To ensure comparability between these unquoted investments and the comparable listed companies, appropriate adjustments are also applied (for example, liquidity and size) in the valuation. In circumstances where an investment does not have direct comparables or where the multiples for the comparable companies cannot be sourced from reliable external sources, alternative valuation techniques (for example, discounted cash flow model or net asset value (NAV) or option pricing model), which use predominantly unobservable inputs or Level 3 inputs, may be applied. Even though earning multiples for the comparable listed companies can be sourced from third-party sources (for example, Bloomberg), and those inputs can be deemed Level 2 inputs, all unlisted investments (excluding those where observable inputs are available, for example, over-the-counter (OTC) prices) are classified as Level 3 on the basis that the valuation methods involve judgements ranging from determining comparable companies to discount rates where the discounted cash flow method is applied

-  Loans and advances: These primarily include loans in the Bond and Loan Syndication business which were not fully syndicated as of the balance sheet date and other financing transactions, and loans and advances including reverse repurchase agreements that do not have SPPI cashflows or are managed on a fair value basis. These loans are generally bilateral in nature and, where available, their valuation is based on observable clean sales transactions prices or market observable spreads. If observable credit spreads are not available, proxy spreads based on comparables with similar credit grade, sector and region, are used. Where observable transaction prices, credit spreads and market standard proxy methods are available, these loans are classified as Level 2. Where there are no recent transactions or comparables, these loans are classified as Level 3

-  Other debt securities: These debt securities include convertible bonds, corporate bonds, credit and structured notes. Where quoted prices are available through pricing vendors, brokers or observable trading activities from liquid markets, these are classified as Level 2 and valued using such quotes. Where there are significant valuation inputs which are unobservable in the market, due to illiquid trading or the complexity of the product, these are classified as Level 3. The valuations of these debt securities are implied using input parameters such as bond spreads and credit spreads. These input parameters are determined with reference to the same issuer (if available) or proxied from comparable issuers or assets

Financial instruments held at amortised cost

The following sets out the Group's basis for establishing fair values of amortised cost financial instruments and their classification between Levels 1, 2 and 3. As certain categories of financial instruments are not actively traded, there is
a significant level of management judgement involved in calculating the fair values:

-  Cash and balances at central banks: The fair value of cash and balances at central banks is their carrying amounts

-  Debt securities in issue, subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds: The aggregate fair values are calculated based on quoted market prices. For those notes where quoted market prices are not available, a discounted cash flow model is used based on a current market related yield curve appropriate for the remaining term to maturity



 

-  Deposits and borrowings: The estimated fair value of deposits with no stated maturity is the amount repayable on demand. The estimated fair value of fixed interest-bearing deposits and other borrowings without quoted market prices is based on discounted cash flows using the prevailing market rates for debts with a similar Credit Risk and remaining maturity

Page 88

-  Investment securities: For investment securities that do not have directly observable market values, the Group utilises a number of valuation techniques to determine fair value. Where available, securities are valued using input proxies from the same or closely related underlying (for example, bond spreads from the same or closely related issuer) or input proxies from a different underlying (for example, a similar bond but using spreads for a particular sector and rating). Certain instruments cannot be proxies as set out above, and in such cases the positions are valued using non-market observable inputs. This includes those instruments held at amortised cost and predominantly relates to asset-backed securities. The fair value for such instruments is usually proxies from internal assessments of the underlying cash flows

-  Loans and advances to banks and customers: For loans and advances to banks, the fair value of floating rate placements and overnight deposits is their carrying amounts. The estimated fair value of fixed interest-bearing deposits is based on discounted cash flows using the prevailing money market rates for debts with a similar Credit Risk and remaining maturity. The Group's loans and advances to customers' portfolio is well diversified by geography and industry. Approximately a quarter of the portfolio re-prices within one month, and approximately half re-prices within 12 months. Loans and advances are presented net of provisions for impairment. The fair value of loans and advances to customers with a residual maturity of less than one year generally approximates the carrying value. The estimated fair value of loans and advances with a residual maturity of more than one year represents the discounted amount of future cash flows expected to be received, including assumptions relating to prepayment rates and Credit Risk. Expected cash flows are discounted at current market rates to determine fair value. The Group has a wide range of individual instruments within its loans and advances portfolio and as a result providing quantification of the key assumptions used to value such instruments is impractical

-  Other assets: Other assets comprise primarily cash collateral and trades pending settlement. The carrying amount of these financial instruments is considered to be a reasonable approximation of fair value as they are either short-term in nature or re-price to current market rates frequently

Fair value adjustments

When establishing the exit price of a financial instrument using a valuation technique, the Group considers adjustments to the modelled price which market participants would make when pricing that instrument. The main valuation adjustments (described further below) in determining fair value for financial assets and financial liabilities are as follows:


01.01.24
$million

Movement
during the year
$million

30.06.24
$million

01.01.23
$million

Movement
during the year
$million

31.12.23
$million

Bid-offer valuation adjustment

115

3

118

118

(3)

115

Credit valuation adjustment

119

5

124

171

(52)

119

Debit valuation adjustment

(129)

27

(102)

(112)

(17)

(129)

Model valuation adjustment

4

1

5

3

1

4

Funding valuation adjustment

33

(8)

25

46

(13)

33

Other fair value adjustments

25

3

28

23

2

25

Total

167

31

198

249

(82)

167








Income deferrals







Day 1 and other deferrals

109

27

136

186

(77)

109

Total

109

27

136

186

(77)

109

Note: Brackets represent an asset and credit to the income statement

Bid-offer valuation adjustment: Generally, market parameters are marked on a mid-market basis in the revaluation systems, and a bid-offer valuation adjustment is required to quantify the expected cost of neutralising the business' positions through dealing away in the market, thereby bringing long positions to bid and short positions to offer. The methodology to calculate the bid-offer adjustment for a derivative portfolio involves netting between long and short positions and the grouping of risk by strike and tenor based on the hedging strategy where long positions are marked to bid and short positions marked to offer in the systems



Page 89

Credit valuation adjustment (CVA): The Group accounts for CVA against the fair value of derivative products. CVA is an adjustment to the fair value of the transactions to reflect the possibility that our counterparties may default and we may not receive the full market value of the outstanding transactions. It represents an estimate of the adjustment a market participant would include when deriving a purchase price to acquire our exposures. CVA is calculated for each subsidiary, and within each entity for each counterparty to which the entity has exposure and takes account of any collateral we may hold. The Group calculates the CVA by using estimates of future positive exposure, market-implied probability of default (PD) and recovery rates. Where market-implied data is not readily available, we use market-based proxies to estimate the PD. Wrong-way risk occurs when the exposure to a counterparty is adversely correlated with the credit quality of that counterparty, and the Group has implemented a model to capture this impact for key wrong-way exposures. The Group also captures the uncertainties associated with wrong-way risk in the Group's Prudential Valuation Adjustments framework

Debit valuation adjustment (DVA): The Group calculates DVA adjustments on its derivative liabilities to reflect changes in its own credit standing. The Group's DVA adjustments will increase if its credit standing worsens and conversely, decrease if its credit standing improves. For derivative liabilities, a DVA adjustment is determined by applying the Group's probability of default to the Group's negative expected exposure against the counterparty. The Group's probability of default and loss expected in the event of default is derived based on bond and CDS spreads associated with the Group's issuances and market standard recovery levels. The expected exposure is modelled based on the simulation of the underlying risk factors over the expected life of the deal. This simulation methodology incorporates the collateral posted by the Group and the effects of master netting agreements

Model valuation adjustment: Valuation models may have pricing deficiencies or limitations that require a valuation adjustment. These pricing deficiencies or limitations arise due to the choice, implementation and calibration of the
pricing model

Funding valuation adjustment (FVA): The Group makes FVA adjustments against derivative products, including
embedded derivatives. FVA reflects an estimate of the adjustment to its fair value that a market participant would make to incorporate funding costs or benefits that could arise in relation to the exposure. FVA is calculated by determining the net expected exposure at a counterparty level and then applying a funding rate to those exposures that reflect the market cost of funding. The FVA for uncollateralised (including partially collateralised) derivatives incorporates the estimated present value of the market funding cost or benefit associated with funding these transactions

Other fair value adjustments: The Group calculates the fair value on the interest rate callable products by calibrating to a set of market prices with differing maturity, expiry and strike of the trades

Day one and other deferrals: In certain circumstances the initial fair value is based on a valuation technique which differs to the transaction price at the time of initial recognition. However, these gains can only be recognised when the valuation technique used is based primarily on observable market data. In those cases where the initially recognised fair value is based on a valuation model that uses inputs which are not observable in the market, the difference between the transaction price and the valuation model is not recognised immediately in the income statement. The difference is amortised to the income statement until the inputs become observable, or the transaction matures or is terminated. Other deferrals primarily represent adjustments taken to reflect the specific terms and conditions of certain derivative contracts which affect the termination value at the measurement date

In addition, the Group calculates own credit adjustment (OCA) on its issued debt designated at fair value, including structured notes, in order to reflect changes in its own credit standing. Issued debt is discounted utilising the spread at which similar instruments would be issued or bought back at the measurement date as this reflects the value from the perspective of a market participant who holds the identical item as an asset. OCA measures the difference between the fair value of issued debt as of reporting date and theoretical fair values of issued debt adjusted up or down for changes in own credit spreads from inception date to the measurement date. Under IFRS 9 the change in the OCA component is reported under other comprehensive income. The Group's OCA reserve will increase if its credit standing worsens in comparison with the inception of the trade and, conversely, decrease if its credit standing improves. The Group's OCA reserve will reverse over time as its liabilities mature.

Page 90

Fair value hierarchy - financial instruments held at fair value

The fair values of quoted financial assets and liabilities in active markets are based on current prices. A market is regarded as active if transactions for the asset or liability take place with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. Wherever possible, fair values have been calculated using unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets for identical instruments held by the Group. Where quoted market prices are not available, or are unreliable because of poor liquidity, fair values have been determined using valuation techniques which, to the extent possible, use market observable inputs, but in some cases use non-market observable inputs. Valuation techniques used include discounted cash flow analysis and pricing models and, where appropriate, comparison with instruments that have characteristics similar to those of the instruments held by the Group.

Assets and liabilities carried at fair value or for which fair values are disclosed have been classified into three levels according to the observability of the significant inputs used to determine the fair values. Changes in the observability of significant valuation inputs during the reporting period may result in a transfer of assets and liabilities within the fair value hierarchy. The Group recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy when there is a significant change in either its principal market or the level of observability of the inputs to the valuation techniques as at the end of the reporting period.

Level 1: Fair value measurements are those derived from unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

Level 2: Fair value measurements are those with quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets and financial instruments valued using models where all significant inputs are observable

Level 3: Fair value measurements are those where inputs which could have a significant effect on the instrument's valuation are not based on observable market data



Page 91

The following tables show the classification of financial instruments held at fair value into the valuation hierarchy:

Assets

Level 1
$million

Level 2
$million

Level 3
$million

Total
$million

Financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss





Loans and advances to banks

-

2,157

36

2,193

Loans and advances to customers

-

4,942

1,935

6,877

Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending

-

90,592

2,610

93,202

Debt securities, additional tier one and other eligible bills

33,883

39,218

1,087

74,188

Of which:





Issued by central banks & governments

28,083

12,425

-

40,508

Issued by corporates other than financial institutions1

12

4,146

260

4,418

Issued by financial institutions1

5,788

22,647

827

29,262






Equity shares

4,927

148

189

5,264

Derivative financial instruments

325

48,205

117

48,647

Of which:





Foreign exchange

124

40,915

25

41,064

Interest rate

53

6,028

80

6,161

Credit

-

386

9

395

Equity and stock index options

-

180

3

183

Commodity

148

696

-

844






Investment securities





Debt securities, additional tier one and other eligible bills

51,197

43,980

-

95,177

Of which:





Issued by Central banks & Governments

41,648

19,484

-

61,132

Issued by corporates other than financial institutions¹

-

500

-

500

Issued by financial institutions¹

9,549

23,996

-

33,545






Equity shares

47

1

775

823

Other Assets

-

-

1

1

Total financial assets at 30 June 2024

90,379

229,243

6,750

326,372






Liabilities





Financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss





Deposits by banks

-

1,660

399

2,059

Customer accounts

-

18,121

1,729

19,850

Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing

-

47,048

-

47,048

Debt securities in issue

-

10,676

2,139

12,815

Short positions

5,089

10,020

-

15,109






Derivative financial instruments

352

50,023

209

50,584

Of which:





Foreign exchange

161

38,468

9

38,638

Interest rate

65

8,538

2

8,605

Credit

-

1,660

178

1,838

Equity and stock index options

-

163

20

183

Commodity

126

1,194

-

1,320

Other Liabilities

-

-

1

1

Total financial liabilities at 30 June 2024

5,441

137,548

4,477

147,466

1          Includes covered bonds of $5,062 million, securities issued by Multilateral Development Banks/International Organisations of $11,339 million and State-owned agencies and development banks of $16,878 million

The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy that are subject to complex modelling techniques is $802 million and $405 million respectively.

There were no significant changes to valuation or levelling approaches during the period ended 30 June 2024.

There were no significant transfers of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value between Level 1 and Level 2 during the period ended 30 June 2024.

Page 92

Assets

Level 1
$million

Level 2
$million

Level 3
$million

Total
$million

Financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss





Loans and advances to banks

-

2,265

-

2,265

Loans and advances to customers

-

5,252

1,960

7,212

Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending

-

79,484

2,363

81,847

Debt securities, additional tier one and other eligible bills

27,055

24,635

1,262

52,952

Of which:





Issued by central Banks & governments

23,465

6,557

-

30,022

Issued by corporates other than financial institutions1

4

4,062

346

4,412

Issued by financial institutions1

3,586

14,016

916

18,518






Equity shares

2,386

370

184

2,940

Derivative financial instruments

954

49,400

80

50,434

Of which:





Foreign exchange

129

42,414

25

42,568

Interest rate

37

6,293

6

6,336

Credit

-

438

47

485

Equity and stock index options

-

73

2

75

Commodity

788

182

-

970






Investment securities





Debt securities, additional tier one and other eligible bills

55,060

48,196

72

103,328

Of which:





Issued by Central Banks & Governments

47,225

18,983

51

66,259

Issued by corporates other than financial institutions1

820

3,236

-

4,056

Issued by financial institutions1

7,015

25,977

21

33,013






Equity shares

199

6

787

992

Other Assets

-

-

6

6

Total financial assets at 31 December 2023

85,654

209,608

6,714

301,976






Liabilities





Financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss





Deposits by banks

-

1,560

334

1,894

Customer accounts

-

15,970

1,278

17,248

Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing

-

41,283

-

41,283

Debt securities in issue

-

9,776

1,041

10,817

Short positions

7,152

4,591

103

11,846






Derivative financial instruments

749

55,116

196

56,061

Of which:





Foreign exchange

122

45,314

10

45,446

Interest rate

46

8,262

5

8,313

Credit

-

945

162

1,107

Equity and stock index options

-

147

19

166

Commodity

581

448

-

1,029

Other Liabilities

-

-

8

8

Total financial liabilities at 31 December 2023

7,901

128,296

2,960

139,157

1   Includes covered bonds of $7,509 million, securities issued by Multilateral Development Banks/International Organisations of $24,192 million, and State-owned agencies and development banks of $7,564 million

The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy that are subject to complex modelling techniques is $940 million and $288 million respectively.

Page 93

Fair value hierarchy - financial instruments measured at amortised cost

The following table shows the carrying amounts and incorporates the Group's estimate of fair values of those financial assets and liabilities not presented on the Group's balance sheet at fair value. These fair values may be different from the actual amount that will be received or paid on the settlement or maturity of the financial instrument. For certain instruments, the fair value may be determined using assumptions for which no observable prices are available.


Carrying value
$million

Fair value

Level 1
$million

Assets






Cash and balances at central banks¹

64,086

-

64,086

-

64,086

Loans and advances to banks

45,231

-

45,176

-

45,176

of which - reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending

3,991

-

3,992

-

3,992

Loans and advances to customers

275,896

-

42,180

228,595

270,775

of which - reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending

7,788

-

7,665

122

7,787

Investment securities²

56,403

-

53,422

-

53,422

Other assets¹

42,206

-

42,206

-

42,206

Assets held for sale

517

3

474

40

517

At 30 June 2024

484,339

3

247,544

228,635

476,182

Liabilities






Deposits by banks

28,087

-

28,140

-

28,140

Customer accounts

468,157

-

464,336

-

464,336

Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing

7,539

-

7,585

-

7,585

Debt securities in issue

65,199

32,960

31,839

-

64,799

Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds

10,856

10,109

335

-

10,444

Other liabilities¹

46,901

-

46,901

-

46,901

Liabilities held for sale

535

51

484

-

535

At 30 June 2024

627,274

43,120

579,620

-

622,740

1   The carrying amount of these financial instruments is considered to be a reasonable approximation of fair value as they are short-term in nature or reprice to current market rates frequently

2   Includes Government bonds and Treasury bills of $21,475 million at 30 June 2024


Carrying value
$million

Fair value

Level 1
$million

Assets






Cash and balances at central banks¹

69,905

-

69,905

-

69,905

Loans and advances to banks

44,977

-

44,921

-

44,921

of which - reverse repurchase agreements and other
similar secured lending

1,738

-

1,738

-

1,738

Loans and advances to customers

286,975

-

53,472

226,211

279,683

of which - reverse repurchase agreements and other
similar secured lending

13,996

-

13,827

169

13,996

Investment securities²

56,935

-

54,419

33

54,452

Other assets¹

38,140

-

38,140

-

38,140

Assets held for sale

701

101

541

59

701

At 31 December 2023

497,633

101

261,398

226,303

487,802

Liabilities






Deposits by banks

28,030

-

28,086

-

28,086

Customer accounts

469,418

-

460,224

-

460,224

Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing

12,258

-

12,258

-

12,258

Debt securities in issue

62,546

31,255

30,859

-

62,114

Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds

12,036

11,119

336

-

11,455

Other liabilities¹

38,663

-

38,663

-

38,663

Liabilities held for sale

726

54

672

-

726

At 31 December 2023

623,677

42,428

571,098

-

613,526

1   The carrying amount of these financial instruments is considered to be a reasonable approximation of fair value as they are short-term in nature or reprice to current market rates frequently

2   Includes Government bonds and Treasury bills $19,422 million at 31 December 2023

Page 94

Fair value of financial instruments

Level 3 Summary and significant unobservable inputs

The following table presents the Group's primary Level 3 financial instruments which are held at fair value. The table also presents the valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of those financial instruments, the significant unobservable inputs, the range of values for those inputs and the weighted average of those inputs:

Instrument

Value as at
30 June 2024

Principal valuation technique

Significant unobservable inputs

Range1

Weighted average2

Assets
$million

Liabilities
$million

Loans and advances to banks

36

-

Discounted cash flows

Price/yield

33.6% - 100%

64.7%

Loans and advances to customers

1,935

-

Discounted cash flows

Price/yield

0.1% - 100%

16.1%

Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending

2,610

-

Discounted cash flows

Repo curve

2.7% - 7.7%

6.5%




Price/yield

1.7% - 99.2%

4.9%

Debt securities, additional tier one and other eligible securities

1,087

-

Discounted cash flows

Price/yield

3.7% - 45.0%

10.4%




Recovery rate

0.01% - 16.8%

10.6%

Government bonds and treasury bills

-

-

Discounted cash flows

Price/yield

N/A

N/A

Equity shares (includes private equity investments)

964

-

Comparable
pricing/ yield

EV/EBITDA multiples

13.0x-15.9x

14.3x



EV/Revenue multiples

7.5x-7.5x

7.5x



P/E multiples

13.3x- 44.6x

43.3x



P/B multiples

0.3x-2.6x

1.7x



P/S multiples

0.2x-1.3x

0.2x



Liquidity discount

0.0%-29.9%

18.3%



Discounted cash flows

Discount rates

9.5%-20.5%

11.2%



Option pricing model

Equity value based on
EV/Revenue multiples

6.3x-38.6x

24.2x



Equity value based on
EV/EBITDA multiples

2.6x-2.6x

2.6x



Equity value based on volatility

28.5%-50.0%

28.7%

Other Assets

1

-

NAV

N/A

N/A

N/A

Derivative financial instruments
of which:







Foreign exchange

25

9

Option pricing model

Foreign exchange option implied volatility

13.9% - 44.3%

33.3%



Discounted cash flows

Interest rate curves

3.3% - 34.8%

5.6%



Foreign exchange curves

0.4% - 32.9%

6.3%

Interest rate

80

2

Discounted cash flows

Interest rate curves

3.3% - 6.81%

5.4%




Option pricing model

Bond option implied volatility

3.3% - 5.3%

4.6%

Credit

9

178

Discounted cash flows

Credit spreads

1.0% - 7.4%

1.2%





Price/yield

2.0% - 11.2%

8.1%




Option pricing model

Bond option implied volatility

3.3% - 5.3%

4.6%

Equity and stock index

3

20

Internal pricing model

Equity-Equity correlation

46.4% - 100%

82.2%





Equity-FX correlation

(37.3)% - 55.3%

12.1%

Deposits by banks

-

399

Discounted cash flows

Credit spreads

0.05% - 3.9%

1.4%

Customer accounts

-

1,729

Discounted cash flows

Credit spreads

0.05% - 1.8%

0.9%



Interest rate curves

2.2% - 5.3%

4.6%



Price/yield

4.2% - 13.0%

6.8%



Internal pricing model

Equity-Equity correlation

46.4% - 100%

82.2%



Equity-FX correlation

(37.3)% - 55.3%

12.1%



Option pricing model

Bond option implied volatility

3.3% - 5.3%

4.6%

Debt securities in issue

-

2,139

Discounted cash flows

Credit spreads

0.4% - 1.8%

1.4%



Price/yield

0.2% - 18.8%

6.2%



Interest rate curves

3.3% - 5.3%

4.6%



Internal pricing model

Equity-Equity correlation

46.4% - 100%

82.2%



Equity-FX correlation

(37.3)% - 55.3%

12.1%



Bond option implied volatility

3.3% - 23.0%

4.7%

Short positions

-

-

Discounted cash flows

N/A

N/A

N/A

Other Liabilities

-

1

Comparable
pricing/yield

EV/EBITDA multiples

5.5x - 6.2x

5.8x

Total

6,750

4,477





1   The ranges of values shown in the above table represent the highest and lowest levels used in the valuation of the Group's Level 3 financial instruments as at 30 June 2024. The ranges of values used are reflective of the underlying characteristics of these Level 3 financial instruments based on the market conditions at the balance sheet date. However, these ranges of values may not represent the uncertainty in fair value measurements of the Group's Level 3 financial instruments

2   Weighted average for non-derivative financial instruments has been calculated by weighting inputs by the relative fair value. Weighted average for derivatives has been provided by weighting inputs by the risk relevant to that variable. N/A has been entered for the cases where weighted average is not a meaningful indicator

Page 95

Instrument

Value as at
31 December 2023

Principal valuation technique

Significant unobservable inputs

Range1

Weighted average2

Assets
$million

Liabilities
$million

Loans and advances to customers

1,960

-

Discounted cash flows

Price/yield

1.7% - 100%

12.0%





Credit spreads

0.1% - 1.0%

0.6%

Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending

2,363

-

Discounted cash flows

Repo curve

5.1% - 7.6%

6.3%




Price/yield

(2.7)% - 10.3%

6.0%

Debt securities, additional tier one and other eligible securities

1,283

-

Discounted cash flows

Price/yield

(14.0)% - 25.8%

10.1%




Recovery rates

0.1% - 1.0%

0.2%



Internal pricing model

Equity-Equity correlation

44.1% - 100%

80.7%




Equity-FX correlation

(35.9)% - 45.5%

14.2%

Government bonds and treasury bills

51

-

Discounted cash flows

Price/yield

17.7% - 21.8%

20.6%

Equity shares (includes private equity investments)

971

-

Comparable
pricing/yield

EV/EBITDA multiples

13.8x - 15.6x

14.9x



EV/Revenue multiples

9.3x - 30.9x

15.8x



P/E multiples

10.6x - 51.8x

45.7x



P/B multiples

0.3x - 2.7x

1.6x



P/S multiples

0.2x - 1.6x

0.3x



Liquidity discount

7.5% - 20.0%

15.1%



Discounted cash flows

Discount rates

9.2% - 35.6%

17.0%



Option pricing model

Equity value based on
EV/Revenue multiples

8.4x - 42.5x

27.5x



Equity value based on
EV/EBITDA multiples

3.1x - 3.1x

3.1x



Equity value based on volatility

21.0% - 65.0%

30.1%

Other Assets

6

-

NAV

N/A

N/A

N/A

Derivative financial instruments
of which:







Foreign exchange

25

10

Option pricing model

Foreign exchange option implied volatility

0.5% - 51%

31.8%



Discounted cash flows

Interest rate curves

3.6% - 5.8%

3.8%




Foreign exchange curves

0.6% - 64.2%

12.8%

Interest rate

6

5

Discounted cash flows

Interest rate curves

3.6% - 8.6%

5.0%

Credit

47

162

Discounted cash flows

Credit spreads

1.0% - 1.0%

1.0%





Price/yield

1.7% - 16.3%

8.6%

Equity and stock index

2

19

Internal pricing model

Equity-Equity correlation

44.1% - 100%

80.7%





Equity-FX correlation

(35.9)% - 45.5%

14.2%

Deposits by banks

-

334

Discounted cash flows

Credit spreads

0.1% - 3.4%

1.9%

Customer accounts

-

1,278

Discounted cash flows

Credit spreads

1.0% - 2.0%

1.2%




Interest rate curves

2.9% - 8.6%

6.1%




Price/yield

4.8% - 15.2%

9.9%



Internal pricing model

Equity-Equity correlation

44.1% - 100%

80.7%




Equity-FX correlation

(35.9)% - 45.5%

14.2%

Debt securities in issue

-

1,041

Discounted cash flows

Credit spreads

0.3% - 1.6%

1.1%




Price/yield

6.6% - 20.9%

17.9%




Interest rate curves

2.9% - 5.3%

4.4%



Internal pricing model

Equity-Equity correlation

44.1% - 100%

80.7%




Equity-FX correlation

(35.9)% - 45.5%

14.2%




Bond option implied volatility

2.9% - 5.3%

4.4%

Short position

-

103

Discounted cash flows

Price/yield

7.1% - 7.1%

7.1%

Other Liabilities

-

8

Comparable pricing/yield

EV/EBITDA multiples

5.8x - 11.2x

8.5x

Total

6,714

2,960





1   The ranges of values shown in the above table represent the highest and lowest levels used in the valuation of the Group's Level 3 financial instruments as at 31 December 2023. The ranges of values used are reflective of the underlying characteristics of these Level 3 financial instruments based on the market conditions at
the balance sheet date. However, these ranges of values may not represent the uncertainty in fair value measurements of the Group's Level 3 financial instruments

2   Weighted average for non-derivative financial instruments has been calculated by weighting inputs by the relative fair value. Weighted average for derivatives has been provided by weighting inputs by the risk relevant to that variable. N/A has been entered for the cases where weighted average is not a meaningful indicator



Page 96

The following section describes the significant unobservable inputs identified in the valuation technique table:

Comparable price/yield is a valuation methodology in which the price of a comparable instrument is used to estimate the fair value where there are no direct observable prices. Yield is the interest rate that is used to discount the future cash flows in a discounted cash flow model. Valuation using comparable instruments can be done by calculating an implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) from the price of a comparable instrument, then adjusting that yield (or spread) to derive a value for the instrument. The adjustment should account for relevant differences in the financial instruments such as maturity and/or credit quality. Alternatively, a price-to-price basis can be assumed between the comparable instrument and the instrument being valued in order to establish the value of the instrument (for example, deriving a fair value for a junior unsecured bond from the price of a senior secured bond). An increase in price, in isolation, would result in a favourable movement in the fair value of the asset. An increase in yield, in isolation, would result in an unfavourable movement in the fair value of the asset

Correlation is the measure of how movement in one variable influences the movement in another variable. An equity correlation is the correlation between two equity instruments while an interest rate correlation refers to the correlation between two swap rates

Credit spread represents the additional yield that a market participant would demand for taking exposure to the Credit Risk of an instrument

Discount rate refers to the rate of return used to convert expected cash flows into present value

Equity-FX correlation is the correlation between equity instrument and foreign exchange instrument

EV/EBITDA multiple is the ratio of Enterprise Value (EV) to Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA). EV is the aggregate market capitalisation and debt minus the cash and cash equivalents. An increase in EV/EBITDA multiple will result in a favourable movement in the fair value of the unlisted firm

EV/Revenue multiple is the ratio of Enterprise Value (EV) to Revenue. An increase in EV/Revenue multiple will result in a favourable movement in the fair value of the unlisted firm

Foreign exchange curves is the term structure for forward rates and swap rates between currency pairs over a specified period

Net asset value (NAV) is the value of an entity's assets after deducting any liabilities

Interest rate curves is the term structure of interest rates and measures of future interest rates at a particular point in time

Liquidity discounts in the valuation of unlisted investments are primarily applied to the valuation of unlisted firms' investments to reflect the fact that these stocks are not actively traded. An increase in liquidity discount will result in an unfavourable movement in the fair value of the unlisted firm

Price-Earnings (P/E) multiple is the ratio of the market value of the equity to the net income after tax. An increase in P/E multiple will result in a favourable movement in the fair value of the unlisted firm

Price-Book (P/B) multiple is the ratio of the market value of equity to the book value of equity. An increase in P/B multiple will result in a favourable movement in the fair value of the unlisted firm

Price-Sales (P/S) multiple is the ratio of the market value of equity to sales. An increase in P/S multiple will result in a favourable movement in the fair value of the unlisted firm

Recovery rates is the expectation of the rate of return resulting from the liquidation of a particular loan. As the probability of default increases for a given instrument, the valuation of that instrument will increasingly reflect its expected recovery level assuming default. An increase in the recovery rate, in isolation, would result in a favourable movement in the fair value of the loan

Repo curve is the term structure of repo rates on repos and reverse repos at a particular point in time

Volatility represents an estimate of how much a particular instrument, parameter or index will change in value over time. Generally, the higher the volatility, the more expensive the option will be

Page 97

Level 3 movement tables - financial assets

The table below analyses movements in Level 3 financial assets carried at fair value.

Assets

6 months ended 30.06.24

Held at fair value through profit or loss

Derivative financial instruments
$million

Investment securities

Total
$million

Loans and advances
to banks
$million

Loans and advances to customers
$million

Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending
$million

Debt
securities, additional
tier one
and other eligible bills
$million

Equity shares
$million

Other Assets
$million

Debt
securities, additional
tier one
and other eligible bills
$million

Equity shares
$million

At 01 January 2024

-

2,363

1,262

184

6

80

72

787

6,714

Total (losses)/gains recognised in
income statement

-

(18)

(85)

25

(1)

(1)

(36)

-

-

(116)

Net trading income

-

(85)

(6)

2

-

(36)

-

-

(143)

Other operating income

-

-

-

31

(3)

(1)

-

-

-

27

Total losses recognised in other comprehensive income (OCI)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(13)

(31)

(44)

Fair value through
OCI reserve

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(18)

(18)

Exchange difference

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(13)

(13)

(26)

Purchases

18

2,725

468

3

-

166

13

37

5,968

Sales

(2)

(2,631)

(2,199)

(668)

(3)

(4)

(114)

-

(18)

(5,639)

Settlements

(7)

(14)

(329)

-

-

-

(15)

-

-

(365)

Transfers out1

(13)

(155)

(5)

-

-

-

(2)

(72)

(1)

(248)

Transfers in2

40

255

140

-

6

-

38

-

1

480

At 30 June 2024

36

1,935

2,610

1,087

189

1

117

-

775

6,750

Total unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in the income statement, within net trading income, relating to change in fair value
of assets held at
30 June 2024

-

1

1

11

12

-

(10)

-

-

15

1   Transfers out include loans and advances, reverse repurchase agreements, derivative financial instruments, debt securities, additional tier one and other eligible bills and equity shares where the valuation parameters became observable during the period and were transferred to Level 1 and Level 2

2   Transfers in primarily relate to loans and advances, reverse repurchase agreements, equity shares and derivative financial instruments where the valuation parameters became unobservable during the period

Page 98

Assets

6 months ended 30.06.23

Held at fair value through profit or loss

Derivative financial instruments
$million

Investment securities

Total
$million

Loans and advances to banks
$million

Loans and advances to customers
$million

Reverse repurchase agreements
and other
similar secured
lending
$million

Debt
securities, additional
tier one
and other eligible bills
$million

Equity shares
$million

Other Assets
$million

Debt
securities, additional
tier one
and other eligible bills
$million

Equity shares
$million

At 01 January 2023

21

1,805

1,998

1,153

182

7

44

-

655

5,865

Total (losses)/gains recognised in
income statement

-

(62)

(12)

(217)

1

-

13

-

-

(277)

Net trading income

-

(62)

(12)

(217)

-

-

13

-

-

(278)

Other operating income

-

-

-

-

1

-

-

-

-

1

Total gains recognised in other comprehensive income (OCI)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

69

70

Fair value through OCI reserve

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

77

77

Exchange difference

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

(8)

(7)

Purchases

-

313

3,020

565

1

-

124

5

4

4,032

Sales

-

(481)

(3,156)

(282)

(9)

-

(56)

(10)

-

(3,994)

Settlements

-

(221)

(335)

(310)

-

-

(9)

-

-

(875)

Transfers out1

(21)

(206)

-

(6)

-

-

(3)

(4)

(39)

(279)

Transfers in2

-

75

-

-

-

-

-

59

1

135

At 30 June 2023

-

1,223

1,515

903

175

7

113

51

690

4,677

Total unrealised (losses)/gains recognised in the income statement, within net trading income, relating to change in fair value
of assets held at
30 June 2023

-

(10)

-

14

(1)

-

(10)

-

-

(7)

1   Transfers out include loans and advances, debt securities, additional tier one and other eligible bills, derivative financial instruments and equity shares where the valuation parameters became observable during the period and were transferred to Level 1 and Level 2

2   Transfers in primarily relate to loans and advances, debt securities, additional tier one and other eligible bills, and equity shares where the valuation parameters became unobservable during the period



Page 99

Assets

6 months ended 31.12.23

Held at fair value through profit or loss

Derivative financial instruments
$million

Investment securities

Total
$million

Loans and advances to banks
$million

Loans and advances to customers
$million

Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending
$million

Debt
securities, additional
tier one
and other eligible bills
$million

Equity shares
$million

Other Assets
$million

Debt
securities, additional
tier one
and other eligible bills
$million

Equity shares
$million

At 01 July 2023

-

1,223

1,515

903

175

7

113

51

690

4,677

Total gains/(losses) recognised in
income statement

-

27

(95)

(75)

3

(1)

(1)

-

-

(142)

Net trading income

-

27

(95)

(87)

5

-

(1)

-

-

(151)

Other operating income

-

-

-

12

(2)

(1)

-

-

-

9

Total (losses)/gains recognised in other comprehensive income (OCI)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2)

32

30

Fair value through OCI reserve

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

31

31

Exchange difference

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2)

1

(1)

Purchases

22

1,471

2,882

517

7

-

65

16

57

5,037

Sales

(22)

(652)

(786)

(236)

(1)

-

(59)

(13)

(5)

(1,774)

Settlements

-

(221)

(1,153)

5

-

-

(16)

-

-

(1,385)

Transfers out1

-

(19)

-

-

-

-

(24)

(12)

7

(48)

Transfers in2

-

131

-

148

-

-

2

32

6

319

At 31 December 2023

-

1,960

2,363

1,262

184

6

80

72

787

6,714

Total unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in the income statement, within net trading income, relating to change in fair value
of assets held at
31 December 2023

-

7

3

(15)

5

-

(2)

-

-

(2)

1   Transfers out include loans and advances, debt securities, additional tier one and other eligible bills, derivative financial instruments and equity shares where the valuation parameters became observable during the period and were transferred to Level 1 and Level 2

2   Transfers in primarily relate to loans and advances, debt securities, additional tier one and other eligible bills, , derivative financial instruments and equity shares where the valuation parameters became unobservable during the period

Page 100

Level 3 movement tables - financial liabilities

Liabilities

6 months ended 30.06.24

Deposits
by banks
$million

Customer accounts
$million

Debt
securities
in issue
$million

Derivative financial instruments
$million

Short
positions
$million

Other
liabilities
$million

Total
$million

At 01 January 2024

334

1,278

1,041

196

103

8

2,960

Total losses/(gains) recognised in income statement -
net trading income

37

(4)

16

(12)

-

(7)

30

Issues

218

1,427

2,334

240

-

-

4,219

Settlements

(190)

(990)

(1,127)

(217)

-

-

(2,524)

Transfers out1

-

(20)

(162)

(7)

(103)

-

(292)

Transfers in2

-

38

37

9

-

-

84

At 30 June 2024

399

1,729

2,139

209

-

1

4,477

Total unrealised losses/(gains) recognised in the income statement, within net trading income, relating to change in
fair value of liabilities held at 30 June 2024

24

3

5

(4)

-

-

28

1   Transfers out primarily relate to bank deposits, debt securities in issue, short positions and derivative financial instruments where the valuation parameters became observable during the period and were transferred to Level 2 financial liabilities

2   Transfers in primarily relate to derivative financial instruments, customer accounts and debt securities in issue where the valuation parameters became unobservable during the period

Liabilities

6 months ended 30.06.23

Deposits
by banks
$million

Customer accounts
$million

Debt
securities
in issue
$million

Derivative financial instruments
$million

Short
positions
$million

Other
liabilities
$million

Total
$million

At 01 January 2023

288

972

451

121

40

6

1,878

Total (gains)/losses recognised in income statement -
net trading income

(9)

16

(5)

3

-

2

7

Issues

271

868

654

225

-

-

2,018

Settlements

(298)

(989)

(558)

(165)

(40)

-

(2,050)

Transfers out1

-

(5)

(21)

(13)

-

-

(39)

Transfers in2

-

18

-

2

-

-

20

At 30 June 2023

252

880

521

173

-

8

1,834

Total unrealised (gains)/losses recognised in the income statement, within net trading income, relating to change in
fair value of liabilities held at 30 June 2023

-

(6)

3

(12)

-

-

(15)

1   Transfers out primarily relate to customer accounts, debt securities in issue and derivative financial instruments where the valuation parameters became observable during the period and were transferred to Level 2 financial liabilities

2   Transfers in primarily relate to customer accounts and derivative financial instruments where the valuation parameters became unobservable during the period

Liabilities

6 months ended 31.12.23

Deposits
by banks
$million

Customer Accounts
$million

Debt
securities
in issue
$million

Derivative financial instruments
$million

Short
positions
$million

Other Liabilities
$million

Total
$million

At 01 July 2023

252

880

521

173

-

8

1,834

Total losses/(gains) recognised in income statement -
net trading income

16

(22)

44

(55)

3

1

(13)

Issues

357

921

835

222

100

-

2,435

Settlements

(287)

(502)

(660)

(147)

-

-

(1,596)

Transfers out1

(4)

(4)

(64)

2

-

(1)

(71)

Transfers in2

-

5

365

1

-

-

371

At 31 December 2023

334

1,278

1,041

196

103

8

2,960

Total unrealised (gains)/losses recognised in the income statement, within net trading income, relating to change in
fair value of liabilities held at 31 December 2023

-

(15)

3

(35)

-

-

(47)

1   Transfers out primarily relate to bank deposits, customer accounts, debt securities in issue, derivative financial instruments and other liabilities where the valuation parameters became observable during the period and were transferred to Level 2 financial liabilities

2   Transfers in primarily relate to customer accounts, debt securities in issue and derivative financial instruments  where the valuation parameters became unobservable during the period

Page 101

Sensitivities in respect of the fair values of Level 3 assets and liabilities

Sensitivity analysis is performed on products with significant unobservable inputs. The Group applies a 10 per cent increase or decrease on the values of these unobservable inputs, to generate a range of reasonably possible alternative valuations. The percentage shift is determined by statistical analysis performed on a set of reference prices based on the composition of the Group's Level 3 inventory at the measurement date. Favourable and unfavourable changes (which show the balance adjusted for input change) are determined on the basis of changes in the value of the instrument as a result of varying the levels of the unobservable parameters. The Level 3 sensitivity analysis assumes a one-way market move and does not consider offsets for hedges.


Fair value through profit or loss

Fair value through other comprehensive income

Net exposure
$million

Net exposure
$million

Favourable
changes
$million

Unfavourable
changes
$million

Financial instruments held at fair value







Loans and advances

 1,971

 2,008

 1,915

-

-

-

Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending

 2,610

 2,663

 2,557

-

-

-

Debt securities, additional tier one and other eligible bills

1,087

1,138

1,035

-

-

-

Equity shares

189

208

170

775

874

708

Other Assets

1

1

1

-

-

-

Derivative financial instruments

(92)

(72)

(113)

-

-

-

Customer accounts

(1,729)

(1,606)

(1,852)

-

-

-

Deposits by banks

(399)

(399)

(399)

-

-

-

Short positions

-

-

-

-

-

-

Debt securities in issue

(2,139)

(2,082)

(2,196)

-

-

-

Other Liabilities

(1)

(1)

(1)

-

-

-

At 30 June 2024

1,498

1,858

1,117

775

874

708








Financial instruments held at fair value







Loans and advances

1,960

1,985

1,918

-

-

-

Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending

2,363

2,390

2,336

-

-

-

Debt securities, additional tier one and other eligible bills

1,262

1,309

1,193

72

78

66

Equity shares

184

202

166

787

866

708

Other Assets

6

7

5

-

-

-

Derivative financial instruments

(116)

(75)

(157)

-

-

-

Customer accounts

(1,278)

(1,191)

(1,365)

-

-

-

Deposits by banks

(334)

(334)

(334)

-

-

-

Short positions

(103)

(101)

(105)

-

-

-

Debt securities in issue

(1,041)

(966)

(1,115)

-

-

-

Other Liabilities

(8)

(7)

(9)

-

-

-

At 31 December 2023

2,895

3,219

2,533

859

944

774

The reasonably possible alternatives could have increased or decreased the fair values of financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss and those classified as fair value through other comprehensive income by the amounts disclosed below.

Financial instruments

Fair value changes

30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

Fair value through profit or loss

Possible increase

360

324

Possible decrease

(381)

 (362)

Fair value through other comprehensive income

Possible increase

99

85

Possible decrease

(67)

(85)

 

Page 102



 

14. Derivative financial instruments

The tables below analyse the notional principal amounts and the positive and negative fair values of derivative financial instruments. Notional principal amounts are the amounts of principal underlying the contract at the reporting date.

Derivatives

30.06.24

31.12.23

Notional
principal amounts
$million

Notional
principal amounts
$million

Assets
$million

Liabilities
$million

Foreign exchange derivative contracts:







Forward foreign exchange contracts

4,438,922

28,145

25,301

3,628,067

30,897

32,601

Currency swaps and options

1,286,136

12,919

13,337

1,145,702

11,671

12,845


5,725,058

41,064

38,638

4,773,769

42,568

45,446

Interest rate derivative contracts:







Swaps

5,445,462

21,371

23,368

4,841,616

53,735

55,241

Forward rate agreements and options

319,883

2,216

2,650

313,253

2,057

2,520


5,765,345

23,587

26,018

5,154,869

55,792

57,761

Exchange traded futures and options

512,905

55

68

325,051

39

47

Credit derivative contracts

264,892

395

1,838

281,130

485

1,107

Equity and stock index options

11,889

183

183

8,671

75

166

Commodity derivative contracts

174,007

844

1,320

117,436

970

1,029

Gross total derivatives

12,454,096

66,128

68,065

10,660,926

99,929

105,556

Offset¹

-

(17,481)

(17,481)

-

(49,495)

(49,495)

Net total derivatives

12,454,096

48,647

50,584

10,660,926

50,434

56,061

1   In 2024, the Group migrated contracts from Collateralized to Market (CTM) to Settled to Market (STM) for house cleared contracts with London Clearing House

The Group limits exposure to credit losses in the event of default by entering into master netting agreements with certain market counterparties. As required by IAS 32, exposures are only presented net in these accounts where they are subject to legal right of offset and intended to be settled net in the ordinary course of business.

The Group applies balance sheet offsetting only in the instance where we are able to demonstrate legal enforceability of the right to offset (e.g. via legal opinion) and the ability and intention to settle on a net basis (e.g. via operational practice).

The Group may enter into economic hedges that do not qualify for IAS 39 hedge accounting treatment, including derivatives such as interest rate swaps, interest rate futures and cross currency swaps to manage interest rate and currency risks of the Group. These derivatives are measured at fair value, with fair value changes recognised in net trading income: refer to Market Risk.

Derivatives held for hedging

The Group enters into derivative contracts for the purpose of hedging interest rate, currency and structural foreign exchange risks inherent in assets, liabilities and forecast transactions. The table below summarises the notional principal amounts and carrying values of derivatives designated in hedge accounting relationships at the reporting date.

Included in the table above are derivatives held for hedging purposes as follows:


30.06.24

31.12.23

Notional
principal amounts
$million

Notional
principal amounts
$million

Assets
$million

Liabilities
$million

Derivatives designated as fair value hedges:







Interest rate swaps

68,043

890

1,997

69,347

1,264

2,397

Currency swaps

580

9

7

115

10

6


68,623

899

2,004

69,462

1,274

2,403

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:







Interest rate swaps

33,962

66

212

41,834

184

537

Forward foreign exchange contracts

6,315

666

-

12,071

420

183

Currency swaps

13,365

591

22

14,321

191

150


53,642

1,323

234

68,226

795

870

Derivatives designated as net investment hedges:







Forward foreign exchange contracts

15,061

259

8

15,436

32

41

Total derivatives held for hedging

137,326

2,481

2,246

153,124

2,101

3,314

 

Page 103

15. Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements including other similar lending and borrowing

Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending


30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

Banks

44,259

32,286

Customers

60,722

65,295


104,981

97,581

Of which:



Fair value through profit or loss

93,202

81,847

Banks

40,268

30,548

Customers

52,934

51,299

Held at amortised cost

11,779

15,734

Banks

3,991

1,738

Customers

7,788

13,996




Under reverse repurchase and securities borrowing arrangements, the Group obtains securities on terms which permit it to repledge or resell the securities to others. Amounts on such terms are:


30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

Securities and collateral received (at fair value)

108,948

101,935

Securities and collateral which can be repledged or sold (at fair value)

107,853

101,845

Amounts repledged/transferred to others for financing activities, to satisfy liabilities under sale and repurchase agreements (at fair value)

36,509

34,154

Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing


30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

Banks

10,332

5,585

Customers

44,255

47,956


54,587

53,541

Of which:



Fair value through profit or loss

47,048

41,283

Banks

9,430

4,658

Customers

37,618

36,625

Held at amortised cost

7,539

12,258

Banks

902

927

Customers

6,637

11,331




The tables below set out the financial assets provided as collateral for repurchase and other secured borrowing transactions:

Collateral pledged against repurchase agreements

30.06.24

Fair value through
profit or loss
$million

On-balance sheet






Debt securities and other eligible bills

3,822

3,216

12,179

-

19,217

Off-balance sheet






Repledged collateral received

-

-

-

36,509

36,509

At 30 June 2024

3,822

3,216

12,179

36,509

55,726

 

Page 104


 

Collateral pledged against repurchase agreements

31.12.23

Fair value through
profit or loss
$million

On-balance sheet






Debt securities and other eligible bills

4,993

8,157

10,181

-

23,331

Off-balance sheet






Repledged collateral received

-

-

-

34,154

34,154

At 31 December 2023

4,993

8,157

10,181

34,154

57,485

16. Goodwill and intangible assets


30.06.24

31.12.23

Goodwill
$million

Acquired intangibles
$million

Computer software
$million

Total
$million

Goodwill
$million

Acquired intangibles
$million

Computer software
$million

Total
$million

Cost









At 1 January

2,429

278

6,168

8,875

2,471

295

5,178

7,944

Exchange translation differences

(35)

(4)

(95)

(134)

(24)

(12)

21

(15)

Additions

-

1

473

474

-

-

1,124

1,124

Disposals

-

-

(5)

(5)

-

-

-

-

Impairment

-

-

(149)²

(149)

-

-

(151)

(151)

Amounts written off

-

(9)

(15)

(24)

(18)¹

(5)¹

(4)

(27)

At 30 June/31 December

2,394

266

6,377

9,037

2,429

278

6,168

8,875

Provision for amortisation









At 1 January

-

265

2,396

2,661

-

276

1,799

2,075

Exchange translation differences

-

(5)

(35)

(40)

-

(12)

11

(1)

Amortisation

-

-

329

329

-

1

625

626

Impairment charge

-

-

(1)²

(1)

-

-

(39)

(39)

Amounts written off

-

-

(15)

(15)

-

-

-

-

At 30 June/31 December

-

260

2,674

2,934

-

265

2,396

2,661

Net book value

2,394

6

3,703

6,103

2,429

13

3,772

6,214

1   Includes disposal of goodwill and other intangibles relating to aviation finance leasing business. These were classified as held for sale during 2023 and sold during the year

2   Includes $148 million impairment relating to software capitalised in previous years

At 30 June 2024, accumulated goodwill impairment losses incurred from 1 January 2005 amounted to $3,331 million (31 December 2023: $3,331 million), of which nil was recognised in 2024 (31 December 2023: nil).

The Group assessed the goodwill assigned to each of the Group's CGUs and determined that there are no indicators of impairment; therefore, estimates of the recoverable amounts for the CGUs were not calculated at 30 June 2024.


Page 105

17. Property, plant and equipment


30.06.24

Premises
$million

Cost or valuation







At 1 January

1,741

810

-

1,864

18

4,433

Exchange translation differences

(37)

(25)

-

(24)

(1)

(87)

Additions1

31

45

-

96

-

172

Disposals and fully depreciated assets
written off2

(24)

(15)

-

(8)

(1)

(48)

Transfers to assets held for sale

(2)

3

-

-

-

1

As at 30 June

1,709

818

-

1,928

16

4,471

Depreciation







Accumulated at 1 January

692

535

-

914

18

2,159

Exchange translation differences

(19)

(6)

-

(18)

(7)

(50)

Charge for the year

39

37

-

109

2

187

Impairment charge

(4)

-

-

4

-

-

Attributable to assets sold, transferred or
written off2

(7)

(15)

-

(7)

-

(29)

Transfers to assets held for sale

(1)

3

-

-

-

2

Accumulated at 30 June

700

554

-

1,002

13

2,269

Net book amount at 30 June

1,009

264

-

926

3

2,202

1   Refer to the cash flow statement under cash flows from investing activities section for the purchase of property, plant and equipment during the year of $76 million

2   Disposals for property, plant and equipment during the year of $31 million in the cash flow statement would include the gains and losses incurred as part of other operating income (Note 6) on disposal of assets during the year and the net book value disposed.


31.12.23

Premises
$million

Cost or valuation







At 1 January

1,773

840

4,420

1,652

29

8,714

Exchange translation differences

(27)

(22)

-

(5)

(3)

(57)

Additions

45

114

-

286

1

446

Disposals and fully depreciated assets
written off

(68)

(122)

(4,420)¹

(69)

(9)

(4,688)

Transfers to assets held for sale

18

-

-

-

-

18

As at 31 December

1,741

810

-

1,864

18

4,433

Depreciation







Accumulated at 1 January

678

575

1,185

730

24

3,192

Exchange translation differences

(21)

(17)

1

(25)

(1)

(63)

Charge for the year

77

99

27

238

4

445

Impairment charge

3

-

-

9

-

12

Attributable to assets sold, transferred or
written off

(47)

(122)

(1,213)¹

(38)

(9)

(1,429)

Transfers to assets held for sale

2

-

-

-

-

2

Accumulated at 31 December

692

535

-

914

18

2,159

Net book amount at 31 December

1,049

275

-

950

-

2,274

1. Includes disposal of assets from aviation finance leasing business and sale of vessels.


Page 106

18. Other assets

Other assets include:


30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

Financial assets held at amortized cost (Note 13):



Hong Kong SAR Government certificates of indebtedness (Note 21)¹

6,529

6,568

Cash collateral2

8,099

10,337

Acceptances and endorsements

5,781

5,326

Unsettled trades and other financial assets

21,797

15,909


42,206

38,140

Non-financial assets:



Commodities and emissions certificates3

10,498

8,889

Other assets

312

565


53,016

47,594

1   The Hong Kong SAR Government certificates of indebtedness are subordinated to the claims of other parties in respect of bank notes issued

2   Cash collateral are margins placed to collateralize net derivative mark-to-market (MTM) positions

3   Physically held commodities and emission certificates are inventory that is carried at fair value less costs to sell, $5.7 billion (31 December 2023: $5.1 billion) are classified as Level 1 and $4.7 billion are classified as Level 2 (31 December 2023: $3.7 billion). For commodities, the fair value is derived from observable spot or short-term futures prices from relevant exchanges.

19. Investments in associates and joint ventures

Share of profit from investment in associates and joint ventures comprises:


6 months ended 30.06.24
$million

6 months ended 30.06.23
$million

Loss from Investment in Joint Ventures

(3)

(7)

Profit from Investment in Associates

147

109

Total

144

102

 

Interests in associates and joint ventures

30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

As at 1 January

966

1,631

Exchange translation difference

(17)

16

Additions1

14

64

Share of profits

144

141

Dividend received2

(30)

(11)

Impairment

-

(872)

Share of FVOCI and Other reserves

9

(7)

Other movements

2

4

As at 30 June/31 December

1,088

966

1   Includes non-cash consideration of $6.4 million (disposal of Autumn Life) from Vault 22 Solutions Holdings Ltd and  $3.6 million (convertible notes) from Verified Impacts Holdings Pte Ltd

2   Include capital distribution from Ascenta IV

The Group's principal associate are:

Associate

Nature of activities

Main areas of operation

Group interest
in ordinary
share capital
%

China Bohai Bank

Banking

China

16.26

CurrencyFair Limited Exchange Ireland

 Banking

Ireland

43.42

The Group's ownership percentage in China Bohai Bank is 16.26%.

Although the Group's investment in China Bohai Bank is less than 20 per cent, it is considered to be an associate because of the significant influence the Group is able to exercise over its management and financial and operating policies. This influence is exercised through Board representation and the provision of technical expertise to Bohai. The Group applies the equity method of accounting for investments in associates.


Page 107

Bohai publishes their results after the Group. As it is impracticable for Bohai to prepare financial statements sooner, the Group recognises its share of Bohai's earnings on a three-month lag basis. Therefore, the Group recognised its share of Bohai's profits and movements in other comprehensive from 1 October 2023 through 31 March 2024 (six months of earnings) in the Group's consolidated statement of income and consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the period ended 30 June 2024, respectively.

There have been no material events after 31 March 2024 which would require adjustments in respect of the share of Bohai's profits and movements in OCI recognised by the Group for the period ended on 30 June 2024.

If the Group did not have significant influence over Bohai, the investment would be measured at fair value rather than the current carrying value, which is based on the application of the equity method as described in the accounting policy note.

Impairment testing

On 30 June 2024, the listed equity value of Bohai is below the carrying amount of the Group's investment in associate. As a result, the Group assessed the carrying value of its investment in Bohai for impairment and concluded that no impairment was required for the period ended 30 June 2024 ($nil for the period ended 30 June 2023; $1,458million of accumulated impairment as at 31 December 2023). The carrying value of the Group's investment in Bohai of $766 million (2023: $700 million) represents the higher of the value in use and fair value less costs to dispose. The financial forecasts used in the VIU calculation reflect Group management's best estimate of Bohai's future earnings, in line with current economic conditions and latest Bohai's reported results.

Bohai

30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

VIU

766

700

Carrying amount1

766

700

Market capitalisation2

351

418

1   The Group's 16.26% share in the net assets less other equity instruments which the Group does not hold

2   Number of shares held by the Group multiplied by the quoted share price at period end

Basis of recoverable amount

The impairment test was performed by comparing the recoverable amount of Bohai, determined as the higher of VIU and fair value less costs to dispose, with its carrying amount.

The value in use ('VIU') is calculated using a dividend discount model ('DDM'), which estimates the distributable future cashflows to the equity holders, after adjusting for regulatory capital requirements, for a 5-year period, after which a
terminal value ('TV') is calculated based on the 'Gordon Growth' model. The key assumptions in the VIU are as follows:

Short to medium term projections are based on Group management's best estimates of future profits available to ordinary shareholders and have been determined with reference to the latest published financial results and historical performance of Bohai;

The projections use available information and include normalised performance over the forecast period, inclusive of: (i) asset growth assumptions based on the long-term GDP growth rate for Mainland China; (ii) ECL assumptions using Bohai's historical reported ECL, based on the proportion of ECL from loans and advances to customers and financial investments measured at amortised cost and FVOCI. This was further adjusted for banking industry challenges and property market uncertainties; (iii) Net Interest Margin (NIM) increases from 2025 with reference to third party market interest rate forecasts in China; (iv) Non-interest income estimated according to the latest available performance of Bohai and contribution of the constituent parts; and (v) Statutory tax rate of 25% was applied to the taxable profit of Bohai, after consideration of taxable and non-taxable elements, consistent with historical reported results;

The discount rate applied to these cash flows was estimated with reference to transaction and broker data in the local Chinese market, cross checked to the capital asset pricing model (CAPM), which includes a long-term risk-free rate, beta and company risk premium assumptions for Bohai;

A long-term GDP growth rate for Mainland China is used to extrapolate the expected short to medium term earnings to perpetuity to derive a terminal value; and

Page 108


Capital maintenance ratio consists of a capital haircut taken to estimate Bohai's target regulatory capital requirements over the forecast period. This haircut considers movements in risk weighted assets (RWA) projected based on the historical proportion of RWA to total assets and the total capital required (Core CET 1 and Minimum Core CET 1 ratios), including required retained earnings over time to meet the target capital ratios. RWA projection is adjusted to reflect management's best estimates for the impact of implementing Basel 3.1, effective 1 January 2024 in China.

The VIU model was refined during 2024 to include a more granular forecasting assumptions for each period. While it is impracticable for the Group to estimate the impact on future periods, the key changes to the 2024 model are summarised as follows:

A statutory tax rate of 25% was applied to the taxable profit of Bohai, after consideration of taxable and non-taxable elements, consistent with  historical reported results. In previous model, the calculation of the tax expenses was based on the reported effective tax rate as per published financial statements of Bohai;

Non-interest income was calculated by applying the historical average return on the respective components of the non-interest income, grown at long-term GDP rate for Mainland China, over the forecasted period. In the previous model, the non-interest income was projected based on the latest actual results reported by Bohai and grown according to long-term GDP rate.

The key assumptions used in the VIU calculation:


30.06.24
per cent

31.12.23
per cent

Pre-tax discount rate¹

 12.59

 13.68

Long term GDP growth rate

 3.60

 4.00

Total assets growth rate

 3.60

 4.00

RWA as percentage of total assets

 64.28-65.85

 63.87-67.06

Net interest margin

 1.14-1.41

 1.21-1.48

Net fee income growth rate

 3.60

 4.00

Expected credit losses as a percentage of customer loans

 0.78-1.22

 0.80-1.24

Expected credit losses as a percentage of financial investments measured at amortised cost and FVOCI

 0.35

0.35-0.67

Tax expense²

13.00-16.00

N/A

Capital maintenance ratio3

 8.34

 8.28

1   Post-tax Discount rate of 11.0% was used in 2024 and 2023 models. The difference in pre-tax discount rates relates to changes in effective tax rate

2   The  30 June 2024 percentages represent the average of non-taxable income and non-deductible expenses, consistent with historical reported results. A statutory tax rate of 25% was applied to the taxable profit of Bohai, after consideration of taxable and non-taxable elements. For the 31 December 2023 VIU, the calculation of the tax expenses was based on the reported effective tax rate as per published financial statements of Bohai

3   Core CET 1 ratio reported by Bohai

The table below discloses sensitivities to the key assumptions of Bohai, according to management's judgement of reasonably possible changes. Changes were applied to every cash flow year on an individual basis. The percentage change to the assumptions reflects the level at which management assess the reasonableness of the assumptions used and their impact
on the Value in Use.

Sensitivities

key assumption change

basis points

Discount Rate

 100

 (115)

 160

Long term GDP growth rate1

 100

 125

 (89)

Total assets growth rate

 100

 30

 (22)

RWA as percentage of total assets

 100

 (35)

 42

Net interest margin

 10

 405

(398)

Net fee income

 100

 70

 (61)

Expected credit losses as a percentage of customer loans

 10

 (228)

 235

Expected credit losses as a percentage of financial investments measured at amortised cost and FVOCI

10

 (114)

 121

Tax expense²

 300

45

(36)

Capital maintenance ratio

 50

 (179)

 187

1   Changes in long term GDP growth rate applied only to the calculation of the terminal value

2   Changes in tax expense applied only to both average percentages of non-taxable income and non-deductible expenses

Page 109

The following table sets out the summarised financial statements of China Bohai Bank prior to the Group's share of the associate's profit being applied:


31.03.24
$million

31.03.23
$million

Total assets

243,892

237,604

Total liabilities

227,393

221,897




Operating income1

1,862

1,942

Net profit1

441

638

Other comprehensive income1

49

(68)

1   This represents six months of earnings (1 October to 31 March)

20. Assets held for sale and associated liabilities

Assets held for sale

The financial assets reported below are classified under Level 1 $3 million (31 December 2023: $101 million), Level 2 $474 million (31 December 2023: $541 million) and Level 3 $40 million (31 December 2023: $59 million).

Assets held for sale

30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

Financial assets held at amortised cost

517

701

Cash and balances at central banks

159

246

Loans and advances to banks

3

24

Loans and advances to customers

194

251

Debt securities held at amortised cost

161

180




Property, plant and equipment

61

59

Vessels

43

43

Others

18

16

Others

33

49


611

809

Liabilities held for sale

The financial liabilities reported below are classified under Level 1 $51 million (31 December 2023: $54 million) and Level 2 $484 million (31 December 2023: $672 million).

Liabilities held for sale

30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

Financial liabilities held at amortised cost

535

726

Deposits by banks

-

3

Customer accounts

535

723




Other liabilities

30

51

Provisions for liabilities and charges

12

10


577

787

Page 110


21. Other liabilities


30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

Financial liabilities held at amortised cost (Note 13)



Notes in circulation1

6,529

6,568

Acceptances and endorsements

5,784

5,386

Cash collateral2

11,285

8,440

Property leases

1,028

1,054

Equipment leases

9

4

Unsettled trades and other financial liabilities

22,266

17,211


46,901

38,663

Non-financial liabilities



Cash-settled share-based payments

94

102

Other liabilities

445

456


47,440

39,221

1   Hong Kong currency notes in circulation of $6,529 million (31 December 2023: $6,568 million) that are secured by the Government of Hong Kong SAR certificates of indebtedness of the same amount included in other assets (Note 18)

2. Cash collateral are margins received against collateralize net derivative mark-to-market (MTM) positions

22. Contingent liabilities and commitments

The table below shows the contract or underlying principal amounts of unmatured off-balance sheet transactions at the balance sheet date. The contract or underlying principal amounts indicate the volume of business outstanding and do not represent amounts at risk.


30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

Financial guarantees and other contingent liabilities



Financial guarantees, trade credits and irrevocable letters of credit

86,094

74,414


86,094

74,414

Commitments



Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend



One year and over

75,382

78,356

Less than one year

29,950

33,092

Unconditionally cancellable

73,236

70,942


178,568

182,390

Capital Commitments



Contracted capital expenditure approved by the directors but not provided for in these accounts

2

217

As set out in Note 23, the Group has contingent liabilities in respect of certain legal and regulatory matters.


Page 111


 

23. Legal and regulatory matters

The Group receives legal claims against it in a number of jurisdictions and is subject to regulatory and enforcement investigations and proceedings from time to time. Apart from the matters described below, the Group currently considers none of the ongoing claims, investigations or proceedings to be individually material. However, in light of the uncertainties involved in such matters there can be no assurance that the outcome of a particular matter or matters currently not considered to be material may not ultimately be material to the Group's results in a particular reporting period depending on, among other things, the amount of the loss resulting from the matter(s) and the results otherwise reported for such period.

Since 2014, the Group has been named as a defendant in a series of lawsuits that have been filed in the United States District Courts for the Southern and Eastern Districts of New York against a number of banks on behalf of plaintiffs who are, or are relatives of, victims of attacks in Iraq, Afghanistan and Israel. The plaintiffs in each of these lawsuits have alleged that the defendant banks aided and abetted the unlawful conduct of parties with connections to terrorist organisations in breach of the United States Anti-Terrorism Act. None of these lawsuits specify the amount of damages claimed. The Group continues to defend these lawsuits.

In January 2020, a shareholder derivative complaint was filed by the City of Philadelphia in New York State Court against 45 current and former directors and senior officers of the Group. It is alleged that the individuals breached their duties to the Group and caused a waste of corporate assets by permitting the conduct that gave rise to the costs and losses to the Group related to legacy conduct and control issues. In March 2021, an amended complaint was served in which Standard Chartered Bank and seven individuals were removed from the case. Standard Chartered PLC and Standard Chartered Holdings Limited remained as named "nominal defendants" in the complaint. In May 2021, Standard Chartered PLC filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. In February 2022, the New York State Court ruled in favour of Standard Chartered PLC's motion to dismiss the complaint. The plaintiffs are pursuing an appeal against the February 2022 ruling. A hearing date for the plaintiffs' appeal is awaited.

Since October 2020, four lawsuits have been filed in the English High Court against Standard Chartered PLC on behalf of more than 200 shareholders in relation to alleged untrue and/or misleading statements and/or omissions in information published by Standard Chartered PLC in its rights issue prospectuses of 2008, 2010 and 2015 and/or public statements regarding the Group's historic sanctions, money laundering and financial crime compliance issues. These lawsuits have been brought under sections 90 and 90A of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. These lawsuits are at an early procedural stage and trial is due to start in late 2026. The claimants have alleged that their losses are in the region of £1.56 billion (excluding any pre-judgment interest that may be awarded). In addition to having denied any and all liability, Standard Chartered PLC will contest claimants' alleged losses.

Bernard Madoff's 2008 confession to running a Ponzi scheme through Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC (BMIS) gave rise to a number of lawsuits against the Group. BMIS and the Fairfield funds (which invested in BMIS) are in bankruptcy and liquidation, respectively. Between 2010 and 2012, five lawsuits were brought against the Group by the BMIS bankruptcy trustee and the Fairfield funds' liquidators, in each case seeking to recover funds paid to the Group's clients pursuant to redemption requests made prior to BMIS' bankruptcy filing. The total amount sought in these cases exceeds USD 300 million, excluding any pre-judgment interest that may be awarded. The four lawsuits commenced by the Fairfield funds' liquidators have been dismissed and the appeals of those dismissals by the funds' liquidators are ongoing.

As has been reported in the press, a number of Korean banks, including Standard Chartered Bank Korea, have sold equity-linked securities ("ELS") to customers, the redemption values of which are determined by the performance of various stock indices. Standard Chartered Bank Korea sold relevant ELS to its customers with a notional value of approximately USD900m. Due to the performance of the Hang Seng China Enterprise Index, it is anticipated that several thousand Standard Chartered Bank Korea customers may redeem their ELS at a loss. The value of Standard Chartered Bank Korea customers' anticipated losses is subject to fluctuation as the ELS mature on various dates through 2026. Standard Chartered Bank Korea may be faced with claims by customers and its regulator, the Financial Supervisory Service, to cover part or all of those anticipated losses and also may face regulatory penalties. A provision is recorded on the balance sheet in respect of this matter.

With the exception of the Korea ELS matter described above, the Group has concluded that the threshold for recording provisions pursuant to IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets is not met with respect to the above matters; however, the outcomes of these matters are inherently uncertain and difficult to predict.

Page 112


 

24. Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds


30.06.24

31.12.23

USD
$million

EUR
$million

GBP
$million

NPR
$million

Total
$million

USD
$million

EUR
$million

GBP
$million

NPR
$million

Total
$million

Fixed rate subordinated debt

7,431

2,546

861

18

10,856

8,524

2,602

892

18

12,036

Redemptions and repurchases during the period 2024

Standard Chartered PLC exercised its right to redeem USD 1 billion 5.2 per cent subordinated notes 2024.

Redemptions and repurchases during the year 2023

Standard Chartered PLC exercised its right to redeem USD 2 billion 3.95 per cent subordinated notes 2023. Further to that outstanding balances of floating rate undated subordinate notes were redeemed during the year.

Issuance during the period 2024

There was no issuance during the period.

Issuance during the year 2023

Standard Chartered Bank Nepal Limited issued NPR 2.4 billion 10.3 per cent fixed rate dated subordinated notes due 2028.

25. Share capital, other equity instruments and reserves


Number of
ordinary shares
millions

Ordinary
share capital1
$million

Ordinary
Share premium
$million

Preference
Share premium2
$million

Total share capital and share premium
$million

Other equity instruments
$million

At 1 January 2023

2,895

1,447

3,989

1,494

6,930

6,504

Cancellation of shares including
share buyback

(94)

(47)

-

-

(47)


Additional Tier 1 equity redemption

-

-

-

-

-

(992)

At 30 June 2023

2,801

1,400

3,989

1,494

6,883

5,512

Cancellation of shares including
share buyback

(136)

(68)

-

-

(68)

-

At 31 December 2023

2,665

1,332

3,989

1,494

6,815

5,512

Cancellation of shares including share buyback

(113)

(57)

-

-

(57)


Additional Tier 1 equity issuance

-

-

-

-

-

992

At 30 June 2024

2,552

1,275

3,989

1,494

6,758

6,504

1   Issued and fully paid ordinary shares of 50 cents each

2   Includes preference share capital of $75,000

Share buyback

On 23 February 2024, the Group announced the buyback programme for a share buyback of its ordinary shares of $0.50 each. Nominal value of share purchases was $57 million, the total consideration paid was $1,000 million, and the buyback completed on 25 June 2024. The total number of shares purchased was 113,266,516, representing 4.25 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue. The nominal value of the shares was transferred from the share capital to the capital redemption reserve account. The shares were purchased by Standard Chartered PLC on various exchanges not including the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, by private arrangement.


Number of
ordinary shares

Highest price Paid
£

Lowest price paid
£

Average price paid
per share
£

Aggregate
price paid
£

Aggregate
price paid
$

February 2024

6,418,285

6.6920

6.3700

6.5039

41,743,905

52,831,654

March 2024

45,113,015

7.0000

6.4400

6.6765

301,197,187

383,771,653

April 2024

24,716,649

7.1300

6.3800

6.7727

167,398,467

209,475,694

May 2024

19,525,751

7.9540

6.9080

7.6883

150,119,738

189,885,098

June 2024

17,492,816

7.8840

7.1220

7.3676

128,879,487

164,035,854

Ordinary share capital

In accordance with the Companies Act 2006 the Company does not have authorised share capital. The nominal value of each ordinary share is 50 cents.

During the period nil shares were issued under employee share plans.


Page 113


 

Preference share capital

At 30 June 2024, the Company has 15,000 $5 non-cumulative redeemable preference shares in issue, with a premium of $99,995 making a paid up amount per preference share of $100,000. The preference shares are redeemable at the option of the Company and are classified in equity.

The available profits of the Company are distributed to the holders of the issued preference shares in priority to payments made to holders of the ordinary shares and in priority to, or pari passu with, any payments to the holders of any other class of shares in issue. On a winding up, the assets of the Company are applied to the holders of the preference shares in priority to any payment to the ordinary shareholders and in priority to, or pari passu with, the holders of any other shares in issue, for an amount equal to any dividends payable (on approval of the Board) and the nominal value of the shares together with any premium as determined by the Board. The redeemable preference shares are redeemable at the paid up amount (which includes premium) at the option of the Company in accordance with the terms of the shares. The holders of the preference shares are not entitled to attend or vote at any general meeting except where any relevant dividend due is not paid in full or where a resolution is proposed varying the rights of the preference shares.

Other equity instruments

The table provides details of outstanding Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible AT1 securities issued by Standard Chartered PLC. The net proceeds from the issue of the Securities will be used for the general business purposes of the Group and to strengthen further the regulatory capital base of the Group.

Issuance date

Nominal value

Proceeds net of
issue costs

Interest rate1

Coupon payment dates2

First reset dates3

Conversion
price per ordinary share4

3 July 2019

SGD 750 million

USD 552 million

5.375%

3 April, 3 October each year

3 October 2024

SGD 10.909

26 June 2020

USD 1,000 million

USD 992 million

6%

26 January, 26 July each year

26 January 2026

USD 5.331

14 January 2021

USD 1,250 million

USD 1,239 million

4.75%

14 January, 14 July each year

14 July 2031

USD 6.353

19 August 2021

USD 1,500 million

USD 1,489 million

4.30%

19 February, 19 August each year

19 August 2028

USD 6.382

15 August 2022

USD 1,250 million

USD 1,239 million

7.75%

15 February, 15 August each year

15 February 2028

USD 7.333

8 March 2024

USD 1,000 million

USD 992 million

7.875%

8 March, 8 September each year

8 September 2030

USD 8.216

1   Interest rates for the period from (and including) the issue date to (but excluding) the first reset date

2   Interest payable semi-annually in arrears

3   Securities are resettable each date falling five years, or an integral multiple of five years, after the first reset date

4   Conversion price set at the time of pricing with reference to closing share price and any applicable discount

The AT1 issuances above are primarily purchased by institutional investors.

The principal terms of the AT1 securities are described below:

The securities are perpetual and redeemable, at the option of Standard Chartered PLC in whole but not in part, on the first interest reset date and each date falling five years after the first reset date

The securities are also redeemable for certain regulatory or tax reasons on any date at 100 per cent of their principal amount together with any accrued but unpaid interest up to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption. Any redemption is subject to Standard Chartered PLC giving notice to the relevant regulator and the regulator granting permission to redeem

Interest payments on these securities will be accounted for as a dividend.

Interest on the securities is due and payable only at the sole and absolute discretion of Standard Chartered PLC, subject to certain additional restrictions set out in the terms and conditions. Accordingly, Standard Chartered PLC may at any time elect to cancel any interest payment (or part thereof) which would otherwise be payable on any interest payment date.

The securities convert into ordinary shares of Standard Chartered PLC, at a pre-determined price detailed in the table above, should the fully loaded Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of the Group fall below 7.0 per cent. Approximately 859 million ordinary shares would be required to satisfy the conversion of all the securities mentioned above

The securities rank behind the claims against Standard Chartered PLC of (a) unsubordinated creditors, (b) which are expressed to be subordinated to the claims of unsubordinated creditors of Standard Chartered PLC but not further or otherwise; or (c) which are, or are expressed to be, junior to the claims of other creditors of Standard Chartered PLC, whether subordinated or unsubordinated, other than claims which rank, or are expressed to rank, pari passu with, or junior to, the claims of holders of the AT1 securities in a winding-up occurring prior to the conversion trigger. The net proceeds from the issue of the Securities will be used for the general business purposes of the Group and to strengthen further the regulatory capital base of the Group.

Page 114


 

Reserves

The constituents of the reserves are summarised as follows:

The capital reserve represents the exchange difference on redenomination of share capital and share premium from sterling to US dollars in 2001. The capital redemption reserve represents the nominal value of preference shares redeemed

The amounts in the "Capital and Merger Reserve" represents the premium arising on shares issued using a cash box financing structure, which required the Company to create a merger reserve under section 612 of the Companies Act
2006. Shares were issued using this structure in 2005 and 2006 to assist in the funding of Korea ($1.9 billion) and Taiwan ($1.2 billion) acquisitions, in 2008, 2010 and 2015 for the shares issued by way of a rights issue, primarily for capital maintenance requirements and for the shares issued in 2009 by way of an accelerated book build, the proceeds of which were used in the ordinary course of business of the Group. The funding raised by the 2008, 2010 and 2015 rights issues and 2009 share issue was fully retained within the Company. Of the 2015 funding, $1.5 billion was used to subscribe to additional equity in Standard Chartered Bank, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Apart from the Korea, Taiwan and Standard Chartered Bank funding, the merger reserve is considered realised and distributable.

Own credit adjustment reserve represents the cumulative gains and losses on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss relating to own credit. Gains and losses on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss relating to own credit in the year have been taken through other comprehensive income into this reserve. On derecognition of applicable instruments the balance of any OCA will not be recycled to the income statement, but will be transferred within equity to retained earnings

Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) debt reserve represents the unrealised fair value gains and
losses in respect of financial assets classified as FVOCI, net of expected credit losses and taxation. Gains and losses
are deferred in this reserve and are reclassified to the income statement when the underlying asset is sold, matures or becomes impaired.

FVOCI equity reserve represents unrealised fair value gains and losses in respect of financial assets classified as FVOCI, net of taxation. Gains and losses are recorded in this reserve and never recycled to the income statement

Cash flow hedge reserve represents the effective portion of the gains and losses on derivatives that meet the criteria for these types of hedges. Gains and losses are deferred in this reserve and are reclassified to the income statement when the underlying hedged item affects profit and loss or when a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur

Translation reserve represents the cumulative foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of the net investment of the Group in foreign operations. Since 1 January 2004, gains and losses are deferred to this reserve and are reclassified to the income statement when the underlying foreign operation is disposed. Gains and losses arising from derivatives used as hedges of net investments are netted against the foreign exchange gains and losses on translation of the net investment of the foreign operations

Retained earnings represents profits and other comprehensive income earned by the Group and Company in the current and prior periods, together with the after tax increase relating to equity-settled share options, less dividend distributions, own shares held (treasury shares) and share buybacks

A substantial part of the Group's reserves is held in overseas subsidiary undertakings and branches, principally to support local operations or to comply with local regulations. The maintenance of local regulatory capital ratios could potentially restrict the amount of reserves which can be remitted. In addition, if these overseas reserves were to be remitted, further unprovided taxation liabilities might arise.

As at 30 June 2024, the distributable reserves of Standard Chartered PLC (the Company) were $15.1 billion (31 December 2023: $14.7 billion). Distributable reserves of SC PLC were $15.1 billion, which are calculated from the Merger reserve and Retained Earnings with consideration for restricted items in line with sections 830 and 831 of the Companies Act 2006.


Page 115


 

Own shares

The 2004 Employee Benefit Trust (2004 Trust) is used in conjunction with the Group's employee share schemes and other employee share-based payments (such as upfront shares and salary shares). Computershare Trustees (Jersey) Limited is the trustee of the 2004 Trust. Group companies fund the 2004 Trust from time to time to enable the trustee to acquire ordinary shares in Standard Chartered PLC to satisfy these arrangements.

Details of the shares purchased and held by the 2004 Trust are set out below.


2004 Trust

30.06.24

Shares purchased during the period

40,707

29,069,539

-

Market price of shares purchased ($million)

0.35

237

-

Shares held at the end of the period

1,863,677

28,095,542

3,541,529

Maximum number of shares held during the period

28,085,688

28,893,930

27,525,624

Except as disclosed, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has bought, sold or redeemed any securities of the Company listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited during the period.

Dividend waivers

The trustees of the 2004 Trust, which holds ordinary shares in Standard Chartered PLC in connection with the operation of its employee share plans, waive any dividend on the balance of ordinary shares that have not been allocated to employees, except for 0.01p per share.

26. Retirement benefit obligations

Retirement benefit obligations comprise:


30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

30.06.23
$million

Defined benefit plans obligation

(138)

(166)

(110)

Defined contribution plans obligation

(19)

(17)

(16)

Net obligation

(157)¹

(183)

(126)

1   Includes $268 million retirement benefit schemes in deficit partly offset by $111 million retirement benefit schemes in surplus

Retirement benefit charge comprises:


6 months ended 30.06.24

6 months ended 31.12.23

6 months ended 30.06.23

The pension cost for defined benefit plans was:




Current service cost¹

24

27

23

Past service cost and curtailments

-

-

9

Gain on settlements

-

2

-

Interest income on pension plan assets

(49)

(49)

(51)

Interest on pension plan liabilities

51

51

54

Total charge to profit before deduction of tax

26

31

35

Losses/(returns) on plan assets excluding interest income²

32

(82)

12

Losses/(gains) on liabilities

(63)

164

(47)

Total losses/(gains) recognised directly in statement of comprehensive income before tax

(31)

82

(35)

Deferred taxation

6

(15)

4

Total losses/(gains) after tax

(25)

67

(31)

1   Includes administrative expenses paid out of plan assets of $1 million

2   The actual return on assets was a gain of $17 million

The Group operates over 60 defined benefit plans across its geographies, many of which are closed to new entrants who now join defined contribution arrangements. The aim of all these plans is, as part of the Group's commitment to financial wellbeing for employees, to give employees the opportunity to save appropriately for retirement in a way that is consistent with local regulations, taxation requirements and market conditions. The defined benefit plans expose the Group to currency risk, interest rate risk, investment risk and actuarial risks such as longevity risk.


Page 116


 

Material holdings of government and corporate bonds partially hedge movements in the liabilities resulting from interest rate and inflation changes. Setting aside movements from other drivers such as currency fluctuation, the increases in discount rates in most geographies over 2024 have led to lower liabilities. These have been partly offset by decreases in the value of bonds while H1 2024 has seen strong performance of growth assets such as equities and property, leading to a fall in the pension deficit reported. These movements are shown as actuarial gains and losses in the tables above.

The disclosures required under IAS 19 have been calculated by independent qualified actuaries based on the most recent full actuarial valuations updated, where necessary, to 30 June 2024.

27. Related party transactions

Directors and officers

As at 30 June 2024, Standard Chartered Bank had in place a charge over $67 million (31 December 2023: $68 million) of cash assets in favour of the independent trustee of its employer financed retirement benefit scheme.

There were no changes in the related party transactions described in the Annual Report 2023 that could have or have had a material effect on the financial position or performance of the Group in the period ended 30 June 2024. All related party transactions that have taken place in the period were similar in nature to those disclosed in Annual Report 2023.

Associate and joint ventures

The following transactions with related parties are on an arm's length basis:


30.06.24
$million

31.12.23
$million

Assets



Financial Assets held at FVTPL

-

14

Derivative assets

9

12

Total assets

9

26

Liabilities



Deposits

547

959

Other Liabilities

-

2

Total liabilities

547

961

Loan commitments and other guarantees¹

14

113

1   The maximum loan commitments and other guarantees during the period were $14 million (31 December 2023: $113 million)

28. Post balance sheet events

A share buyback for up to a maximum consideration of $1 .5billion has been declared by the directors after 30 June 2024. This will reduce the number of ordinary shares in issue by cancelling the repurchased shares

The Board has recommended an interim ordinary dividend for the half year 2024 of 9 cents a share or $230 million

29. Corporate governance

The directors confirm that, throughout the period, the Company has complied with the code provisions set out in the Corporate Governance Code contained in Appendix C1 of the Hong Kong Listing Rules. The directors also confirm that the announcement of these results has been reviewed by the Company's Audit Committee. The Company confirms that it has adopted a code of conduct regarding securities transactions by directors on terms no less exacting than the required standard set out in Appendix C3 of the Hong Kong Listing Rules and that, having made specific enquiry of all directors, the directors of the Company have complied with the required standards of the adopted code of conduct throughout the period. Details of the Group's corporate governance arrangements are set out in the Directors' Report within the 2023 Annual Report.

As previously announced, the following changes to the composition of the Board have taken place since 31 December 2023. On 2 January 2024, Andy Halford retired from the Board and Diego De Giorgi was appointed as an Executive Director and Group Chief Financial Officer with effect from 3 January 2024. On 29 February 2024, Gay Huey Evans retired from the Board and as a member of the Board Risk Committee. Diane Jurgens was appointed to the Board as an Independent Non-Executive Director (INED) on 1 March 2024 and became a member of the Culture and Sustainability Committee. On 9 May 2024, Carlson Tong retired from the Board and as member of the Audit and Board Risk Committees. Biographies for each of the directors and a list of the committees' membership can be found at www.sc.com/ourpeople.

Page 117


 

In compliance with Rule 13.51B(1) of the Hong Kong Listing Rules, the Company confirms that Maria Ramos, INED, retired from AngloGold Ashanti PLC as Chair of the board on 28 May 2024.

30. Statutory accounts

The information in this Half Year Report is unaudited and does not constitute statutory accounts within the meaning of section 434 of the Companies Act 2006. This document was approved by the Board on 30 July 2024. The statutory accounts for the year ended 31 December 2023 have been audited and delivered to the Registrar of Companies in England and Wales. The report of the auditors was (i) unqualified, (ii) did not include a reference to any matters to which the auditors drew attention by way of emphasis without qualifying their report, and (iii) did not contain a statement under sections 498(2) and 498(3) of the Companies Act 2006.

31. Cash flow statement

Adjustment for non-cash items and other adjustments included within income statement


30.06.24
$million

30.06.23
$million

Amortisation of discounts and premiums of investment securities

249

(219)

Interest expense on subordinated liabilities

394

415

Interest expense on senior debt securities in issue

1,291

959

Other non-cash items

(91)

(168)

Pension costs for defined benefit schemes

27

35

Share-based payment costs

172

112

Impairment losses on loans and advances and other credit risk provisions

240

161

Other impairment

147

77

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

(13)

(32)

Loss on disposal of FVOCI and AMCST financial assets

86

105

Depreciation and amortisation

516

561

Fair value changes taken to income statement

(1,034)

(357)

Foreign Currency revaluation

(110)

(29)

Profit from associates and joint ventures

(144)

(102)

Total

1,730

1,518

 

Change in operating assets


30.06.24
$million

30.06.23
(Restated)
$million

Net decrease in derivative financial instruments

1,370

2,893

Net increase in debt securities, treasury bills and equity shares held at fair value through profit or loss1

(25,183)

(11,254)

Net (increase)/decrease in loans and advances to banks and customers1

(9,614)

7,043

Net increase in prepayments and accrued income

(227)

(205)

Net increase in other assets

(7,928)

(6,783)

Total

(41,582)

(8,306)

1   Increase in debt securities, treasury bills and equity shares held at fair value through profit or loss for 30.06.2023 has been restated by $28 million and the increase in loans and advances to banks and customers for 30.06.2023 has been restated by $(6,273) million

Change in operating liabilities


30.06.24
$million

30.06.23
$million

Net decrease in derivative financial instruments

(5,059)

(6,511)

Net increase in deposits from banks, customer accounts, debt securities in issue, Hong Kong notes in circulation and short positions

17,512

23,238

(Decrease)/increase in accruals and deferred income

(380)

437

Net increase in other liabilities

8,393

9,302

Total

20,466

26,466

Page 118



Changes in financing activities - subordinated & senior debts


30.06.24
$million

30.06.23
$million

Subordinated debt (including accrued interest):



Opening balance

12,216

13,929

Interest paid

(252)

(300)

Repayment

(1,000)

(2,000)

Foreign exchange movements

(91)

109

Fair value changes

(92)

38

Accrued Interest and Others

244

282

Closing balance

11,025

12,058




Senior debt (including accrued interest):



Opening balance

41,350

32,288

Proceeds from the issue

7,698

7,072

Interest paid

(548)

(561)

Repayment

(7,191)

(2,715)

Foreign exchange movements

(292)

(158)

Fair value changes

(92)

(98)

Accrued Interest and Others

1,612

390

Closing balance

42,537

36,218

 

Cash and cash equivalents

The Group's cash and cash equivalents balance for 30 June 2023 has been restated to increase the balance by $2,631 million as balances with central banks that met the cash and cash equivalents definition were originally included in loans and advances to customers ($27,680 million) but not included in cash and cash equivalents and there were balances included in cash and cash equivalents related to loans and advances to banks ($19,781 million), treasury bills and other eligible bills ($3,919 million) as well as Investments ($1,349 million) that did not meet the cash and cash equivalents definition. On the 30 June 2023 cash flow statement for Group, the change in operating assets has also been restated by $(6,245) million as a result of these changes.

Page 119


 

Other supplementary information

Supplementary financial information

Insured and uninsured deposits

SCB operates and provides services to customers across many countries and insured deposit is determined on the basis of limits enacted within local regulations

 

 

30.06.24

31.12.23

Bank deposits
$million

Bank deposits
$million

Customer accounts $million

Insured deposits

23

67,611

10

66,753

Current accounts

9

15,237

9

15,767

Savings deposits

-

27,472

-

27,376

Time deposits

14

24,799

1

23,517

Other deposits

-

103

-

93

Uninsured deposits

40,455

464,651

35,500

467,868

Current accounts

21,613

147,169

20,969

150,559

Savings deposits

-

88,097

-

91,425

Time deposits

7,775

184,152

8,295

176,977

Other deposits

11,067

45,233

6,236

48,907

Total

40,478

532,262

35,510

534,621

UK and non-UK deposits

The following table summarises the split of Bank and Customer deposits into UK and Non-UK deposits for respective account lines based on the domicile or residence of the clients.


30.06.24

31.12.23

Bank deposits
$million

Bank deposits
$million

Customer accounts
$million

UK deposits

4,688

20,655

2,918

29,318

Current accounts

1,156

8,619

925

7,062

Savings deposits

-

193

-

330

Time deposits

427

6,533

310

5,412

Other deposits

3,105

5,310

1,683

16,514

Non-UK deposits

35,790

511,607

32,592

505,303

Current accounts

20,466

153,787

20,053

159,264

Savings deposits

-

115,376

-

118,471

Time deposits

7,362

202,418

7,986

195,082

Other deposits

7,962

40,026

4,553

32,486

Total

40,478

532,262

35,510

534,621

Contractual maturity of Loans, Investment securities and Deposits


30.06.2024

Loans and advances
to banks
$million

Loans and advances
to customers
$million

Investment securities - Treasury
and other eligible Bills
$million

Investment securities - Debt securities
$million

Investment securities - Equity shares
$million

Bank deposits
$million

Customer accounts
$million

One year or less

74,652

182,601

40,572

57,980

-

34,033

474,613

Between one and five years

11,838

59,653

36

74,997

-

6,441

55,028

Between five and ten years

891

19,825

-

23,215

-

4

806

Between ten years and fifteen years

70

13,178

-

7,514

-

-

1,287

More than fifteen years and undated

241

60,450

-

21,453

6,088

-

528

Total

87,692

335,707

40,608

185,159

6,088

40,478

532,262









Total Amortised cost and FVOCI exposures

45,231

275,896






Of which: Fixed interest rate exposures

37,835

155,260






Of which: Floating interest rate exposures

7,396

120,636








Page 120


 


31.12.2023

Loans and advances
to banks
$million

Loans and advances
to customers
$million

Investment securities - Treasury
and other eligible Bills
$million

Investment securities - Debt securities
$million

Investment securities - Equity shares
$million

Bank deposits
$million

Customer accounts
$million

One year or less

72,717

197,125

38,877

59,023

-

31,333

485,909

Between one and five years

3,975

52,532

4

69,075

-

4,174

46,364

Between five and ten years

837

19,184

1

18,804

-

2

567

Between ten years and fifteen years

35

14,084

-

9,276

-

-

1,341

More than fifteen years and undated

226

62,561

-

18,155

3,932

-

441

Total

77,790

345,486

38,882

174,333

3,932

35,509

534,622









Total Amortised cost and FVOCI exposures

44,977

286,975






Of which: Fixed interest rate exposures

38,505

168,697






Of which: Floating interest rate exposures

6,472

118,278






Maturity and yield of Debt securities, additional tier one and other eligible bills held at amortised


One year or less

Between one and
five years

Between five and
ten years

More than ten years

Total

$million

Yield
%

$million

Yield
%

$million

Yield
%

$million

Yield
%

$million

Yield
%

Central and other government agencies











- US

2,441

1.75

9,519

1.67

5,950

1.77

4,430

3.87

22,340

2.14

- UK

286

1.62

673

1.91

55

1.25

-

-

1,014

1.79

- Other

4,244

2.69

10,575

2.71

1,954

3.33

24

7.39

16,797

2.78

Other debt securities

1,534

6.06

2,320

5.94

3,791

5.05

8,607

5.12

16,252

5.31

As at 30 June 2024

8,505

2.99

23,087

2.58

11,750

3.08

13,061

4.70

56,403

3.23

 


One year or less

Between one and
five years

Between five and
ten years

More than ten years

Total

$million

Yield
%

$million

Yield
%

$million

Yield
%

$million

Yield
%

$million

Yield
%

Central and other government agencies











- US

1,861

1.39

9,171

1.61

5,799

1.67

4,524

3.89

21,355

2.09

- UK

39

2.75

85

1.06

101

0.67

-

-

225

1.18

- Other

5,045

2.72

9,560

2.80

2,289

3.12

81

4.74

16,975

2.84

Other debt securities

2,487

6.45

2,658

5.37

2,262

5.44

10,973

5.13

18,380

5.38

As at 31 December 2023

9,432

3.44

21,474

2.61

10,451

2.79

15,578

4.77

56,935

3.37

The maturity distributions are presented in the above table on the basis of contractual maturity dates. The weighted average yield for each range of maturities is calculated by dividing the annualised interest income for the year by the book amount of debt securities at that date.

Average balance sheets and yields

Average balance sheets and yields

For the purposes of calculating net interest margin the following adjustments are made:

Statutory net interest income is adjusted to remove interest expense on amortised cost liabilities used to provide funding to the Global Markets business

Financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss are classified as non-interest earning

Premiums on financial guarantees purchased to manage interest earning assets are treated as interest expense In the Group's view this results in a net interest margin that is more reflective of banking book performance.


Page 121

The following tables set out the average balances and yields for the Group's assets and liabilities for the periods ended 30 June 2024 31 December 2023 and 30 June 2023 under the revised definition of net interest margin. For the purpose of these tables, average balances have been determined on the basis of daily balances, except for certain categories, for which balances have been determined less frequently. The Group does not believe that the information presented in these tables would be significantly different had such balances been determined on a daily basis.

Average assets


6 months ended 30.06.24

Average non-interest earning
balance
$million

Cash and balances at central banks

10,244

59,865

1,360

4.57

3.90

Gross loans and advances to banks

39,425

41,801

1,052

5.06

2.60

Gross loans and advances to customers

56,445

285,940

8,259

5.81

4.85

Impairment provisions against loans and advances to banks
and customers

-

(5,501)

-

-

-

Investment securities - Treasury and Other Eligible Bills

13,364

28,990

807

5.60

3.83

Investment securities - Debt Securities

53,058

132,693

2,716

4.12

2.94

Investment securities - Equity Shares

4,545

-

-

-

-

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

6,263

-

-

-

-

Prepayments, accrued income and other assets

120,866

-

-

-

-

Investment associates and joint ventures

1,052

-

-

-

-

Total average assets

305,262

543,788

14,194

5.25

3.36

 


6 months ended 31.12.23

Average non-interest earning
balance
$million

Cash and balances at central banks

10,138

72,136

1,622

4.46

3.96

Gross loans and advances to banks

36,110

45,606

1,136

4.94

2.80

Gross loans and advances to customers

53,180

297,757

8,194

5.46

4.70

Impairment provisions against loans and advances to banks
and customers

-

(5,793)

-

-

-

Investment securities - Treasury and Other Eligible Bills

9,041

28,621

787

5.45

4.20

Investment securities - Debt Securities

33,551

130,622

2,661

4.04

3.26

Investment securities - Equity Shares

3,151

-

-

-

-

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

6,142

-

-

-

-

Prepayments, accrued income and other assets

129,624

-

-

-

-

Investment associates and joint ventures

1,466

-

-

-

-

Total average assets

282,403

568,949

14,400

5.02

3.40

 


6 months ended 30.06.23

Average non-interest earning
balance
$million

Cash and balances at central banks

10,799

63,057

1,211

3.87

3.31

Gross loans and advances to banks

33,352

42,692

958

4.53

2.54

Gross loans and advances to customers

57,325

305,444

7,504

4.95

4.17

Impairment provisions against loans and advances to banks
and customers

-

(5,996)

-

-

-

Investment securities - Treasury and Other Eligible Bills

6,851

35,488

809

4.60

3.85

Investment securities - Debt Securities

26,211

135,464

2,344

3.49

2.92

Investment securities - Equity Shares

3,230

-

-

-

-

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

9,278

-

-

-

-

Prepayments, accrued income and other assets

125,751

-

-

-

-

Investment associates and joint ventures

1,781

-

-

-

-

Total average assets

274,578

576,149

12,826

4.49

3.04



Page 122

Average liabilities


6 months ended 30.06.24

Average non-interest bearing
balance
$million

Deposits by banks

15,374

21,300

441

4.16

2.42

Customer accounts:

-

-

-



Current accounts

39,666

128,079

2,245

3.52

2.69

Savings deposits

-

113,627

1,204

2.13

2.13

Time deposits

19,131

186,811

4,642

5.00

4.53

Other deposits

36,403

11,734

299

5.12

1.25

Debt securities in issue

11,642

64,678

1,794

5.58

4.73

Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities

138,564

-

-

-

-

Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds

-

11,379

394

6.96

6.96

Non-controlling interests

389

-

-

-

-

Shareholders' funds

50,272

-

-

-

-


311,442

537,608

11,019

4.12

1.30







Adjustment for trading book funding cost and others



(1,816)



Total average liabilities and shareholders' funds

311,442

537,608

9,203

3.44

1.08

 


6 months ended 31.12.23

Average non-interest bearing
balance
$million

Deposits by banks

14,075

22,975

420

3.63

2.25

Customer accounts:






Current accounts

39,993

123,011

2,044

3.30

2.49

Savings deposits

-

111,593

1,087

1.93

1.93

Time deposits

16,188

185,482

4,276

4.57

4.21

Other deposits

39,148

10,018

424

8.40

1.71

Debt securities in issue

13,945

64,968

1,829

5.58

4.60

Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities

135,882

12,612

-

-

-

Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds

-

12,447

535

8.53

8.53

Non-controlling interests

370

-

-

-

-

Shareholders' funds

48,644

-

-

-

-


308,246

543,106

10,615

3.88

2.47







Adjustment for trading book funding cost and others



(992)



Total average liabilities and shareholders' funds

308,246

543,106

9,623

3.51

2.24

 

Page 123


 


6 months ended 30.06.23

Average non-interest bearing
balance
$million

Deposits by banks

14,395

25,176

374

3.00

1.91

Customer accounts:






 Current accounts

43,861

130,405

1,705

2.64

1.97

 Savings deposits

-

112,506

892

1.60

1.60

 Time deposits

14,489

187,106

3,830

4.13

3.83

 Other deposits

49,348

2,978

62

4.20

0.24

Debt securities in issue

10,546

66,201

1,538

4.68

4.04

Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities

130,519

1,029

26

5.10

0.04

Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds

-

12,148

415

6.89

6.89

Non-controlling interests

320

-

-

-

-

Shareholders' funds

49,700

-

-

-

-


313,178

537,549

8,842

3.32

1.04







Adjustment for trading book funding cost and others

-

-

(786)

-

-

Total average liabilities and shareholders' funds

313,178

537,549

8,056

3.02

0.95

 

Net interest margin


6 months ended 30.06.24
$million

6 months ended 31.12.23
$million

6 months ended 30.06.23
$million

Interest income (reported)

14,194

14,400

12,826

Average interest earning assets

543,788

568,949

576,149

Gross yield (%)

5.25

5.02

4.49





Interest expense (reported)

11,019

10,615

8,842

Adjustment for trading book funding cost and others

(1,816)

(992)

(786)

Interest expense adjusted for trading book funding cost and others

9,203

9,623

8,056

Average interest-bearing liabilities

537,608

543,106

537,549

Rate paid (%)

3.44

3.51

3.02

Net yield (%)

1.81

1.51

1.47





Net interest income adjusted for trading book funding cost and others

4,991

4,777

4,770

Net interest margin (%)

1.85

1.67

1.67



Page 124

Additional items

A. Our Fair Pay Charter

Our Fair Pay Charter, introduced in 2018, sets out the principles we use to make remuneration decisions across the Group that are fair, transparent and competitive to support us in embedding a performance-oriented, inclusive and innovative culture and in delivering a differentiated employee experience. In 2023, we reviewed and refined our Fair Pay Charter to a set of four principles set out in the Group's Diversity, Equality and Inclusion Impact Report 2023. This report, available on our Group website, explains each principle and summarises how we are implementing them across the Group.

B. Group share plans

Discretionary share plans

The 2021 Standard Chartered Share Plan (the '2021 Plan') was approved by shareholders in May 2021 and is the Group's main share plan, replacing the 2011 Standard Chartered Share Plan (the '2011 Plan') for new awards from June 2021. It is used to deliver various types of share awards to employees and former employees of the Group, including directors and former executive directors:

Long-term incentive plan (LTIP) awards are granted with vesting subject to performance measures that have previously included: relative total shareholder return (TSR); Return on Tangible Equity (RoTE) (with a Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) underpin); and strategic and sustainability measures. Each measure is assessed independently over a three-year period. LTIP awards have an individual conduct gateway requirement that results in the award lapsing if not met.

Deferred shares are used to deliver:

-  the deferred portion of variable remuneration. These awards vest in instalments on anniversaries of the award date specified at the time of grant. This enables the Group to meet regulatory requirements relating to deferral levels, and is in line with market practice.

-  replacement buy-out awards to new joiners who forfeit awards on leaving their previous employers. These vest in the quarter following the date when the award would have vested at the previous employer. This enables the Group to meet regulatory requirements relating to buy-outs, and is in line with market practice.

Under the 2021 Plan and 2011 Plan, no grant price is payable to receive an award. The remaining life of the 2021 Plan during which new awards can be made is seven years. The 2011 Plan has expired and no further awards can be granted under this plan.

All-employee share plans

The Standard Chartered 2023 Sharesave Plan was approved by shareholders in May 2023, replacing the Standard Chartered 2013 Sharesave Plan. Under the 2023 Sharesave Plan, employees may open a savings contract. Within a maturity period of six months after the third anniversary, employees may purchase ordinary shares in the Company at a discount of up to 20 per cent on the share price at the date of invitation. There are no performance measures attached to options granted under the 2023 Sharesave Plan and no grant price is payable to receive an option.

In some countries in which the Group operates, it is not possible to deliver shares under the 2023 Sharesave Plan, typically due to securities laws and regulatory restrictions. In these countries, where possible, the Group offers an equivalent cash-based plan to its employees.

Valuation of share awards

Details of the valuation models used in determining the fair values of share awards granted under the Group's share plans are detailed in the Group's 2023 Annual Report.

Page 125

Reconciliation of share award movements for the year to 30 June 2024


Discretonary1

Sharesave⁴

Weighted average Sharesave exercise price (£)

LTIP

Deferred shares

Outstanding on 1 January 2024

10,947,382

47,068,204

16,902,217

4.49

Granted2, 3

2,320,481

25,075,381

-

-

Lapsed

(1,730,292)

(471,265)

(613,810)

4.68

Vested/exercised

(901,531)

(18,131,269)

(2,441,150)

3.16

Outstanding on 30 June 2024⁵

10,636,040

53,541,051

13,847,257

4.72

Total number of securities available for issue under the plan

 10,636,040

 53,541,051

 13,847,257

 4.72

Percentage of the issued shares this represents as of 30 June 2024⁶

0.42

2.10

0.54


Exercisable as of 30 June 2024

-

361,802

91,880

4.65

Range of exercise prices (£)

-

-

3.14 - 5.88

-

Intrinsic value of vested but not exercised options ($ million)

0.00

3.27

0.29

-

Weighted average contractual remaining life (years)

7.89

8.64

2.11

-

Weighted average share price for awards exercised during the period (£)

6.57

 6.57

 6.76

-

1.  Employees do not contribute towards the cost of these awards, which are covered under the rules of the 2011 Standard Chartered Share Plan for grants prior to May 2021, and under the rules of the 2021 Standard Chartered Share Plan for grants from June 2021

2.  2,315,422 (LTIP) granted on 12 March 2024; 5,059 (LTIP) granted as a notional dividend on 1 March 2024; 24,381,791 (deferred shares) granted on 11 March 2024; 229,896 (deferred shares) granted as a notional dividend on 1 March 2024; 463,694 (deferred shares) granted on 17 June 2024

3.  No discretionary awards (LTIP or deferred/buy-out awards) have been granted in the form of options since June 2015. For historic awards granted as options and exercised in the period to 30 June 2024, the exercise price of deferred shares options was nil

4.  All Sharesave awards are in the form of options. The exercise price of Sharesave options exercised was £5.88 for options granted in 2023, £4.23 for options granted in 2022, £3.67 for options granted in 2021 and £3.14 for options granted in 2020

5.  No options or awards were cancelled in the period

6.  The number of shares granted during this period, under all Standard Chartered PLC share plans, as a percentage of the average number of shares in issue during the period is 1.04 per cent

C. Group Chairman and independent non-executive directors' interests in ordinary shares as at 30 June 2024¹,²


Shares beneficially
held as of
31 December 2023

Shares beneficially
held as of
30 June 2024

Chairman



J Viñals

45,000

45,000

Independent non-executive directors



S M Apte

2,000

2,000

D P Conner

10,000

10,000

G Huey Evans, CBE3

2,615

-

J Hunt

2,000

2,000

D E Jurgens4

-

8,888

R A Lawther, CBE

2,000

2,000

M Ramos

2,000

2,000

P G Rivett

2,128

2,128

D Tang

2,000

2,000

C Tong5

2,000

-

L Y Yueh

2,000

2,000

1.  Independent non-executive directors are required to hold shares with a nominal value of $1,000. All the directors have met this requirement

2.  The beneficial interests of directors and their related parties in the ordinary shares of the Company are set out above. The directors do not have any non-beneficial interests in the Company's shares. None of the directors used ordinary shares as collateral for any loans. No director had either i) an interest in the Company's preference shares or loan stocks of any subsidiary or associated undertaking of the Group or ii) any corporate interests in the Company's ordinary shares. All figures as of 30 June 2024

3.  Gay Huey Evans, CBE, retired from the Board on 29 February 2024

4.  Diane Jurgens was appointed to the Board on 1 March 2024

5.  Carlson Tong retired from the Board on 9 May 2024

Page 126

D. Executive directors' interests in ordinary shares as at 30 June 2024

Scheme interests awarded, exercised and lapsed during the period

Employees, including executive directors, are not permitted to engage in any personal investment strategies with regards to their Company shares, including hedging against the share price of Company shares. The main features of the outstanding shares and awards are summarised below:

Award1

Performance measures

Performance outcome

Accrues notional dividends?2

2017-19

33% RoE

33% TSR

33% Strategic

38%

Yes

2018-20

26%

No

2019-21

33% RoTE

33% TSR

33% Strategic

23%

2020-22

36.8%

2021-23

30% RoTE

30% TSR

15% Sustainability

25% Strategic

57%

2022-24

To be assessed at the end of 2024

2023-25

To be assessed at the end of 2025

2024-26

30% RoTE

30% TSR

25% ESG

15% Other strategic

To be assessed at the end of 2026

1.  Awards are delivered in five equal tranches

2.  2017-19 LTIP award may receive dividend equivalent shares based on dividends declared between grant and vest. From 1 January 2017 remuneration regulations for European banks prohibited the award of dividend equivalent shares. Therefore, the number of shares awarded in respect of the LTIP awards granted after this date took into account the lack of dividend equivalents (calculated by reference to market consensus dividend yield) such that the overall value of the award was maintained

The following table shows the changes in share interests.


Date of grant

Changes in interests from 1 January to 30 June 2024

Share award price (£)

As at
1 January

Awarded1

Dividends awarded2

Vested/
exercised3,4

Lapsed

As at
30 June

Bill Winters5











2017-19 LTIP

13 Mar 2017

7.450

45,049

-

6,127

51,176

-

-

13 Mar 2020

13 Mar 2024

2018-20 LTIP

9 Mar 2018

7.782

28,178

-

-

28,178

-

-

9 Mar 2021

9 Mar 2024




28,179

-

-

-

-

28,179


9 Mar 2025

2019-21 LTIP

11 Mar 2019

6.105

30,604

-

-

30,604

-

-

11 Mar 2022

11 Mar 2024




30,604

-

-

-

-

30,604


11 Mar 2025




30,605

-

-

-

-

30,605


11 Mar 2026

2020-22 LTIP

9 Mar 2020

5.196

59,282

-

-

59,282

-

-

9 Mar 2023

9 Mar 2024




59,282

-

-

-

-

59,282


9 Mar 2025




59,282

-

-

-

-

59,282


9 Mar 2026




59,282

-

-

-

-

59,282


9 Mar 2027

2021-23 LTIP

15 Mar 2021

4.901

150,621

-

-

85,853

64,768

-

15 Mar 2024

15 Mar 2024




150,621

-

-

-

64,768

85,853


15 Mar 2025




150,621

-

-

-

64,768

85,853


15 Mar 2026




150,621

-

-

-

64,768

85,853


15 Mar 2027




150,621

-

-

-

64,768

85,853


15 Mar 2028

2022-24 LTIP

14 Mar 2022

4.876

151,386

-

-

-

-

151,386

14 Mar 2025

14 Mar 2025




151,386

-

-

-

-

151,386


14 Mar 2026




151,386

-

-

-

-

151,386


14 Mar 2027




151,386

-

-

-

-

151,386


14 Mar 2028




151,388

-

-

-

-

151,388


14 Mar 2029

2023-25 LTIP

13 Mar 2023

7.398

101,209

-

-

-

-

101,209

13 Mar 2026

13 Mar 2026




101,209

-

-

-

-

101,209


13 Mar 2027




101,209

-

-

-

-

101,209


13 Mar 2028




101,209

-

-

-

-

101,209


13 Mar 2029




101,209

-

-

-

-

101,209


13 Mar 2030

2024-26 LTIP

12 Mar 2024

6.600

-

123,275

-

-

-

123,275

12 Mar 2027

12 Mar 2027




-

123,275

-

-

-

123,275


12 Mar 2028




-

123,275

-

-

-

123,275


12 Mar 2029




-

123,275

-

-

-

123,275


12 Mar 2030




-

123,278

-

-

-

123,278


 12 Mar 2031



Page 127


Date of grant

Changes in interests from 1 January to 30 June 2024

Share award price (£)

As at
1 January

Awarded1

Dividends awarded2

Vested/
exercised3,4

Lapsed

As at
30 June

Andy Halford5











2017-19 LTIP

13 Mar 2017

7.450

27,890

-

3,796

31,686

-

-

13 Mar 2020

13 Mar 2024

2018-20 LTIP

9 Mar 2018

7.782

17,448

-

-

17,448

-

-

9 Mar 2021

9 Mar 2024




17,448

-

-

-

-

17,448


9 Mar 2025

2019-21 LTIP

11 Mar 2019

6.105

19,571

-

-

19,571

-

-

11 Mar 2022

11 Mar 2024




19,571

-

-

-

-

19,571


11 Mar 2025




19,572

-

-

-

-

19,572


11 Mar 2026

2020-22 LTIP

9 Mar 2020

5.196

36,791

-

-

36,791

-

-

9 Mar 2023

9 Mar 2024




36,791

-

-

-

-

36,791


9 Mar 2025




36,791

-

-

-

-

36,791


9 Mar 2026




36,791

-

-

-

-

36,791


9 Mar 2027

2021-23 LTIP

15 Mar 2021

4.901

96,283

-

-

54,881

41,402

-

15 Mar 2024

15 Mar 2024




96,283

-

-

-

41,402

54,881


15 Mar 2025




96,283

-

-

-

41,402

54,881


15 Mar 2026




96,283

-

-

-

41,402

54,881


15 Mar 2027




96,283

-

-

-

41,402

54,881


15 Mar 2028

2022-24 LTIP

14 Mar 2022

4.876

96,772

-

-

-

-

96,772

14 Mar 2025

14 Mar 2025




96,772

-

-

-

-

96,772


14 Mar 2026




96,772

-

-

-

-

96,772


14 Mar 2027




96,772

-

-

-

-

96,772


14 Mar 2028




96,773

-

-

-

-

96,773


14 Mar 2029

2023-25 LTIP

13 Mar 2023

7.398

64,700

-

-

-

-

64,700

13 Mar 2026

13 Mar 2026

64,700

-

-

-

-

64,700


13 Mar 2027

64,700

-

-

-

-

64,700


13 Mar 2028

64,700

-

-

-

-

64,700


13 Mar 2029

64,702

-

-

-

-

64,702


13 Mar 2030

2023 Deferred Shares6

11 Mar 2024

6.558

-

10,315

-

-

-

10,315

N/A

11 Mar 2027



-

10,315

-

-

-

10,315


11 Mar 2028



-

10,315

-

-

-

10,315


11 Mar 2029



-

10,315

-

-

-

10,315


11 Mar 2030



-

10,319

-

-

-

10,319


11 Mar 2031

2022 Sharesave7,8


4.230

2,127

-

-

-

-

2,127

N/A

1 Feb 2026

Diego De Giorgi5











2024-26 LTIP

12 Mar 2024

6.600

-

80,812

-

-

-

80,812

12 Mar 2027

12 Mar 2027




-

80,812

-

-

-

80,812


12 Mar 2028




-

80,812

-

-

-

80,812


12 Mar 2029




-

80,812

-

-

-

80,812


12 Mar 2030




-

80,814

-

-

-

80,814


 12 Mar 2031

1.  For the 2024-26 LTIP awards granted to Bill and Diego on 12 March 2024, the values granted were: Bill: £3.3 million; Diego: £2.2 million. The number of shares awarded in respect of the LTIP took into account the lack of dividend equivalents (calculated by reference to market consensus dividend yield) such that the overall value of the award was maintained. Performance measures apply to 2024-26 LTIP awards. The closing price on the day before grant was £6.600.

2.  Dividend equivalent shares may be awarded on vesting for awards granted prior to 1 January 2018. On 31 March 2020, Standard Chartered announced that in response to the request from the PRA and as a consequence of the unprecedented challenges facing the world due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Board decided to withdraw the recommendation to pay a final dividend for 2019. Dividend equivalent shares allocated to the 2017-19 awards vesting in 2024 did not include any shares relating to the cancelled dividend.

3.  Shares (before tax) were delivered to Bill and Andy from the vesting element of LTIP awards. The closing share price on the day before the shares were delivered were as follows:

•  13 March 2024: Shares in respect of the 2017-19 LTIP. Previous day closing share price: £6.698

•  11 March 2024: Shares in respect of the 2018-20 LTIP, 2019-21 LTIP and 2020-22 LTIP. Previous day closing share price: £6.558

•  19 March 2024: Shares in respect of the 2021-23 LTIP. Previous day closing share price: £6.502

4.  The weighted average closing price for awards exercised during the period were: Bill: £6.567; Andy: £6.566

5.  The unvested LTIP awards held by Bill, Andy and Diego are conditional rights. They do not have to pay towards these awards. Under these awards, shares are delivered on vesting or as soon as practicable thereafter.

6.  As detailed in our 2023 Annual Report and Accounts, due to Andy Halford's upcoming retirement he did not receive an LTIP award in 2024 and therefore, to meet regulatory deferral requirements in respect of 2023, part of his annual incentive was delivered in deferred shares.

7.  Andy chose to participate in the 2022 Sharesave invitation. This unvested option was granted on 28 November 2022 under the 2013 Plan - to exercise this option, Andy has to pay an exercise price of £4.23 per share, which has been discounted by 20 per cent.

8.  The vesting date relates to the end of the savings contract and the start of the six-month exercise window.

As at 30 June 2024, none of the directors had registered an interest or short position in the shares, underlying shares or debentures of the Company or any of its associated corporations that was required to be recorded pursuant to section 352 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance, or as otherwise notified to the Company and The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited pursuant to the Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers.

Page 128

Shareholdings and share interests

The following table summarises the executive directors' shareholdings and share interests.


Shares held beneficially1,2,3

Unvested share awards not subject to performance measures
(net of tax)4,5

Total shares counting towards shareholding requirement

Shareholding requirement

Salary3

Value of shares counting towards shareholding requirement as a percentage
of salary1

Unvested share awards subject to performance measures
(before tax)

Bill Winters

2,911,070

323,640

 3,234,710

250% salary

£2,517,000

920%

 1,879,355

Andy Halford

981,249

232,172

 1,213,421

200% salary

£1,609,000

540%

 807,363

Diego De Giorgi

70,445

-

 70,445

200% salary

£1,650,000

31%

 404,062

1.  All figures are as of 30 June 2024 unless stated otherwise. The closing share price on 30 June 2024 was £7.16. No director had either: (i) an interest in Standard Chartered PLC's preference shares or loan stocks of any subsidiary or associated undertaking of the Group; or (ii) any corporate interested in Standard Chartered PLC's ordinary shares

2.  The beneficial interests of directors and connected persons in the ordinary shares of the Company are set out above. The executive directors do not have any non-beneficial interest in the Company's shares. Neither of the executive directors used ordinary shares as collateral for any loans

3.  The salary and shares held beneficially include shares awarded to deliver the executive directors' salary shares

4.  57 per cent of the 2021-23 LTIP award is no longer subject to performance measures due to achievement against RoTE and strategic measures

5.  As Bill , Andy and Diego are UK taxpayers: zero per cent tax is assumed to apply to Sharesave (as Sharesave is a UK tax qualified share plan) and 47 per cent tax is assumed to apply to other unvested share awards (marginal combined PAYE rate of income tax at 45 per cent and employee National Insurance contributions at
2 per cent) - rates may change

E. Share price information

The middle market price of an ordinary share at the close of business on 30 June 2024 was 716.0 pence. The share price range during the first half of 2024 was 573.9 pence to 785.9 pence (based on the closing middle market prices).

F. Substantial shareholders

The Company and its shareholders have been granted partial exemption from the disclosure requirements under Part XV of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (SFO). As a result of this exemption, shareholders no longer have an obligation under Part XV of the SFO (other than Divisions 5, 11 and 12 thereof) to notify the Company of substantial shareholding interests, and the Company is no longer required to maintain a register of interests of substantial shareholders under section 336 of the SFO. The Company is, however, required to file with The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited any disclosure of interests made in the UK.

G. Code for Financial Reporting Disclosures

The UK Finance Code for Financial Reporting Disclosure sets out five disclosure principles together with supporting guidance. The principles are that UK banks will: provide high-quality, meaningful and decision-useful disclosures; review and enhance their financial instrument disclosures for key areas of interest; keep under review and commit to ongoing re-evaluation and enhancement of financial instrument disclosures for key areas of interest, acknowledging the importance of good practice recommendations and similar guidance issued from time to time by relevant regulators and standard-setters and assessing the applicability and relevance of such guidance to disclosures; seek to enhance the comparability of financial statement disclosures across the UK banking sector; and clearly differentiate in their annual reports between information that is audited and information that is unaudited.

The Group's interim financial statements for the six months ended 30 June 2024 have been prepared in accordance with the code's principles.

H. Employees

The details regarding our remuneration policies, bonus schemes and training schemes have not materially changed from our 2023 Annual Report and Accounts and we will be updating on these in our 2024 Annual Report.

I. Employee headcount

The following table summarises the number of employees within the Group:


Business1

Support services2

Total3,4

At 30 June 2024

29,811

53,635

83,446

At 31 December 2023

29,929

55,078

85,007

1. Business is defined as employees directly under the remit of the businesses

2. Support services include employees who support businesses' operations or investments where costs are fully recharged to the businesses. Decrease in support services in H1 2024 is mainly due to decrease in technology and operations support resources, as tighter hiring controls are in place and we continue to review our workforce composition and skills.

3. Excludes 811 employees (headcount) from Digital Ventures entities (TasConnect, Zodia Markets, Zodia Custody, Appro, Audax, Solv India, Solv Kenya, Solv Ghana, Solv Malaysia, Letsbloom, MyZoi and TAWIFresh)

4. Includes employees operating in discontinued/restructured businesses

Page 129

Shareholder information

Dividend and interest payment dates

Ordinary shares

2024 interim dividend (cash only)

Results and dividend announced

 30 July 2024

Ex-dividend date

 8 (UK) 7 (HK) August 2024

Record date

 9 August 2024

Last date to amend currency election instructions for cash dividend*

 16 September 2024

Dividend payment date

 10 October 2024

*   in either US dollars, sterling or Hong Kong dollars


 2024 final dividend (provisional only)

Results and dividend announcement date

 21 February 2025

 

Preference shares

Second half-yearly dividend

7 3/8 per cent non-cumulative irredeemable preference shares of £1 each

1 October 2024

8 ¼ per cent non-cumulative irredeemable preference shares of £1 each

1 October 2024

6.409 per cent non-cumulative preference shares of $5 each

30 July 2024 and 30 October 2024

7.014 per cent non-cumulative preference shares of $5 each

30 July 2024

Previous dividend payments (unadjusted for the impact of the 2015/2010/2008 Rights Issues)

Dividend and financial year

Payment date

Dividend per ordinary share

Cost of one new ordinary share under
share dividend scheme

Interim 2008

9 October 2008

25.67c/13.96133p/HK$1.995046

£14.00/$26.0148

Final 2008

15 May 2009

42.32c/28.4693p/HK$3.279597

£8.342/$11.7405

Interim 2009

8 October 2009

21.23c/13.25177p/HK$1.645304

£13.876/$22.799

Final 2009

13 May 2010

44.80c/29.54233p/HK$3.478306

£17.351/$26.252

Interim 2010

5 October 2010

23.35c/14.71618p/HK$1.811274/INR0.9841241

£17.394/$27.190

Final 2010

11 May 2011

46.65c/28.272513p/HK$3.623404/INR1.99751701

£15.994/$25.649

Interim 2011

7 October 2011

24.75c/15.81958125p/HK$1.928909813/INR1.137971251

£14.127/$23.140

Final 2011

15 May 2012

51.25c/31.63032125p/HK$3.9776083375/INR2.66670151

£15.723/$24.634

Interim 2012

11 October 2012

27.23c/16.799630190p/HK$2.111362463/INR1.3498039501

£13.417/$21.041

Final 2012

14 May 2013

56.77c/36.5649893p/HK$4.4048756997/INR2.9762835751

£17.40/$26.28792

Interim 2013

17 October 2013

28.80c/17.8880256p/HK$2.233204992/INR1.68131

£15.362/$24.07379

Final 2013

14 May 2014

57.20c/33.9211444p/HK$4.43464736/INR3.3546261

£11.949/$19.815

Interim 2014

20 October 2014

28.80c/17.891107200p/HK$2.2340016000/INR1.6718425601

£12.151/$20.207

Final 2014

14 May 2015

57.20c/37.16485p/HK$4.43329/INR3.5140591

£9.797/$14.374

Interim 2015

19 October 2015

14.40c/9.3979152p/HK$1.115985456/INR0.861393721

£8.5226/$13.34383

Final 2015

No dividend declared

N/A

N/A

Interim 2016

No dividend declared

N/A

N/A

Final 2016

No dividend declared

N/A

N/A

Interim 2017

No dividend declared

N/A

N/A

Final 2017

17 May 2018

11.00c/7.88046p/HK$0.86293/INR0.6536433401

£7.7600/$10.83451

Interim 2018

22 October 2018

6.00c/4.59747p/HK$0.46978/INR0.36961751

£6.7104/$8.51952

Final 2018

16 May 2019

15.00c/11.569905p/HK$1.176260/INR0.9576916501

N/A

Interim 2019

21 October 2019

7.00c/5.676776p/HK$0.548723/INR0.4250286001

N/A

Final 2019

Dividend withdrawn

N/A

N/A

Interim 2020

No dividend declared

N/A

N/A

Final 2020

25 February 2021

9.00c/6.472413p/HK$0.698501

N/A

Interim 2021

22 October 2021

3.00c/2.204877p/HK$0.233592

N/A

Final 2021

12 May 2022

9.00c/6.894144p/HK$0.705772

N/A

Interim 2022

14 October 2022

4.00c/3.675912p/HK$0.313887

N/A

Final 2022

11 May 2023

14.00c/11.249168p/HK$1.09803

N/A

Interim 2023

13 October 2023

6.00c/4.910412p/HK$0.469085

N/A

Final 2023

17 May 2024

21.00c/16.773519p/HK$1.641434

N/A

1   The INR dividend was per Indian Depository Receipt. In March 2020, the Group announced the termination of the IDR programme. The IDR programme was formally delisted from the BSE Limited (formerly the Bombay Stock Exchange) and National Stock Exchange of India Limited with effect from 22 July 2020

Further details regarding dividends can be found on our website at www.sc.com/shareholders

Page 130

ShareCare

ShareCare is available to shareholders on the Company's UK register who have a UK address and bank account. It allows you to hold your Standard Chartered PLC shares in a nominee account. Your shares will be held in electronic form so you will no longer have to worry about keeping your share certificates safe. If you join ShareCare, you will still be invited to attend the Company's AGM and you will receive any dividend paid at the same time as everyone else. ShareCare is free to join and there are no annual fees to pay. If you would like to receive more information, please visit our website at www.sc.com/shareholders or contact the shareholder helpline on 0370 702 0138.

Donating shares to ShareGift

Shareholders who have a small number of shares often find it uneconomical to sell them. An alternative is to consider donating them to the charity ShareGift (registered charity 1052686), which collects donations of unwanted shares until
there are enough to sell and uses the proceeds to support UK charities. There is no implication for capital gains tax (no gain or loss) when you donate shares to charity, and UK taxpayers may be able to claim income tax relief on the value of their donation. Further information can be obtained from the Company's registrars or from ShareGift on 020 7930 3737 or from www.sharegift.org.

Bankers' Automated Clearing System (BACS)

Dividends can be paid straight into your bank or building society account. Please register online at www.investorcentre.co.uk or contact our registrar for a mandate form.

Registrars and shareholder enquiries

If you have any enquiries relating to your shareholding and you hold your shares on the UK register, please contact our registrar at www.investorcentre.co.uk and click on the 'ASK A QUESTION' link at the bottom of the page. Alternatively, please contact Computershare Investor Services PLC, The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol, BS99 6ZZ or call the shareholder helpline number on 0370 702 0138.

If you hold your shares on the Hong Kong branch register and you have enquiries, please contact Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited, 17M Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen's Road East, Wan Chai, Hong Kong. You can check your shareholding at: www.computershare.com/hk/investors.

Chinese translation

If you would like a Chinese version of this Half Year Report, please contact: Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited at 17M Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen's Road East, Wan Chai, Hong Kong.

本半年報告之中文譯本可向香港中央證券登記有限公司索取,地址:香港灣仔皇后大道東183號合和中心17M樓。

Shareholders on the Hong Kong branch register who have asked to receive corporate communications in either Chinese or English can change this election by contacting Computershare. If there is a dispute between any translation and the English version of this Half Year Report, the English text shall prevail.

Electronic communications

If you hold your shares on the UK register and in future you would like to receive the Half Year Report electronically rather than by post, please register online at: www.investorcentre.co.uk. Then click on 'register now' and follow the instructions. You will need to have your shareholder or ShareCare reference number to hand. You can find this on your share certificate or ShareCare statement. Once you have registered and confirmed your email communication preference, you will receive future notifications via email enabling you to submit your proxy vote online. In addition, as a member of Investor Centre, you will be able to manage your shareholding online and change your bank mandate or address information.

Page 131

Important notices

Forward-looking statements

This document may contain 'forward-looking statements' that are based upon current expectations or beliefs, as well as statements formulated with assumptions about future events. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact they do not relate only to historical or current facts.  Forward-looking statements often use words such as 'may', 'could', 'will', 'expect', 'intend', 'estimate', 'anticipate', 'believe', 'plan', 'seek', 'aim', 'continue' or other words of similar meaning.

By their very nature, forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties and can be affected by other factors that could cause actual results, and the Group's plans and objectives, to differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. Readers should not place reliance on, and are cautioned about relying on, any forward-looking statements.

There are several factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in forward-looking statements. The factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements include (but are not limited to): changes in global, political, economic, business, competitive; market forces or conditions, or in future exchange and interest rates; changes in environmental, geopolitical, social or physical risks; legislative, regulatory and policy developments; the development of standards and interpretations; the ability of the Group, together with governments and other stakeholders, to measure, manage, and mitigate the impacts of climate change and broader sustainability-related issues effectively; risks arising out of health crises and pandemics; risks of cyberattacks, data, information or security breaches or technology failures involving the Group; changes in tax rates, future business combinations or dispositions; and other factors specific to the Group, including those identified in the financial statements of the Group. Any forward-looking statements contained in this document are based on past or current trends and/or activities of the Group and should not be taken as a representation that such trends or activities will continue in the future.

No statement In this document is intended to be, nor should be interpreted as, a profit forecast or to imply that the earnings of the Group for the current year or future years will necessarily match or exceed the historical or published earnings of the Group. Each forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date of the particular statement. Except as required by any applicable laws or regulations, the Group expressly disclaims any obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statement contained within this document, regardless of whether those statements are affected as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Please refer to the Annual Report, this document, and the financial statements of the Group for a discussion of certain of the risks and factors that could adversely impact the Group's actual results, and its plans and objectives, to differ materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements.

Financial instruments

Nothing in this document shall constitute, in any jurisdiction, an offer or solicitation to sell or purchase any securities or other financial instruments, nor shall it constitute a recommendation or advice in respect of any securities or other financial instruments or any other matter.

Caution regarding climate and environment-related information

Some of the climate and environment-related information in this document is subject to certain limitations, and therefore the reader should treat the information provided, as well as conclusions, projections and assumptions drawn from such information, with caution. The information may be limited due to a number of factors, which include (but are not limited to): a lack of reliable data; a lack of standardisation of data; and future uncertainty. The information includes externally sourced data that may not have been verified. Furthermore, some of the data, models and methodologies used to create the information are subject to adjustment that is beyond our control, and the information is subject to change without notice. This disclaimer does not apply to the Group's condensed consolidated interim financial statements and notes as set out in Note 1 - Statement of compliance.

Page 132

Glossary

Absolute financed emissions

A measurement of our attributed share of our clients greenhouse gas emissions.

AT1 or Additional Tier 1 capital

Additional Tier 1 capital consists of instruments other than Common Equity Tier 1 that meet the Capital Requirements Regulation (as it forms part of UK domestic law) criteria for inclusion in Tier 1 capital.

Additional value adjustment

See Prudent valuation adjustment.

Advanced Internal Rating Based (AIRB) approach

The AIRB approach under the Basel framework is used to calculate credit risk capital based on the Group's own estimates of prudential parameters.

Alternative performance measures

A financial measure of historical or future financial performance, financial position, or cash flows, other than a financial measure defined or specified in the applicable financial reporting framework.

ASEAN

Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN) which includes the Group's operations in Brunei, Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand and Vietnam.

AUM or Assets under management

Total market value of assets such as deposits, securities and funds held by the Group on behalf of the clients.

Basel II

The capital adequacy framework issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) in June 2006 in the form of the International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards.

Basel III

The global regulatory standards on bank capital adequacy and liquidity, originally issued in December 2010 and updated in June 2011. In December 2017, the BCBS published a document setting out the finalisation of the Basel III framework. The latest requirements issued in December 2017 will be implemented from 2022.

BCBS or Basel Committee on Banking Supervision

A forum on banking supervisory matters which develops global supervisory standards for the banking industry. Its members are officials from 45 central banks or prudential supervisors from 27 countries and territories.

Basic earnings per share (EPS)

Represents earnings divided by the basic weighted average number of shares.

Basis point (bps)

One hundredth of a per cent (0.01 per cent); 100 basis points is 1 per cent.

CRD or Capital Requirements Directive

A capital adequacy legislative package adopted by the PRA. CRD comprises the Capital Requirements Directive and the UK onshored Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR). The package implements the Basel III framework together with transitional arrangements for some of its requirements. CRD IV came into force on 1 January 2014. The EU CRR II and CRD V amending
the existing package came into force in June 2019 with most changes starting to apply from 28 June 2021. Only those parts of the EU CRR II that applied on or before 31 December 2020, when the UK was a member of the EU, have been implemented. The PRA recently finalised the UK's version of the CRR II for implementation on 1 January 2022.

Page 133

Capital-lite income

Income derived from products with low RWA consumption or products which are non-funding in nature.

Capital resources

Sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital after regulatory adjustments.

CGU or Cash-generating unit

The smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets.

Cash shortfall

The difference between the cash flows that are due in accordance with the contractual terms of the instrument and the cash flows that the Group expects to receive over the contractual life of the instrument.

Clawback

An amount an individual is required to pay back to the Group, which has to be returned to the Group under certain circumstances.

Commercial real estate

Includes office buildings, industrial property, medical centres, hotels, malls, retail stores, shopping centres, farm land, multi-family housing buildings, warehouses, garages, and industrial properties. Commercial real estate loans are those backed by
a package of commercial real estate assets.

CET1 or Common Equity Tier 1 capital

Common Equity Tier 1 capital consists of the common shares issued by the Group and related share premium, retained earnings, accumulated other comprehensive income and other disclosed reserves, eligible non-controlling interests and regulatory adjustments required in the calculation of Common Equity Tier 1.

CET1 ratio

A measure of the Group's CET1 capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.

Contractual maturity

Contractual maturity refers to the final payment date of a loan or other financial instrument, at which point all the remaining outstanding principal and interest is due to be paid.

Countercyclical capital buffer

The countercyclical capital buffer (CCyB) is part of a set of macroprudential instruments, designed to help counter procyclicality in the financial system. CCyB as defined in the Basel III standard provides for an additional capital requirement of up to 2.5 per cent of risk-weighted assets in a given jurisdiction. The Bank of England's Financial Policy Committee has the power to set the CCyB rate for the United Kingdom. Each bank must calculate its 'institution-specific' CCyB rate, defined as the weighted average of the CCyB rates in effect across the jurisdictions in which it has credit exposures. The institution-specific CCyB rate is then applied to a bank's total risk-weighted assets.

Counterparty credit risk

The risk that a counterparty defaults before satisfying its obligations under a derivative, a securities financing transaction (SFT) or a similar contract.

CCF or Credit conversion factor

An estimate of the amount the Group expects a customer to have drawn further on a facility limit at the point of default.
This is either prescribed by CRR or modelled by the bank.

Page 134

CDS or Credit default swaps

A credit derivative is an arrangement whereby the credit risk of an asset (the reference asset) is transferred from the buyer to the seller of protection. A credit default swap is a contract where the protection seller receives premium or interest-related payments in return for contracting to make payments to the protection buyer upon a defined credit event. Credit events normally include bankruptcy, payment default on a reference asset or assets, or downgrades by a rating agency.

Credit institutions

An institution whose business is to receive deposits or other repayable funds from the public and to grant credits for its own account.

Credit risk mitigation

Credit risk mitigation is a process to mitigate potential credit losses from any given account, customer or portfolio by using a range of tools such as collateral, netting agreements, credit insurance, credit derivatives and guarantees.

CVA or Credit valuation adjustments

An adjustment to the fair value of derivative contracts that reflects the possibility that the counterparty may default such that the Group would not receive the full market value of the contracts.

Customer accounts

Money deposited by all individuals and companies which are not credit institutions including securities sold under
repurchase agreement (see repo/reverse repo). Such funds are recorded as liabilities in the Group's balance sheet under customer accounts.

Days past due

One or more days that interest and/or principal payments are overdue based on the contractual terms.

DVA or Debit valuation adjustment

An adjustment to the fair value of derivative contracts that reflects the possibility that the Group may default and not pay the full market value of contracts.

Debt securities

Debt securities are assets on the Group's balance sheet and represent certificates of indebtedness of credit institutions, public bodies or other undertakings excluding those issued by central banks.

Debt securities in issue

Debt securities in issue are transferable certificates of indebtedness of the Group to the bearer of the certificate. These are liabilities of the Group and include certificates of deposits.

Deferred tax asset

Income taxes recoverable in future periods in respect of deductible temporary differences between the accounting and tax base of an asset or liability that will result in tax deductible amounts in future periods, the carry-forward of tax losses or the carry-forward of unused tax credits.

Deferred tax liability

Income taxes payable in future periods in respect of taxable temporary differences between the accounting and tax base of an asset or liability that will result in taxable amounts in future periods.

Default

Financial assets in default represent those that are at least 90 days past due in respect of principal or interest and/or where the assets are otherwise considered to be unlikely to pay, including those that are credit-impaired.

Defined benefit obligation

The present value of expected future payments required to settle the obligations of a defined benefit scheme resulting from employee service.

Page 135

Defined benefit scheme

Pension or other post-retirement benefit scheme other than a defined contribution scheme.

Defined contribution scheme

A pension or other post-retirement benefit scheme where the employer's obligation is limited to its contributions to the fund.

Delinquency

A debt or other financial obligation is considered to be in a state of delinquency when payments are overdue. Loans and advances are considered to be delinquent when consecutive payments are missed. Also known as arrears.

Deposits by banks

Deposits by banks comprise amounts owed to other domestic or foreign credit institutions by the Group including securities sold under repo.

Diluted earnings per share (EPS)

Represents earnings divided by the weighted average number of shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

Dividend per share

Represents the entitlement of each shareholder in the share of the profits of the Company. Calculated in the lowest unit of currency in which the shares are quoted.

Early alert, purely and non-purely precautionary

A borrower's account which exhibits risks or potential weaknesses of a material nature requiring closer monitoring, supervision, or attention by management. Weaknesses in such a borrower's account, if left uncorrected, could result in deterioration of repayment prospects and the likelihood of being downgraded to credit grade 12 or worse. When an account is on early alert, it is classified as either purely precautionary or non-purely precautionary. A purely precautionary account is one that exhibits early alert characteristics, but these do not present any imminent credit concern. If the symptoms present an imminent credit concern, an account will be considered for classification as non-purely precautionary.

Effective tax rate

The tax on profit/ (losses) on ordinary activities as a percentage of profit/ (loss) on ordinary activities before taxation.

Encumbered assets

On-balance sheet assets pledged or used as collateral in respect of certain of the Group's liabilities.

EU or European Union

The European Union (EU) is a political and economic union of 27 member states that are located primarily in Europe.

Eurozone

Represents the 19 EU countries that have adopted the euro as their common currency.

ECL or Expected credit loss

Represents the present value of expected cash shortfalls over the residual term of a financial asset, undrawn commitment or financial guarantee.

Expected loss

The Group measure of anticipated loss for exposures captured under an internal ratings-based credit risk approach for capital adequacy calculations. It is measured as the Group-modelled view of anticipated loss based on probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default, with a one-year time horizon.

Exposures

Credit exposures represent the amount lent to a customer, together with any undrawn commitments.

Page 136

EAD or Exposure at default

The estimation of the extent to which the Group may be exposed to a customer or counterparty in the event of, and at the time of, that counterparty's default. At default, the customer may not have drawn the loan fully or may already have repaid some of the principal, so that exposure is typically less than the approved loan limit.

ECAI or External Credit Assessment Institution

External credit ratings are used to assign risk-weights under the standardised approach for sovereigns, corporates and institutions. The external ratings are from credit rating agencies that are registered or certified in accordance with the credit rating agencies regulation or from a central bank issuing credit ratings which is exempt from the application of this regulation.

ESG

Environmental, Social and Governance.

FCA or Financial Conduct Authority

The Financial Conduct Authority regulates the conduct of financial firms and, for certain firms, prudential standards in the UK. It has a strategic objective to ensure that the relevant markets function well.

Forbearance

Forbearance takes place when a concession is made to the contractual terms of a loan in response to an obligor's financial difficulties. The Group classifies such modified loans as either 'Forborne - not impaired loans' or 'Loans subject to forbearance - impaired'. Once a loan is categorised as either of these, it will remain in one of these two categories until the loan matures or satisfies the 'curing' conditions described in Note 8 to the financial statements.

Forborne - not impaired loans

Loans where the contractual terms have been modified due to financial difficulties of the borrower, but the loan is not considered to be impaired. See 'Forbearance'.

Funded/unfunded exposures

Exposures where the notional amount of the transaction is funded or unfunded. Represents exposures where a commitment to provide future funding is made but funds have been released/ not released.

FVA or Funding valuation adjustments

FVA reflects an adjustment to fair value in respect of derivative contracts that reflects the funding costs that the market participant would incorporate when determining an exit price.

G-SIBs or Global Systemically Important Banks

Global banking financial institutions whose size, complexity and systemic interconnectedness mean that their distress or failure would cause significant disruption to the wider financial system and economic activity. The list of G-SIBs is assessed under a framework established by the FSB and the BCBS. In the UK, the G-SIB framework is implemented via the CRD and G-SIBs are referred to as Global Systemically Important Institutions (G-SIIs).

 G-SIB buffer

A CET1 capital buffer which results from designation as a G-SIB. The G-SIB buffer is between 1 per cent and 3.5 per cent,  depending on the allocation to one of five buckets based on the annual scoring. In the UK, the G-SIB buffer is implemented via the CRD as Global Systemically Important Institutions (G-SII) buffer requirement.

Green and Sustainable Product Framework

Sets out underlying eligible qualifying themes and activities that may be considered ESG .This has been developed with the support of external experts, has been informed by industry and supervisory principles and standards such as the Green Bond Principles and EU Taxonomy for sustainable activities.

 

Page 137


Hong Kong regional hub

Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited and its subsidiaries including the primary operating entities in China, Korea and Taiwan. Standard Chartered PLC is the ultimate parent company of Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited.

Interest rate risk

The risk of an adverse impact on the Group's income statement due to changes in interest rates.

IRB or internal ratings-based approach

Risk-weighting methodology in accordance with the Basel Capital Accord where capital requirements are based on a firm's own estimates of prudential parameters.

Internal model approach

The approach used to calculate market risk capital and RWA with an internal market risk model approved by the PRA under the terms of CRD/CRR.

IAS or International Accounting Standard

A standard that forms part of the International Financial Reporting Standards framework.

IASB or International Accounting Standards Board

An independent standard-setting body responsible for the development and publication of IFRS, and approving interpretations of IFRS standards that are recommended by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC).

IFRS or International Financial Reporting Standards

A set of international accounting standards developed and issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, consisting of principles-based guidance contained within IFRSs and IASs. All companies that have issued publicly traded securities in the EU are required to prepare annual and interim reports under IFRS and IAS standards that have been endorsed by the EU.

IFRIC

The IFRS Interpretations Committee supports the IASB in providing authoritative guidance on the accounting treatment of issues not specifically dealt with by existing IFRSs and IASs.

Investment grade

A debt security, treasury bill or similar instrument with a credit rating measured by external agencies of AAA to BBB.

Leverage ratio

A ratio introduced under CRD IV that compares Tier 1 capital to total exposures, including certain exposures held off-balance sheet as adjusted by stipulated credit conversion factors. Intended to be a simple, non-risk-based backstop measure.

Liquidation portfolio

A portfolio of assets which is beyond our current risk appetite metrics and is held for liquidation.

LCR or Liquidity coverage ratio

The ratio of the stock of high-quality liquid assets to expected net cash outflows over the following 30 days. High-quality liquid assets should be unencumbered, liquid in markets during a time of stress and, ideally, be central bank eligible.

Loan exposure

Loans and advances to customers reported on the balance sheet held at amortised cost or FVOCI, non-cancellable credit commitments and cancellable credit commitments for credit cards and overdraft facilities.

Page 138

Loans and advances to customers

This represents lending made under bilateral agreements with customers entered into in the normal course of business and is based on the legal form of the instrument.

Loans and advances to banks

Amounts loaned to credit institutions including securities bought under Reverse repo.

LTV or loan-to-value ratio

A calculation which expresses the amount of a first mortgage lien as a percentage of the total appraised value of real property. The loan-to-value ratio is used in determining the appropriate level of risk for the loan and therefore the correct price of the loan to the borrower.

Loans past due

Loans on which payments have been due for up to a maximum of 90 days including those on which partial payments are being made.

Loans subject to forbearance - impaired

Loans where the terms have been renegotiated on terms not consistent with current market levels due to financial difficulties of the borrower. Loans in this category are necessarily impaired. See 'Forbearance'.

Loss rate

Uses an adjusted gross charge-off rate, developed using monthly write-off and recoveries over the preceding 12 months and total outstanding balances.

LGD or Loss given default

The percentage of an exposure that a lender expects to lose in the event of obligor default.

Low returning clients

See 'Perennial sub-optimal clients'.

Malus

An arrangement that permits the Group to prevent vesting of all or part of the amount of an unvested variable remuneration award, due to a specific crystallised risk, behaviour, conduct or adverse performance outcome.

Master netting agreement

An agreement between two counterparties that have multiple derivative contracts with each other that provides for the net settlement of all contracts through a single payment, in a single currency, in the event of default on, or termination of, any one contract.

Mezzanine capital

Financing that combines debt and equity characteristics. For example, a loan that also confers some profit participation to the lender.

MREL or minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities

A requirement under the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive for EU resolution authorities to set a minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities for banks, implementing the FSB's Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) standard. MREL is intended to ensure that there is sufficient equity and specific types of liabilities to facilitate an orderly resolution that minimises any impact on financial stability and ensures the continuity of critical functions and avoids exposing taxpayers to loss.

Net asset value (NAV) per share

Ratio of net assets (total assets less total liabilities) to the number of ordinary shares outstanding at the end of a reporting period.

Page 139

Net nominal

The aggregate of loans and advances to customers/loans and advances to banks after impairment provisions, restricted balances with central banks, derivatives (net of master netting agreements), investment debt and equity securities, and letters of credit and guarantees.

Net zero

The commitment to reaching net zero carbon emissions from our operations by 2025 and from our financing by 2050.

NII or Net interest income

The difference between interest received on assets and interest paid on liabilities.

NSFR or Net stable funding ratio

The ratio of available stable funding to required stable funding over a one-year time horizon, assuming a stressed scenario. It is a longer-term liquidity measure designed to restrain the amount of wholesale borrowing and encourage stable funding over a one-year time horizon.

NPLs or non-performing loans

An NPL is any loan that is more than 90 days past due or is otherwise individually impaired. This excludes Retail loans renegotiated at or after 90 days past due, but on which there has been no default in interest or principal payments for more than 180 days since renegotiation, and against which no loss of principal is expected.

Non-linearity

Non-linearity of expected credit loss occurs when the average of expected credit loss for a portfolio is higher than the base case (median) due to the fact that bad economic environment could have a larger impact on ECL calculation than good economic environment.

Normalised items

See 'Underlying/Normalised'.

Operating expenses

Staff and premises costs, general and administrative expenses, depreciation and amortisation. Underlying operating expenses exclude expenses as described in 'Underlying earnings'. A reconciliation between underlying and statutory earnings is contained in Note 2 to the financial statements.

Operating income or operating profit

Net interest, net fee and net trading income, as well as other operating income. Underlying operating income represents the income line items above, on an underlying basis. See 'Underlying earnings'.

OTC or Over-the-counter derivatives

A bilateral transaction (e.g. derivatives) that is not exchange traded and that is valued using valuation models.

OCA or Own credit adjustment

An adjustment to the Group's issued debt designated at fair value through profit or loss that reflects the possibility that the Group may default and not pay the full market value of the contracts.

Perennial sub-optimal clients

Clients that have returned below 3% return on risk-weighted assets for the last three years

Physical risks

The risk of increased extreme weather events including flood, drought and sea level rise.

Pillar 1

The first pillar of the three pillars of the Basel framework which provides the approach to calculation of the minimum
capital requirements for credit, market and operational risk. Minimum capital requirements are 8 per cent of the Group's risk-weighted assets.

Page 140

Pillar 2

The second pillar of the three pillars of the Basel framework which requires banks to undertake a comprehensive assessment of their risks and to determine the appropriate amounts of capital to be held against these risks where other suitable mitigants are not available.

Pillar 3

The third pillar of the three pillars of the Basel framework which aims to provide a consistent and comprehensive disclosure framework that enhances comparability between banks and further promotes improvements in risk practices.

Priority Banking

Priority Banking customers are individuals who have met certain criteria for deposits, AUM, mortgage loans or monthly payroll. Criteria varies by country.

Private equity investments

Equity securities in operating companies generally not quoted on a public exchange. Investment in private equity often involves the investment of capital in private companies. Capital for private equity investment is raised by retail or institutional investors and used to fund investment strategies such as leveraged buyouts, venture capital, growth capital, distressed investments and mezzanine capital.

PD or Probability of default

PD is an internal estimate for each borrower grade of the likelihood that an obligor will default on an obligation over a given time horizon.

Probability weighted

Obtained by considering the values the metric can assume, weighted by the probability of each value occurring.

Profit (loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders

Profit (loss) for the year after non-controlling interests and dividends declared in respect of preference shares classified as equity.

PVA or Prudent valuation adjustment

An adjustment to CET1 capital to reflect the difference between fair value and prudent value positions, where the application of prudence results in a lower absolute carrying value than recognised in the financial statements.

PRA or Prudential Regulation Authority

The Prudential Regulation Authority is the statutory body responsible for the prudential supervision of banks, building societies, credit unions, insurers and a small number of significant investment firms in the UK. The PRA is a part of the Bank of England.

Revenue-based carbon intensity

A measurement of the quantity of greenhouse gases emitted by our clients per USD of their revenue.

Regulatory consolidation

The regulatory consolidation of Standard Chartered PLC differs from the statutory consolidation in that it includes Ascenta IV, Olea Global group, Partior Pte. Ltd., SBI Zodia Custody Co. Ltd, Seychelles International Mercantile Banking Corporation Limited., and all of the legal entities in the CurrencyFair group on a proportionate consolidation basis. These entities are considered associates for statutory accounting purposes.

Page 141

 

The regulatory consolidation further excludes the following entities, which are consolidated for statutory accounting purposes; Audax Financial Technology Pte. Ltd, Furaha Finserve Uganda Limited, Huma.Eco Pte. Ltd., Inveco Pte. Ltd., Karstenza B.V, Letsbloom Pte. Ltd, Letsbloom India Private Limited, Pegasus Dealmaking Pte. Ltd., SCV Research and Development Pte. Ltd., SCV Research and Development Pvt. Ltd., Solv Sdn. Bhd., Solv Vietnam Company Limited, Solvezy Technology Kenya Ltd, Standard Chartered Assurance Limited, Standard Chartered Isle of Man Limited, Standard Chartered Botswana Education Trust, Standard Chartered Bancassurance Intermediary Limited, Standard Chartered Bank Insurance Agency (Proprietary) Limited, Standard Chartered Research and Technology India Private Limited, Standard Chartered Trading (Shanghai) Limited, TASConnect (Hong Kong) Private Limited, Tawi Fresh Kenya Limited.

Repo/reverse repo

A repurchase agreement or repo is a short-term funding agreement, which allows a borrower to sell a financial asset, such as asset-backed securities or government bonds as collateral for cash. As part of the agreement the borrower agrees to repurchase the security at some later date, usually less than 30 days, repaying the proceeds of the loan. For the party on the other end of the transaction (buying the security and agreeing to sell in the future), it is a reverse repurchase agreement or reverse repo.

Residential mortgage

A loan to purchase a residential property which is then used as collateral to guarantee repayment of the loan. The borrower gives the lender a lien against the property, and the lender can foreclose on the property if the borrower does not repay the loan per the agreed terms. Also known as a home loan.

RoRWA or Return on risk-weighted assets

Profit before tax for year as a percentage of RWA. Profit may be statutory or underlying and is specified where used.
See 'RWA' and 'Underlying earnings'.

RWA or Risk-weighted assets

A measure of a bank's assets adjusted for their associated risks, expressed as a percentage of an exposure value in accordance with the applicable standardised or IRB approach provisions.

Risks-not-in-VaR (RNIV)

A framework for identifying and quantifying marginal types of market risk that are not captured in the Value at Risk (VaR) measure for any reason, such as being a far-tail risk or the necessary historical market data not being available.

Roll rate

Uses a matrix that gives average loan migration rate from delinquency states from period to period. A matrix multiplication
is then performed to generate the final PDs by delinquency bucket over different time horizons.

Scope 1 emissions

Arise from the consumption of energy from direct sources during the use of property occupied by the Group. On-site combustion of fuels such as diesel, liquefied petroleum gas and natural gas is recorded using meters or, where metering is not available, collated from fuel vendor invoices. Emissions from the combustion of fuel in Group-operated transportation devices, as well as fugitive emissions, are excluded as being immaterial.

Scope 2 emissions

Arise from the consumption of indirect sources of energy during the use of property occupied by the Group. Energy generated off-site in the form of purchased electricity, heat, steam or cooling is collected as kilowatt hours consumed using meters or, where metering is not available, collated from vendor invoices. For leased properties we include all indirect and direct sources of energy consumed by building services (amongst other activities) within the space occupied by the Group. This can include base building services under landlord control but over which we typically hold a reasonable degree of influence. All data centre facilities with conditioning systems and hardware remaining under the operational control of the Group are included in the reporting. This does not include energy used at outsourced data centre facilities which are captured under Scope 3.

Page 142

 

Scope 3 emissions

Occur as a consequence of the Group's activities but arising from sources not controlled by the Group. Business air travel data is collected as person kilometres travelled by seating class by employees of the Group. Data are drawn from country operations that have processes in place to gather accurate employee air travel data from travel management companies. Flights are categorised as short, medium or long haul trips. Emissions from other potential Scope 3 sources such as electricity transmission and distribution line losses are not currently accounted for on the basis that they cannot be calculated with an acceptable level of reliability or consistency. The Group does however capture Scope 3 emissions from outsourced data centres managed by third parties.

Secured (fully and partially)

A secured loan is a loan in which the borrower pledges an asset as collateral for a loan which, in the event that the borrower defaults, the Group is able to take possession of. All secured loans are considered fully secured if the fair value of the collateral is equal to or greater than the loan at the time of origination. All other secured loans are considered to be partly secured.

Securitisation

Securitisation is a process by which credit exposures are aggregated into a pool, which is used to back new securities.
Under traditional securitisation transactions, assets are sold to a structured entity which then issues new securities to investors at different levels of seniority (credit tranching). This allows the credit quality of the assets to be separated from the credit rating of the originating institution and transfers risk to external investors in a way that meets their risk appetite. Under synthetic securitisation transactions, the transfer of risk is achieved by the use of credit derivatives or guarantees, and the exposures being securitised remain exposures of the originating institution.

Senior debt

Debt that takes priority over other unsecured or otherwise more 'junior' debt owed by the issuer. Senior debt has greater seniority in the issuer's capital structure than subordinated debt. In the event the issuer goes bankrupt, senior debt theoretically must be repaid before other creditors receive any payment.

SICR or Significant increase in credit risk

Assessed by comparing the risk of default of an exposure at the reporting date to the risk of default at origination (after considering the passage of time).

Solo

The solo regulatory group as defined in the Prudential Regulation Authority waiver letter dated 10 August 2020 differs from Standard Chartered Bank Company in that it includes the full consolidation of nine subsidiaries, namely Standard Chartered Holdings (International) B.V., Standard Chartered MB Holdings B.V., Standard Chartered UK Holdings Limited, Standard Chartered Grindlays PTY Limited, SCMB Overseas Limited, Standard Chartered Capital Management (Jersey) LLC, Cerulean Investments L.P., SC Ventures Innovation Investment L.P. and SC Ventures G.P. Limited.

Sovereign exposures

Exposures to central governments and central government departments, central banks and entities owned or guaranteed by the aforementioned. Sovereign exposures, as defined by the European Banking Authority, include only exposures to central governments.

 Stage 1

Assets have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and impairment recognised on the basis of 12 months expected credit losses.

Stage 2

Assets have experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination and impairment is recognised on the basis of lifetime expected credit losses.

Stage 3

Assets that are in default and considered credit-impaired (non-performing loans).

Page 143

 

Standardised approach

In relation to credit risk, a method for calculating credit risk capital requirements using External Credit Assessment
Institutions (ECAI) ratings and supervisory risk weights. In relation to operational risk, a method of calculating the
operational capital requirement by the application of a supervisory defined percentage charge to the gross income
of eight specified business lines.

Structured note

An investment tool which pays a return linked to the value or level of a specified asset or index and sometimes offers capital protection if the value declines. Structured notes can be linked to equities, interest rates, funds, commodities and foreign currency.

Subordinated liabilities

Liabilities which, in the event of insolvency or liquidation of the issuer, are subordinated to the claims of depositors and other creditors of the issuer.

Sustainability Aspirations

A series of targets and metrics by which we aim to promote social and economic development, and deliver sustainable outcomes in the areas in which we can make the most material contribution to the delivery of the UN Sustainable Development Goals.

Sustainable Finance assets

Assets from clients whose activities are aligned with the Green and Sustainable Product Framework and/or from transactions for which the use of proceeds will be utilised directly to contribute towards eligible themes and activities set out within the Green and Sustainable Product Framework.

Sustainable Finance revenue

Revenue from clients whose activities are aligned with the Green and Sustainable Product Framework and/or from transactions for which proceeds will be utilised directly to contribute towards eligible themes and activities set out within the Green and Sustainable Product Framework and/or from approved 'labelled' transactions such as any transaction referred to as "green", "social", "sustainable", "SDG (sustainable development goal) aligned", "ESG", "transition", "COVID-19 facility" or "COVID-19 response" which have been approved by the Sustainable Finance Governance Committee.

Tier 1 capital

The sum of Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Additional Tier 1 capital.

Tier 1 capital ratio

Tier 1 capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.

Tier 2 capital

Tier 2 capital comprises qualifying subordinated liabilities and related share premium accounts.

TLAC or Total loss absorbing capacity

An international standard for TLAC issued by the FSB, which requires G-SIBs to have sufficient loss-absorbing and recapitalisation capacity available in resolution, to minimise impacts on financial stability, maintain the continuity of
critical functions and avoid exposing public funds to loss.

Transition risks

The risk of changes to market dynamics or sectoral economics due to governments' response to climate change.

UK bank levy

A levy that applies to certain UK banks and the UK operations of foreign banks. The levy is payable each year based on a percentage of the chargeable equities and liabilities on the Group's UK tax resident entities' balance sheets. Key exclusions from chargeable equities and liabilities include Tier 1 capital, insured or guaranteed retail deposits, repos secured on certain sovereign debt and liabilities subject to netting.

Page 144

 

Unbiased

Not overly optimistic or pessimistic, represents information that is not slanted, weighted, emphasised, de-emphasised or otherwise manipulated to increase the probability that the financial information will be received favourably or unfavourably by users.

Unlikely to pay

Indications of unlikeliness to pay shall include placing the credit obligation on non-accrued status; the recognition of a specific credit adjustment resulting from a significant perceived decline in credit quality subsequent to the Group taking on the exposure; selling the credit obligation at a material credit-related economic loss; the Group consenting to a distressed restructuring of the credit obligation where this is likely to result in a diminished financial obligation caused by the material forgiveness, or postponement, of principal, interest or, where relevant fees; filing for the obligor's bankruptcy or a similar order in respect of an obligor's credit obligation to the Group; the obligor has sought or has been placed in bankruptcy or similar protection where this would avoid or delay repayment of a credit obligation to the Group.

VaR or Value at Risk

A quantitative measure of market risk estimating the potential loss that will not be exceeded in a set time period at a set statistical confidence level.

ViU or Value-in-Use

The present value of the future expected cash flows expected to be derived from an asset or CGU.

Write-downs

After an advance has been identified as impaired and is subject to an impairment provision, the stage may be reached whereby it is concluded that there is no realistic prospect of further recovery. Write-downs will occur when, and to the extent that, the whole or part of a debt is considered irrecoverable.

XVA

The term used to incorporate credit, debit and funding valuation adjustments to the fair value of derivative financial instruments. See 'CVA', 'DVA' and 'FVA'.

Page 145

 

CONTACT INFORMATION

Global headquarters
Standard Chartered Group
1 Basinghall Avenue
London, EC2V 5DD
United Kingdom

telephone: +44 (0)20 7885 8888
facsimile: +44 (0)20 7885 9999

Shareholder enquiries
ShareCare information

website: sc.com/shareholders
helpline: +44 (0)370 702 0138

ShareGift information
website:
ShareGift.org
helpline: +44 (0)20 7930 3737

Registrar information

UK

Computershare Investor Services PLC

The Pavilions
Bridgwater Road
Bristol, BS99 6ZZ

helpline: +44 (0)370 702 0138

Hong Kong

Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited

17M Floor, Hopewell Centre
183 Queen's Road East

Wan Chai

Hong Kong

website: computershare.com/hk/investors

Chinese translation

Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited

17M Floor, Hopewell Centre
183 Queen's Road East

Wan Chai

Hong Kong

Register for electronic communications
website: investorcentre.co.uk

For further information, please contact:

Manus Costello, Global Head of Investor Relations
+44 (0) 20 7885 0017

LSE Stock code: STAN.LN
HKSE Stock code: 02888

Page 146

 

This information is provided by RNS, the news service of the London Stock Exchange. RNS is approved by the Financial Conduct Authority to act as a Primary Information Provider in the United Kingdom. Terms and conditions relating to the use and distribution of this information may apply. For further information, please contact rns@lseg.com or visit www.rns.com.

RNS may use your IP address to confirm compliance with the terms and conditions, to analyse how you engage with the information contained in this communication, and to share such analysis on an anonymised basis with others as part of our commercial services. For further information about how RNS and the London Stock Exchange use the personal data you provide us, please see our Privacy Policy.
 
END
 
 
UK 100

Latest directors dealings